Sindhudurg, Maharashtra Shri Shrinivas V

ANNEXURE 1 (Attached as Annexure-5 with EIA Report)

76 Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

FORM-I

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -3-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

FORM – 1 (I) Basic Information S.No. Item Details 1. Name of the Project/s Phansawade Iron Ore Mine 2. S. No. in the schedule 1 (a) Proposed Capacity/area/ Length/tonnage to Mining Capacity- 3.0 MTPA 3. be handled/ command area/ lease area/ Total Mining Lease area: 99.43 Ha number of wells to be drilled. 4. New/Expansion/Modernization New (Amendment in EC) 5. Existing Capacity/Area etc. Nil 6. Category of project i.e. 'A' or 'B' 'A' Does it attract general conditions? If yes, 7. No Please Specify. Does it attract the specific condition? If yes, 8. No please specify. Latitude -15053′09.0216″ to 15054′07.6062″ N Longitude-73057′17.3435″ to 73058′00.0404″ E Location Survey of India Toposheet No. 48 E/13 (OSM sheet No. D43B13) 47/0a,1a & 1b (part), 48/1 to 7 (part), 50/1 to 9. Plot/survey/Khasra No. 8, 52/1 to 9 (part) in village Phanaswade, Taluka Sawantwadi, District-Sindhudurg Village Phansawade Tehsil Sawantwadi District Sindhudurg State Maharashtra Sawantwadi Road Railway Station- 18.6 Km W Nearest Railway station/ airport along with 10. (Crow fly) and about 26 km by road. distance in kms. Dabolim Airport - 57.6 Km SW

Nearest Town, city, district Headquarters 11. Sawantwadi-14 Km W along with distance in kms. Village panchayats, Zilla parishad, Municipal Village - Phansawade, 12. corporation, Local body (complete postal Tahsil/Taluka – Sawantwadi, District – addresses with telephone nos. to be given) Sindhudurg, Maharashtra Shri Shrinivas V. Dempo & Smt. Neela V. 13. Name of the applicant Dempo

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -4-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

Dempo Villa, Althino, Panaji, Goa - 403 001. Gram: DEMPO, 14. Registered Address URL: http://www.dempos.com Phone: (0832) 2441300 Fax: 91-832-225098 / 2228588. 15. Address for correspondence Same as above Shri Shrinivas V. Dempo & Smt. Neela V. a Name Dempo b Designation(Owner/Partner/CEO) Partner Dempo Villa, Althino, Panaji, Goa - 403 001. Gram: DEMPO, c Address URL: http://www.dempos.com Phone: (0832) 2441300 Fax: 91-832-225098 / 2228588. d Pin code 403 001 e E-mail [email protected] f Telephone No. Phone No. (0832) 2441300, mob- 9822588201 g Fax. No. Fax no. – 832-225098. Details of alternative Sites examined, if any. Not required as the mineral reserve occurs at 16. Location of these sites should be shown on a the existing place. Topo sheet. Yes 17. Interlinked Projects Low grade Ore will be upgraded in beneficiation plant to produce saleable ore. Whether separate application of interlinked 18. N/A project has been submitted? 19. If Yes, date of submission N/A 20. If No, reason Not applicable. Whether the proposal involves approval/ clearance under: if Yes, details of the same and their status to be given. a) No 21. (a) The forest (conversation) Act, 1980? b) No (b) The wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972? c) N/A (c) The C.R.Z. notification, 1991? Whether there is any Government 22. No Order/Policy relevant/ relating to the site? 23. Forest land involved(hectares) Nil Whether there is any litigation pending 24. against the project and/or land in which the No project is proposed to be set up.

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -5-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

(a) Name of the court (a) N/A (b) Case No. (b) N/A (c) Orders/ directions of the Court, if (c) N/A any and its relevance with the proposed project.

(II) Activity 1. Construction, operation or decommissioning of the Project involving actions, which will cause physical changes in the locality (topography, land use, changes in water bodies, etc.) Details thereof (with approximate quantities Yes/ S. No. Information/Checklist confirmation /rates, wherever possible) with source of No information data The area proposed for mining is private Permanent or temporary change in ownership land and acquired by sale deed. land use, land cover or topography However, land cover having secondary 1.1 including increase in intensity of Yes vegetation. Mining activity will create a pit. land use (with respect to local land Reclamation will be done as per approved mine use plan) plan. Clearance of existing land, vegetation There is a scrub vegetation in the mining lease 1.2 Yes and buildings? area. Existing land use/Land cover will get changed with mining activity. After mining activity, most 1.3 Creation of new land uses? Yes of mined out area will be backfilled, and part of mining pit will be converted into water reservoir. The deposit was explored by geomagnetic survey Pre-construction investigations e.g. 1.4 Yes and core drilling bore holes. Prospecting license boreholes, soil testing? was executed on 10th May 2001. Some infrastructure including haul roads, 1.5 Construction works? Yes temporary office building, Rest-shelter will be undertaken as per approved mining plan. 1.6 Demolition works? No None Temporary sites used for 1.7 construction works or housing of No None construction workers? Above ground buildings, structures 1.8 or earthworks including linear Yes This will be done as per approved mine plan. structures, cut and fill or excavations Underground works including mining 1.9 No N.A. or tunneling? Yes Reclamation work of the mine area shall be 1.10 Reclamation works? undertaken as per the approved mine plan.

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -6-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

1.11 Dredging? No Not Applicable 1.12 Offshore structures? No Not Applicable The proposed production of Iron Ore is 3.0MTPA. Mining of Iron Ore includes drilling, blasting, loading and transportation to beneficiation plant Production and manufacturing for crushing, screening/grinding followed with 1.13 Yes processes? magnetic/gravity separation. After beneficiation mineral will be stacked. This will be an open cast mechanized mine. Mining method in detail is given in Feasibility report. Mined out ROM as well as beneficiated product will be properly stacked at the defined site as per Facilities for storage of goods or 1.14 Yes approved mine plan. materials? Store for spares, pump for diesel and a proper storage for used oil as per statutory requirement. Solid waste generated due to mining will be kept properly at designated dump sites as per Facilities for treatment or disposal of approved mine plan. The tailing generated from 1.15 Yes solid waste or liquid effluents? the beneficiation plant will be disposed to tailing dam and the water from the tailing dam will be recycled. Facilities for long term housing of Workers will be employed from nearby areas; 1.16 No operational workers? hence no housing will be provided. New road, rail or sea traffic during 1.17 No No new rail, road is required. construction or operation? New road, rail, air waterborne or other transport infrastructure 1.18 No No new rail, road is required. including new or altered routes and stations, ports, airports etc? Closure or diversion of existing transport routes or infrastructure 1.19 No No closure or diversion in existing transportation. leading to changes in traffic movements? New or diverted transmission lines or 1.20 No No transmission line or pipeline will be made. pipelines? Impoundment, damming, culverting, No watercourses or aquifers will be intersected in realignment or other changes to the the lease area. However, surface runoff will be 1.21 No hydrology of watercourses or channelized in the mining pit and water reservoir aquifers? which will be created. 1.22 Stream crossings? No No stream crossing.

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -7-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

No abstraction of water is required. Drinking Water requirement will be met by Abstraction or transfers of water form 1.23 No Tankers and process water requirement will be ground or surface waters? met through rainwater harvested in the mining pit/ water reservoir.

Changes in water bodies or the land N/A, However, a water reservoir will be created 1.24 No surface affecting drainage or run-off? to recharge all the surface runoff.

Mechanized opencast mining is proposed. Transport of personnel or materials Mineral will be transported through 1.25 for construction, operation or Yes dumpers/conveyor belts. decommissioning?

Long-term dismantling or 1.26 decommissioning or restoration No N/A works?

Ongoing activity during 1.27 decommissioning which could have No N/A an impact on the Environment?

No large influx of people is anticipated. Influx of Influx of people to an area in either 1.28 Yes temporarily or permanently? people will be limited to 299 number of local workers and some truck drivers. 1.29 Introduction of alien species? No Only locally thriving species will be planted. Loss of native species or genetic 1.30 No No such loss is anticipated. diversity? The activities in operational phase can be broadly 1.31 Any other actions? Yes classified into open cast mining and beneficiation.

2. Use of Natural resources for construction or operation of the Project (such as land, water, materials or energy, especially any resources which are nonrenewable or in short supply): Details thereof (with approximate quantities / Information/checkl Yes/ S.No. rates, wherever possible) with source of No ist confirmation information data Land especially undeveloped or Total 99.43 Ha (Private Land) ML area is 2.1 Yes agricultural land (ha) secondary vegetated land. Water requirement for beneficiation plant: Water (expected source & 2.2 Yes 8640KLD. competing users) unit: KLD Mining and allied activities (Sprinkling &

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -8-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

plantation): 175 KLD For Drinking: 5.0 KLD Thus, total requirement of water for the project is estimated at 8820 KLD. Out of this drinking water of 5 KLD will be sourced from nearby villages and balance 8815 KLD will be sourced from the reservoirs to be built within lease area and also land owned by the company out-side lease area. Additionally, in future the water will also be sourced from the dam being built by Govt. of Maharashtra at Dabhil river. Govt. of Maharashtra has already accorded approval. 2.3 Minerals (MT) No No mineral will be used. Construction material – stone, Small quantities of stone and aggregate will be 2.4 aggregates, sand / soil (expected Yes used for construction of office infrastructure at source – MT) mine site. Forests and timber (source – 2.5 No No MT) All the mining machineries will be diesel driven. Approximately, 10KL per day will be consumed when mine will be running at its full capacity. It will be sourced from local market. Energy including electricity and Power requirement for plant mine services and 2.6 fuels (source, competing users) Yes infrastructural services is estimated about 8 M Unit: fuel (MT), energy (MW) Watt. The required power will be purchased from the Maharashtra State Electricity Board. Alternative Power will be made available by 3 no. of D.G. sets each having capacity of 500 KVA. Any other natural resources (use 2.7 No N/A appropriate standard units)

3. Use, storage, transport, handling or production of substances or materials, which could be harmful to human health or the environment or raise concerns about actual or perceived risks to human health. Details thereof (with approximate Information/Checklist Yes/ S.No. quantities/rates, wherever possible) with confirmation No source of information data Use of substances or materials, Proper Storage of explosives is proposed. The which are hazardous (as per drilling and blasting will be done through 3.1 MSIHC rules) to human health or Yes recognized drilling and blasting contractor. the environment (flora, fauna, and water supplies) Proper management of diesel & Used oil

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -9-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

from mining machines shall be done. Used oil shall be sold to vendors authorized by CPCB. Suitable drainage and waste management measures shall be adopted. This restricts Changes in occurrence of disease stagnation of water or accumulation of water, 3.2 or affect disease vectors (e.g. No hence there will be no occurrence of any insect or water borne diseases) disease. Regular medical checkup shall be conducted. It is expected that due to this activity benefits Affect the welfare of people e.g. by will be more than the losses. The direct and 3.3 Yes changing living conditions? indirect employment will enhance the income level hence it will improve living conditions. Vulnerable groups of people who could be affected by the project No 3.4 None e.g. hospital patients, children, the elderly etc., Mining operations mainly contribute to generation of dust for which suitable control 3.5 Any other causes Yes measure including sprinkling of water is proposed.

4. Production of solid wastes during construction or operation or decommissioning (MT/month) Details thereof (with approximate Information/Checklist Yes/ S.No. quantities/rates, wherever possible) with confirmation No source of information data During plan period the waste will comprise of Interburden Waste- 11,08,179m3. This will be kept in at the designated dump yard 4.1 Soil, overburden or mine wastes Yes situated within the mining lease area. The top soil will be kept and shall be used in the plantation area. Domestic waste of about 5kg/day will be Municipal waste (domestic and or 4.2 Yes generated from the project which will be sent commercial wastes) to vermicomposting site. Used oil from engines will be carefully stored in leak proof HDPE drums in isolated and Hazardous wastes (as per covered facility. The used oil will be sold to 4.3 Hazardous Waste Management Yes vendors authorized by Central Pollution Rules) Control Board for the treatment of the same. Suitable care will be taken so that spills / leaks of used oil from storage will be avoided. 4.4 Other industrial process wastes No None

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -10-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

4.5 Surplus product No None Sewage sludge or other sludge 4.6 No N.A. from effluent treatment Construction or demolition 4.7 No Not Applicable wastes Redundant machinery or Redundant machinery/equipment will be 4.8 Yes equipment handed over to authorized vendor. Inter burden waste & other solid waste will be Contaminated soils or other dumped on earmarked places. Proper drainage 4.9 No materials management will be done as per approved mine plan.

4.10 Agricultural wastes No Not Applicable

4.11 Other solid wastes No Not Applicable

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -11-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

5. Release of pollutants or any hazardous, toxic or noxious substances to air (Kg/hr) Details thereof (with approximate Yes/ S. No. Information/Checklist confirmation quantities/rates, wherever possible) No with source of information data Emissions from combustion of fossil The emission from combustion of fossil 5.1 fuels from stationary or mobile Yes fuel will be from use of diesel operated sources machinery Dust is likely to be generated from the mining process for which sprinkling of water shall be done so that the impact on the environment will be minimal. The 5.2 Emissions from production processes Yes beneficiation plant will have few dust emission sources like material handling and crushing section for which proper air pollution control system will be provided. Dust and emissions will be generated from Emissions from materials handling 5.3 Yes material handling and transportation by including storage or transport trucks.

Emissions from construction activities 5.4 No Not Applicable including plant and equipment

Dust or odours from handling of Dust will be generated from the mining 5.5 materials including construction Yes process for which water sprinkling will be materials, sewage and waste done wherever necessary.

5.6 Emissions from incineration of waste No Not Applicable

Emissions from burning of waste in 5.7 open air (e.g. slash materials, No Not Applicable construction debris) Drilling and blasting are the other source 5.8 Emissions from any other sources Yes of emission.

6. Generation of Noise and Vibration, and Emissions of Light and Heat:

Yes/ Details thereof (with approximate S.No. Information/Checklist confirmation No quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -12-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

Mechanized mining method will be adopted with drilling and blasting loading and transportation which will cause noise and vibration in the area. All the equipment will be of highest standard of reputed make and adhered to From operation of equipment e.g. international standards. These standards 6.1 Yes engines, ventilation plant, crushers itself will take significant care of noise pollution control. Further, a vegetative barrier is also proposed for the purpose. All the equipment will be regularly maintained to keep noise level within the prescribed limits. Drilling and blasting will be done in control manner to generate minimum noise and vibration. 6.2 From industrial or similar processes No Not Applicable 6.3 From construction or demolition No Not Applicable Vibration and noise will be produced from blasting. To reduce the impact of Noise and vibration due to blasting, optimum parameter for blasting will be designed. 6.4 From blasting or piling Yes Green barrier will also help to reduce the impact due to blasting. High-power ripper dozers will be deployed which will minimize the noise and vibration. Noise will be produced from mining 6.5 From construction or operational traffic Yes operations from transportation of raw material through trucks. 6.6 From lighting or cooling systems No None 6.7 From any other sources No None

7. Risks of contamination of land or water from releases of pollutants into the ground or into sewers, surface waters, groundwater, coastal waters or the sea:

Yes/ Details thereof (with approximate S.No. Information/Checklist confirmation quantities/rates, wherever possible) with No source of information data The drilling and blasting will be done through trained and authorized person. From handling, storage, use or spillage of 7.1 Yes hazardous materials Storage of used/waste oil on impervious surface will be provided. The used oil will be sold to vendors authorized by CPCB.

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -13-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

From discharge of sewage or other The generated sewage will be discharged to 7.2 effluents to water or the land (expected Yes septic tank followed by soak pit. mode and place of discharge) Dust will be generated during operation of the mine. Sprinklers will be provided to By deposition of pollutants emitted to air 7.3 Yes suppress dust. Proper green belt shall be into the land or into water maintained along to the periphery to minimize the environmental impact. 7.4 From any other sources No None Is there a risk of long term build up of 7.5 pollutants in the environment from No None these sources?

8. Risk of accidents during construction or operation of the Project, which could affect human health or the environment. S.No. Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/ Details thereof (with approximate No quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data 8.1 From explosions, spillages, fires etc from Yes All appropriate measures will be taken as storage, handling, use or production of described in approved mining plan and as hazardous substances per statutory provisions and direction of DGMS. Used oil from equipment shall be stored in leak proof HDPE drums and kept in isolated place. 8.2 From any other causes No Not Applicable 8.3 Could the project be affected by natural No The chances of earthquake in the area are disasters causing environmental damage very less as the project area lies in Seismic (e.g: floods, Earthquakes, landslides, Zone–III. There is no history of Flood or cloudburst etc). cloudburst. Proper pit slope will be proposed as per approved mining plan hence slope failure is not expected to occur.

9. Factors which should be considered (such as consequential development) which could lead to environmental effects or the potential for cumulative impacts with other existing or planned activities in the locality.

Details thereof (with approximate Yes/ S. No. Information/Checklist confirmation quantities/rates, wherever possible) with No source of information data Lead to development of supporting Social benefits will accrue from this mining 9.1 facilities, ancillary development or project to the surrounding villages i.e.

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -14-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

development stimulated by the project Employment generation and improved which could have impact on the standard of living through welfare

environment e.g.: activities; Development of health, Yes •Supporting infrastructure (roads, education, economy, and agriculture. power supply, waste or waste water treatment, etc.) • housing development • extractive industries • supply industries • other The ultimate proposed land-use is water reservoir and afforestation, which will Lead to after-use of the site, which could facilitate better agricultural yields in 9.2 Yes have an impact on the environment surroundings. Thus, providing a positive effect. The mine closure plan shall be implemented as per IBM guidelines. Development of good vegetation and 9.3 Set a precedent for later developments Yes plantation. Have cumulative effects due to proximity 9.4 to other existing or planned projects with No Not Applicable similar effects

(III) Environmental Sensitivity Aerial distance S. Name/ (within 15 km.) from Areas No. Identity Proposed project location boundary Areas protected under international No N/A conventions, national or local legislation for 1 their ecological, landscape, cultural or other related value Water Bodies Dabhil River 0.05 km (S) Phatakwadi Lake, Maharashtra 10.20 Km (NE) Terekhol River 6 Km (E) Areas which are important or sensitive for Ghatprabha River 9 km (NE) ecological reasons - Wetlands, watercourses 2 or other water bodies, coastal zone, Forest biospheres, mountains, forests Ambolighat Reserved Forest 1.85 km (NE) Reserved Forest near Dabhil 1.06 km (W) R F near Phanaswadi 3.44 km (W) Reserved Forest near Sarmale 4.31 km (W)

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -15-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

Reserved Forest near Khadpade 5.42 km (SSE) R.F. near Kumbhavde 6.56 km (SE) Reserved Forest near Padve 7.15 km (S) Madgaon Reserved Forest near Tambuli 5.84 km (SW) Reserved Forest near Bavlat 6.53 km (E) Reserved Forest near Otvana 8.07 km (W) Reserve forest near Beradwadi 9.15 Km NE

Garden Amboli Garden, Amboli 7.61 km (NE) Maharashtra

No.

Areas used by protected, important or sensitive species of flora or fauna for 3 breeding, nesting, foraging, resting, over wintering, migration

Inland, coastal, marine or underground 4 No None waters.

5 State, National boundaries No None

Nearest Highway SH-121 3.31 km (N) Routes or facilities used by the public for SH-124 10.18 km (SW) 6 access to recreation or other tourist, pilgrim Railway Station areas Sawantwadi railway station 18.88 km (W) Airport Goa International Airport 57.64 km (SW) 7 Defense installations No No

Phansawade Village 1.31 km (E) Savarwadi, Maharashtra 7.64 km (NE)

8 Densely populated or built-up area

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -16-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

Hospital Dr. Lad Clinic, Kalambist 9.67 km (N) Maharashtra PHC, Amboli 8.15 km (NE) Post Office Post Office, Sarambala 7.22 km (W) Madkhol Post Office new 9.34 km (NW) Places of worship Hiranyakeshwar Temple 9.29 km (NE) St Matthew Devasu Church 5.75 km (N) School / Colleges Sindhudurg Sainik School, Areas occupied by sensitive man-made land 7.86 km (NE) Amboli 9 uses (hospitals, schools, places of worship, Union English School, Amboli community facilities) 8.67 km (NE) Bank Sindhudurg District Co-Oprative 7.75 km (NE) Bank,

Amboli Bank of India/ATM, 7.92 km (NE) Amboli

Police station Police station, Amboli 7.77 km (NE)

Areas containing important, high quality or None None scarce resources 10 (Ground water resources, surface resources, forestry, agriculture, fisheries, tourism, minerals)

Areas already subjected to pollution or Moderate to High The project area falls environmental damage. (Those where in seismic zone –III. 11 existing legal environmental standards are exceeded) Phansawade Village 1.31 km (E) Areas susceptible to natural hazard which could cause the project to present Savarwadi, Maharashtra 7.64 km (NE) environmental problems 12 (Earthquakes, subsidence, landslides, erosion, flooding or extreme or adverse climatic conditions)

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -17-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

(IV) PROPOSED TERMS OF REFERENCE:

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -18-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

PRE-FEASIBILITY REPORT

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -19-

REVISED APPLICATION FOR AMENDMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE

FOR PHANASWADE IRON ORE MINE (ML Area: 99.43Ha) Production Capacity: 3.0 MTPA

AT Village - Phanaswade, Tahsil/Taluka – Sawantwadi, District – Sindhudurg, Maharashtra

Project Proponent Shri Shrinivas V. Dempo & Smt. Neela V. Dempo Dempo Villa, Althino, Panaji, Goa - 403 001. Gram: DEMPO, URL: http://www.dempos.com Phone: (0832) 2441300 Fax: 91-832-225098 / 2228588.

Prepared By Environmental Consultant M/s Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd. NABET registered Environment Consultant List A-Rev 59/16th November, 2017 at S.No.-108 503-507, 5th Floor, NN Mall, Mangalam Palace Sector 3, Rohini, New Delhi

Phone No.: 011-49281360

Contents FORM-I ...... 3 PRE-FEASIBILITY REPORT ...... 19 1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ...... 20 2. PREFEASIBILITY REPORT ...... 25 3. Project Description ...... 25 4. Site Analysis: ...... 32 5. Planning Brief ...... 40 6. Proposed Infrastructure ...... 40 7. Rehabilitation and resettlement (R &R) Plan: ...... 41 8. Project Schedule & Cost Estimates...... 41 9. Analysis of proposal (Final Recommendations)...... 42

1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Background information A fast-developing country like India with its high population has to keep pace with the development worldwide. In view of the increasing infrastructure, industries and other construction projects, the demand of Steel & Iron has been increasing at a higher growth. Iron ore is one of the major mineral required to produce steel. Hence keeping in mind, the demand of industry and availability of iron ore mineral in the area it is necessary to promote the mining activity for this mineral to sustain the requirement for infrastructure as well as other construction project. The present proposal is for Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine over an area of 99.43 Ha. of Shri Shrinivas V. Dempo & Smt. Neela V. Dempo located in village Phanaswade, Tehsil/Taluka Sawantwadi, district Sindhudurg of Maharashtra State. The maximum production from the mine is 3.0 MTPA for which environment clearance have been granted vide ministry’s letter No. J-11015/247/2007-IA.II(M) dated 11/08/2008. About Mining Lease The Maharashtra Government vide letter dated 09/10/2000, recommended to Central Government the grant of Prospecting Licence over an area of 415.4990Ha and Central Government granted its consent on 21/12/2000, Order for grant of Prospecting License issued by Maharashtra Government on 23/12/2001 and the Prospecting License was executed on 10/05/2001 Government of Maharashtra recommended the case to the Central Government for grant of Mining lease over an area 386.99Ha. on 05/05/2006. Central Government conveyed prior consent u/s 5(1) of MMDR Act-1957 on 04/12/2006., for grant of Mining Lease on condition that Mining operations will be undertaken over 129.15Ha subject to clearance from GSDA, Pune & CIMR, Dhanbad, after detailed Hydrological and water balance study. In order to facilitate the implementation of the project, Sindhudurg Mining Corporation Pvt. Ltd. (presently known as V.S. Dempo Mining Corporation Pvt. Ltd.), a company promoted by ‘Dempo Group’, signed a Memorandum of Understanding with the Government of Maharashtra on 11th October, 2006 and committed for an investment of Rs.1,000 Crores in order to undertake prospecting, mining of the low Fe value iron ore in the district of Sindhudurg, Maharashtra State and approximately 2000 people could get job opportunity directly and indirectly by the project. Out of the various prospects, for which the MoU was signed, Govt. of Maharashtra issued LOI to grant Mining Lease over an area of 386.99Ha on 20/12/2006 in respect of one such prospect located in village Kesari and Phanaswade. The Govt of Maharashtra directed the applicant in the said LOI to furnish the compliance of the conditions stipulated in LOI within a period of 6 months, which are as under: Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

 Consent letter from surface right holders  Obtaining Environmental Clearance from MoEF  Mining Plan approved by Indian Bureau of Mines  Permission to use forest land for mining purpose from Forest Department In compliance to the conditions stated in the LOI, a) Surface rights were procured for carrying out Prospecting operations since 2002. b) Indian Bureau of Mines approved the mining plan vide their letter No. MP/MECH-47 (MAH) / GOA /2006-07 dated 30/5/2007. c) Application for Forest Clearance was made to the Forest Department in July-2007.

Environmental Clearance was granted vide MoEF letter No. J-11015/247/2007-IA.II(M) dated 11/08/2008 over an area of 386.99Ha (Kesari-287.57Ha and Phansawde-99.43Ha) for production capacity 3.0MTPA. In view of the non availability of clearance for use of forest land, the applicant opted to surrender an area of 287.56 Ha located in village Kesari, which included the Forest Land, land under dispute & low lying agriculture land and requested Govt of Maharashtra to execute the Mining Lease deed for reduced area of 99.43 Ha, which was entirely a Private land acquired by sale deeds/agreements in village Phansawde. The Govt of Maharashtra recommended the proposal vide letter No. MMN-1005/CR-926/Ind 9, dated 26th September,2014 for clearance under section 5(1) of the MMRD Act 1957 to the Under secretary, Govt of India, Ministry of Mines. The Central Government, conveyed its approval vide letter No.5/154/2006-M(IV), dated 24/12/2014 to reduce the area from 386.99 Ha to 99.43 Ha, for grant of Mining Lease. The Government of Maharashtra after ensuring the compliance of all the conditions stated in the LOI as mentioned above, passed the order vide No.MMN-1005/C.R. 926/IND-9 dated 15.01.2016 thereby granting the Mining Lease over an area admeasuring 99.43 Ha in village Phansawade, for a period of 50 years. The Government of Maharashtra executed the Mining Lease on 22/03/2016 and the same was registered in the office of Sub-Registrar, Sawantwadi under No.772/2016 on 31/03/2016 After execution and registration of Mining Lease, Mining Plan for the reduced area of 99.43 Ha was prepared and approved by Indian Bureau of Mines, vide their letter No. MP/MECH-96(MAH)/GOA/2016- 17 dated 19.08.2016. The reduced area of 99.43Ha, granted under Mining Lease was subset of the earlier area admeasuring 386.99 Ha for which environment clearance was given by the Ministry of Environment and Forests(MoEF), vide letter F. No. J-11015/247/2007- IA.II(M) dated 11/08/2008.

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -21-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

Although, the project does not involve expansion or modernization or addition of the capacity beyond the limits, amendment in EC was sought as an abundant precaution in view of the execution & registration of the Mining Lease Deed for reduced area of 99.43Ha. In this regard applicant have requested MoEFCC vide letter dated 01/06/2016 to amend the Environment Clearance dated 11/08/2008 in terms of Mining Lease area from 386.99Ha. to 99.43Ha The matter was placed before EAC in their twelfth meeting held during 23-25 November 2016, wherein comments/opinion were sought from RE and FC Division of MoEF&CC. MoEF vide its letter No.J-11015/247/2007 –IA-II (M) dated 23-01-2017, has raised mainly two issues : 1. The reduced mine lease area have more than 70% canopy cover as displayed by the DSS. 2. Moratorium is imposed in the area for the mining activity. In order to verify the existing of 70% cover in the Mining Lease area, the data used by DSS at MoEF&CC was analysed and advice was sought from Forest Survey of India(FSI), Deheradun. Based on FSI’s suggestion the exercise of carrying out the ground truthing of the area under reference, was assigned to Forestry College of Sirsi, Karnataka. The Finding of the Study carried out by University of Agricultural Sciences, Dharwad, College of Forestry, Sirsi, Karnataka, indicates that the area exhibits degraded forest supported with secondary vegetation and most of the mining lease area has open canopy, with average canopy cover of around 48%. As regards Moratorium imposed in the area for the mining activity, directions was issued by MoEF&CC under section 5 of Environment Protection Act 1986 dated 13-11-2013 and subsequent office memorandum under No. 1-4/2012-RE(Pt) dated 20/12/2013 states that cases which are under process with MoEF & CC for grant of Environmental Clearance on or before 17/04/2013 shall not attract provisions of Moratorium. The same has been concurred by the NGT-Delhi in cases of Bauxite Mine of M/s Ex-Serviceman Welfare Association located at village Girgaon, Mhalsavade and Ringewadi, Tehsil Shahuwadi, District Kolhapur, Maharashtra and Shirale Bauxite Mine (2.5 LTPA) of M/s Anand Mines located at Village Panundre and Mhalaswade, District Kolhapur, Maharashtra. Since, EC was granted to Kesari-Phanaswde Mining lease on 11/08/2008, the issue of moratorium is not applicable. The said area falls under the Survey of India, Toposheet no.48E/13 (D43B13). The latitude and longitude of the lease area are 15053′09.0216″ to 15054′07.6062″ N” and 73057′17.3435″ to 73058′00.0404″ E with highest RL is 420 m & lowest RL 170 m. M/s. DEMPO has engaged M/s Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, for the preparation of revised Environment Impact Assessment study and Environmental Management Plan based on reduced lease area with revised Base line study to amend existing Environment Clearance of their Kesari-Phansawde Iron Ore Mine (Lease area-386.99 Ha) obtained earlier vide letter no. J-

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -22-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

1015/247/2007-IA.II(M) dated August 11, 2008 and subsequent Corrigendum of even number dated May 14, 2009. The present proposal is for Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine over an area of 99.43 Ha. [Khasara No. 47/0a,1a & 1b (part), 48/1 to 7 (part), 50/1 to 8, 52/1 to 9 (part)] located in village Phanaswade, Taluka Sawantwadi, District-Sindhudurg. The proposed maximum production from the mine is 3.0 MTPA. Brief Description of the Project The area falls under the Survey of India, Toposheet no.48E/13 (D43B13). The latitude and longitude of the lease area are 15053′09.0216″ to 15054′07.6062″ N” and 73057′17.3435″ to 73058′00.0404″ E with highest RL is 420 m & lowest RL 170 m. This is a new mine. The area is a part of valley portion bordered by two hill ridges having an almost N-S trend, one on Western side and the other on eastern side. The highest elevation of the area (towards NWW) is about 420m (Near BP 01) and lowest contour value is 170m towards the southern part of the Lease area. There is no perennial nallah in the mining lease area. The valley portion drains the monsoon water into the Dabhil river located beyond the southern end of lease. The entire area of the state forms a part of the Peninsular Shield, which is composed of rocks commencing from the most ancient rocks of diverse origin, which have undergone considerable metamorphism. Over these ancient rocks of Precambrian era lie a few bases of proterozoic era and of permocarboniferrous periods, which are covered by extensive sheets of horizontally bedded lava flows comprising the Deccan traps. More than 80% of the state is covered by the Deccan traps, which largely concealed geologically older formations. Locally the following general sequence of rocks is encountered in bore holes, Upper soft BMQ, soft/med./hard BMQ, phyllite, Mn, clay/shale, ferruginous clay/shale, altered igneous intrusive, schist and quartzite. Geological reserve (proved reserve + mineral resource + reconnaissance) is about 52.62 million tonnes. The estimated life of the mine is about 20~25 years. However, anticipated life of the mine is expected to increase further once proposed exploration programme is undertaken. Mining will be done from top. There is hardly any top soil cover. Mechanized open cast mining will be undertaken with optimal drilling & blasting. It is expected that a considerable volume of rock to be excavated will be hard and difficult to excavate directly with the hydraulic excavator. In order to overcome this difficulty, high capacity ripper/dozer shall be deployed. Wherever needed, drilling and controlled blasting shall be resorted for loosening of material. Material will be loaded and transported to plant for screening, crushing, grinding & magnetic/gravity separation. The Concentrate so produced will be stacked. OB/Interburden waste material shall be stacked on earmarked places. Bench height will be up to 10m with a minimum working bench width of 12m. Proper Bench Slope will be maintained as per Mining Plan. Transportation of mineral and waste will be done with the help of dumpers & trucks. Mining equipment will be Excavators, Dumpers, Wheel loader, Dozers, Ripper Dozer, Motor Grader, DTH Drilling machine and Water Tanker.

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -23-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

Water Sprinkling will be carried out at the source of generation of dust to minimize the air pollution. About 180 KLD water will be required for sprinkling, plantation and drinking purpose. About 10KLD of HSD per day will be required for mining equipment. Total 30,47,500 Tonnes of OB/Interburden waste will be generated during Plan period. Waste will be dumped in the dumping yard of 7.6253 Ha area, located within the mine site. Used oil will be stored as per prescribed norms and will be sold to authorized vendor. Statutory infrastructure like mine office, rest shelter, canteen and First Aid etc. will be maintained at site. There is no habitation in the mining lease area therefore resettlement will not be necessary. Plantation is proposed to be carried out on inactive sides of the dumps, along main haul road and on backfilled areas. Project Cost along with analysis in terms of Economic Viability of the Project: This is a fresh mine. Proposed capital cost of the project is Rs 703 crores. The operating cost will include expenses towards manpower, fuel, explosive, machine spares, repair, electricity, establishment, depreciation, capital, royalty and other statutory payments. Analysis of proposal (Final Recommendations) The project is proposed to mine Iron ore in an area of 99.43 Ha. It will provide direct employment to about 299 workers. Besides there will be indirect employment for transportation, canteen, repair shop, security etc. Most of the employment will be given to locals from the nearby village. Further, the share of indirect employment like increased purchasing power, dhabas and retail shops etc. is largely shared by local residents.

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -24-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

2. PREFEASIBILITY REPORT Introduction of Project—Background information The Lessee, Shri. Shrinivas V Dempo, an MBA from Carnegic Melon University, USA, is the Chairman and Managing Director of the renowned Dempo Group that has been in the forefront of industrial development of the State of Goa. The Dempo Group, established over 60 years ago, has wide ranging business interests including mining & exports of iron ore, manufacture of calcined petroleum coke and pig iron, design, engineering and construction of ships, barges, etc, servicing & marketing of automobiles, manufacture of industrial & marine paints, manufacture of Baby foods etc., The Group has diversified and grown in other areas as well. A group company, Goa Carbon Ltd, is the second largest manufacturer of calcined petroleum coke in the country. The Group also publishes the leading English daily of Goa, “The Navhind Times” as well as its Marathi counterpart, “Navprabha”. The Group also runs a Travel agency, Dempo Travels Pvt. Ltd. The Group’s Dempo Charities Trust, is a major contributor to higher education in Goa. It runs higher secondary schools as well as undergraduate colleges in Arts, Science & Commerce Streams. It helps needy students with scholarships to pursue higher education. The Group’s Dempo Sports Club, a leading football club of the country, is also engaged in training budding football players. Need of the project A fast-developing country like India with its high population has to keep pace with the development worldwide. In view of the increasing infrastructure, industries and other construction projects, the demand of Steel & Iron has been increasing at a higher growth. Iron ore is one of the major mineral required for the production of steel. Hence keeping in mind the demand of industry and availability of iron ore mineral in the area it is necessary to promote the mining activity for this mineral to sustain the requirement for infrastructure as well as other construction project. Demand-Supply Gap: 7 to 8 % growth in steel consumption is taking place in the country; therefore, there will always be demand of manganese in the country. The Iron ore mined from this ease shall be sold as a raw material to steel and allied industries. Employment Generation: 299 persons will be directly employed. Besides substantial number of indirect employment will be generated in the form of dhabas, transporters etc. which will improve the economic conditions of the area. 3. PROJECT DESCRIPTION Type of Project: The project envisages opencast fully-mechanized mining with beneficiation facility. The cost of project is Rs. 703 crores. The size of the lease area is 99.43Ha for production of 3.0 MTPA. The project activity falls under category ‘A’ (activity 1(a)-mining of minerals) as per EIA notification 2006. Location of mine is shown ahead:

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -25-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

Interlinked Projects: Mineral beneficiation is proposed to be done within mining lease area. The beneficiation plant is proposed to be located on North Eastern side of the lease area over a land of 2.1470 ha.

Lease Details: Name of Owner : Shri Shrinivas V. Dempo & Smt. Neela V. Dempo Status of lessee : Private Individual Address : Dempo Villa, Althino, Panaji, Goa - 403 001. Gram: DEMPO, URL: http://www.dempos.com Phone: (0832) 2441300 Fax: 91-832-2225098 Lease Area : 99.43 Hectares Date of Grant : 31.03.2016 Location : Latitude 15053′09.0216″ to 15054′07.6062″ N Longitude 73057′17.3435″ to 73058′00.0404″ E Survey of India Toposheet No. 48 E/13 (D43B13) 47/0a,1a & 1b (part), 48/1 to 7 (part), 50/1 to 8, 52/1 to 9 (part) in village Phanaswade, Taluka Sawantwadi, District-Sindhudurg.

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -26-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

MAP SHOWING MINING LEASE AREA

MINING LEASE AREA

Latitude 15053′09.0216″ to 15054′07.6062″ N Longitude 73057′17.3435″ to 73058′00.0404″ E

Magnitude of operation: Past Production: New Mine. No past production. Proposed Production: This is a new mine. The year-wise ROM production & waste during planned period is given ahead: Years Production Tonnes Waste in Tonnes Strip Ratio 1st No proposal for handling ROM 2nd 10,50,000 5,62,000 1:0.54 3rd 15,00,000 12,50,000 1:0.83 4th 21,04,000 6,49,500 1:0.31 5th 25,03,000 5,86,000 1:0.23 Total 71,57,000 30,47,500

The Surface Geological Plan and the Development Plan showing Mining pit, Dumps & plantation are shown as Annexure-VII & VIII. Equipment Sl. Type Of Machine Capacity H.P. Power (KW) No. of Equipment No. 1 Excavators 3.5cum. 428 319 3 2 Excavators(for Misc. 0.8cum. 137 01 Excavators(for Misc. Job) Job) 3 Dumpers 35 t 485 362 15 4 Wheel loaders for plant 3.1cu.m. 220 164 4 feeding & mine work

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -27-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

5 Dumpers for plant feed 35 t 485 362 6 6 Ripper-Dozer - 570 425 2 7 Dozers - 165-180 123-134 2 8 Motor Grader - 185-215 138-161 1 9 Drill M/c - - - 2 (100~150mmdia) DTH 10 Water Tanker 30 Cu.mt - 3 Water Tanker

Salient Features of the proposed Working:  Mining operations in Phanaswade Iron ore Mine will be carried by mechanized opencast method, using HEMM & deep hole blasting.  The box cut is excavated near the top outcrop along the strike.  Mining system will involve working benches at 10 m. vertical interval and 30 m. wide in order to contemplate to be compatible with the mining equipment, blast hole drills etc.  Creation of sump below the bottom most bench.  The daily advance of the shovel is planned along the strike direction and the general advance is towards the dip direction of the deposit.  Pit is designed based on geological parameters, safety & type of equipment to be used.  The waste shall be transported to the designated surface dumping locations.  Development of drainage channels at the toe end of the dumps & mine benches to divert the water to the bottom most sump and avoiding the risk of bench erosions.  Ore for export market to be transported to the Redi loading point jetty which is about 70 kms from the mine. While ore sold locally will be transported to buyer’s destination as required under contract.

Beneficiation Plant:

Location:

The beneficiation plant is proposed to be located on North Eastern side of the lease area over a land of 2.1470 ha. The location of the plant is shown in the Map given below:

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -28-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

PLANT

The plant will have following facilities to process the ROM:

Process Flow:

Coarser Crushing:

The crude ore received from the mines or stockpiles will be fed to the crusher hopper fitted on top with grizzly of 800mm. The undersize material is fed to the Jaw Crushers by a vibrating feeder. The vibrating feeder carries a grizzly, which segregates further +90mm -150mm from the feed. The +90mm -150mm is conveyed to the crusher wherein it is crushed to below 90mm size.

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -29-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

Screening:

The ore below the size of 90mm is delivered to the double deck wet screen where the material is segregated into three products i.e. +25mm, +6mm and -6mm (+90mm is re-circulated to crusher)

Finer Crushing:

The +25mm fraction material shall be transported to the impactor crusher and material will be further crushed to -25mm fraction in a close circuit. Thereafter +6mm and -25mm fraction shall be fed to the rod mill & crushed to -6mm fraction in a close circuit.

Magnetic Separation:

The -6mm product obtained is treated on the single wet drum permanent magnetic separator (rougher stage). The pre-concentrate product shall be fed to the screen for the separation of +0.5mm and -0.5mm fraction.

+0.5mm fraction is grounded by a ball mill to grind to -0.5mm in a close circuit. -0.5mm pre concentrate shall be treated on the low intensity double drum wet magnetic separator (cleaner state). The final conc. recovered at cleaner stage is passed through the dewatering classifiers and will be transported to stockpile area. The classifiers overflow will be sent to the tailing thickener to recover the water, which is recycled to the process water sump.

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -30-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

Process Flow of Mining:

Raw Materials: The important inputs required for mining of desired quantity of iron ore are diesel & water. Peak demand of all inputs is given below: Inputs Approx Quantity required 10 Kilo Liters per day Storage facilities will be provided as Diesel may be required depending upon the mode of deployment of vehicle. Water for Drinking & Domestic 5.0 KLD Water for Sprinkling and allied activities and green belt 175 KLD Water for Beneficiation Plant 8640 KLD ANFO = 332 tons annually Slurry explosive = 84 tons annually Explosive Storage facilities will be provided as may be required with proper security. Power 8 MW

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -31-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

Market and Mode of Transport OB/Inter-burden waste is transported to waste dumps proposed within lease area whereas Iron ore concentrate will be loaded in dumpers & transported to stock piles. The crude ore produced from the mine will be transported by heavy duty dumper to the beneficiation plant over a distance of approximate 2.5 Km. Considering the environment constraints, the iron ore concentrate from the plant will be transported by utilizing environment friendly closed conveyor belt to the stockyard at village Satuli. From stockyard the product shall be haul by using state-of the-art, eco-friendly closed container trucks upto destination. Resource Optimization/Recycling: Waste will be dumped in the dumping yard situated within the mine site. Used oil will be stored as per prescribed norms and will be sold to authorized vendor. The process water will be passed through the thickeners for separation of solids and the clean water will be recycled back into the process. Requirement of Water, Energy/Power: The water will be used for drinking purpose, sprinkling and plantation & Processing of ore. Domestic water requirement will be 5.0 KLD approx. Water for sprinkling, dust suppression and green belt development will be about 175 KLD and for beneficiation plant 8640 KLD. Thus, there will be total requirement of 8820 KLD water (at peak demand). Drinking Water requirement will be met by Tankers and process water requirement will be met through rainwater harvested in the mining pit/ water reservoir/recycled water. The total power requirement for plants, mine services & infrastructural services is estimated about 8 MW. The power supply will be purchased from the Maharashtra State Electricity Board. Alternative Power will be made available by 3no. of D.G. sets each having capacity of 500KVA these D.G. sets will be used as emergency power requirement for critical processing circuits in case of power failure. There will acoustic enclosures and vibration pads provide for D.G. sets. Adequate height of chimney for D.G. sets will be provided as per CPCB norms. Waste Generation and Disposal: Total 3047500 Tonnes of OB/Interburden waste will be generated during first five year of the plan period. Waste will be dumped in the dumping yard of 7.6253 Ha area, located within the mine site. Tailings from the process plant shall be stored in secured tailing pond. 4. SITE ANALYSIS: Location and Connectivity of the lease is given as under: Location and Connectivity: The applied area falls in the Survey of India Topo (OSM)-sheet no. 48 E/13 (D43B13) in between latitude 15053′09.0216″ to 15054′07.6062″ N and longitude 73057′17.3435″ to 73058′00.0404″ E in village Phanaswade, Tehsil/Taluka Sawantwadi, District Sindhudurg, Maharashtra. The proposed mining area is located at 47/0a,1a & 1b (part), 48/1 to 7 (part), 50/1 to 8, 52/1 to 9 (part) in village Phanaswade, Taluka Sawantwadi, District-Sindhudurg. The lease area is approximately at a crow fly distance of 14 Km W (20 km by road), from Sawantwadi township. State Highway No. 121 is about 3.3 km north from the project area. Sawantwadi Railway station (18.5Km SW-Crow fly) is the

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -32-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

nearest railway station. Oros (HQ-Sindhudurg is about 36 Km NW from the project area. The location and 10 Km. Buffer area is shown at page 36.

Land use and Land ownership: The details of existing and proposed land use are given below:

Purpose Existing End of conceptual Planned (Area in Ha) period (Area in Ha)

1. Area to be excavated Nil 49.4765* 2. Backfilling Pit Nil 38.0065* 3. Water Reservoir (Converted mining pit) Nil 11.4700* 4. Soil Dump - - 5.Overburden Dump (Reclaimed & Rehabilitated) Nil 7.6253 6. Mineral Storage (Reclaimed & Rehabilitated) Nil 0.9127 7. Infrastructure (Workshop, Admn. Building Nil 0.3687 etc.) (Reclaimed & Rehabilitated) 8. Roads 1.3591 2.8068 9. Railway Nil - 10.Green Belt area Nil 5.0000 11.Tailing Pond (Reclaimed & Rehabilitated) Nil 20.2780 12. Effluent Treatment Plant Nil - 13. Mineral Separation Plant (Reclaimed & Nil 2.1470 Rehabilitated) 14. Township Area Nil - 15. Others (Water Reservoir) Nil 8.1986 16.Other (Unused Land) 98.0709 2.6164 TOTAL 99.43 99.43 *Out of 49.4765Ha area planned for excavation (Pit)till end of conceptual Planned period, 38.0065Ha area will be backfilled, reclaimed & rehabilitated and the balance area of 11.47Ha will be converted into water reservoir.

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -33-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -34-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

Topography of the area: The area is a part of valley portion bordered by two hill ridges having an almost N-S trend, one on Western side and the other on eastern side. The highest elevation of the area (towards NWW) is about 420m (Near BP 01) and lowest contour value is 170m towards the southern part of the Lease area The area has an undulating physiography. The surface Geological Plan of the area is shown at page no. 40. Drainage: The drainage is well developed and is guided by the trend of the hillocks. There is no perennial nallah in the mining lease area located in village Phanaswade. The Mining Lease area is a part of valley portion bordered by two hill ridges having almost N-S trend, one on western side and the other on eastern side. The valley portion drains the monsoon water into the Dabhil river located beyond the southern end of lease. Geology of the area: Regional and Local Geology of the area is briefly described as under: Regional Geology: The entire area of the state forms a part of the Peninsular Shield, which is composed of rocks commencing from the most ancient rocks of diverse origin, which have undergone considerable metamorphism. Over these ancient rocks of Precambrian era lie a few bases of proterozoic era and of permocarboniferrous periods, which are covered by extensive sheets of horizontally bedded lava flows comprising the Deccan traps. More than 80% of the state is covered by the Deccan traps, which largely concealed geologically older formations.

The distributions of the important older formations in the state are as follow:

i. Precambrian ii. Sakoli group iii. Saunsar group and iv. Iron Ore group Iron ore group is equivalent in age to Sakoli group and constitute the important iron ore deposits of Chandrapur, Gadchiroli and Sindhudurg Districts.

In SawantwadiTaluka of Sindhudurg District of Konkan adjoining Goa region, rocks of Banda Group which are locally representing Dharwar Super-group consists of formations as mentioned below:

 Phyllites and pink banded ferruginous quartzite  Micaceous quartzite, mica schist and chlorite schist  Amphibolites with thin bands of actinolite schist  Orthoquartzites with thin caleareous bands and  Chlorite phyllite with thin salty intercalations The regional strike of the rocks is NNW-SSE, which have been folded and faulted during three episodes of deformation. They are intruded by metadolerite, granite, pegmatite, aplite and quartz veins. The grades of metamorphism increases northwards to that of amphibolite facies.

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -35-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

On the regional scale, the geological sequence of the various formations observed and reported in the area is mentioned ahead:

Recent to Sub-recent Laterite Girode Formation Phyllites Koljhar Formation Ortho-quartzite BANDA Quartz Mica Schist and Intercalated Clorite& GROUP Talkat Formation Schist Shirval Formation Hornblende Gneisses & Schists Redi Iron Formation Banded Iron Formation & Pink Phyllites Archaean Basement Gneisses and Schists

Local Geology: The reconnaissance traverses of the field geologists resulted in the development of fact map in which gneiss, schist, BIF, quartzite, manganiferous clay, phyllite and basalt lithology‟s were mapped.

Locally the following general sequence of rocks is encountered in bore holes, Upper soft BMQ, soft/med./hard BMQ, phyllite, Mn, clay/shale, ferruginous clay/shale, altered igneous intrusive, schist and quartzite.

Structure:

There is evidence of structural disturbances such as folding and faulting at some places inferred from the presence of exposures showing minor folds and in the mapping of the magnetic signature of the BIF. The repetition of the formations across strike is also indicative of presence of such disturbances.

In addition to this, fact mapping and detail geological mapping confirms the discontinuity of the formations in a form of lithological changes and shifts in their strike/dip direction. The dissection patterns in the topography in such areas also confirm the existence of faulting and are indicated by stream and erosion patterns. Other evidence of cross-cutting tectonic features includes the presence of vein quartz and pegmatite veins which apparently intersect the BIF at places. This quartz and pegmatite is most probably associated with the late stage granitic intrusions to the west of the Mining Lease area.

Geological interpretation of the Phanaswade block, using the information provided by geological mapping, diamond core drilling and magnetic surveys, is indicating complexly folded and faulted BIF sequence.

The individual bands of BIF are locally identified and referred as Western Band & Eastern band. These bands are traced throughout their length along the strike direction within the leasehold area. They generally form the ridge crest and dip slope.

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -36-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

The core sections of BIF, also exhibit two to three set of joints, of which one set is parallel to the bedding and the others are varying from 40° to 65° with respect to the bedding plane.

Mineralization:

The Banded Iron formations are inter-bedded with quatzite, calcareousmeta sediments and are recorded as a manganiferous or ferruginous clay.

The footwall to the BIF is a calcareous meta-sediment, in places a coarsely crystalline marble. The calcareous meta-sediments is overlain by a thin phyllite or limonitic clay horizon. This may be a weathering feature or a discontinuous fine clastic sediment horizon.

The quartzite represents the base of the hanging wall sequence which from surface evidence is indicated to comprise quartzite, schist and manganiferous clay.

The rock formations generally exhibited a NNW-SSE to almost NS strike.The formations generally exhibit dips of 40° to 70° East. A traverse across strike the western portion of the prospect to the eastern portion exhibits the general rock unit as follows:

Quarzite/ Schist / BIF / manganiferous Clay & Phyllite / Schist / BIF / Manganiferrous clay & Phyllite/ Schist / Quatzite / Basalt. Exploration Undertaken: After demarcation of the complete boundary limits survey was carried out to develop a fact map to provide basic and special distribution of the magnetite banded iron formation within the area. This was followed by detailed geological mapping on the survey grid and to provide detailed information in respect of lithology, stratigraphy, geological contacts and internal geology of the banded iron formation (BIFs). Adjunct to the geological mapping, ground magnetometer surveying was carried out in order to prove the BIFs continuity and to provide the basis for drill site selection.

A total of 48 core bore holes were drilled in the area granted under mining lease. Summary of exploration is as below:

Trial pits: 19 nos, size: 2m x 2m x 6m

19 nos of trial pits having depth of 6m and

Core drilling: 48 boreholes - 3241 m

Reserve, Quality & Grade of Mineral: The Iron Ore is medium to low grade. The average grade of 111 proved reserves has been taken as 23.39% Fe & 6.36% FeO. The cut-off grade was taken as Fe : +10 % & FeO : +1 %. The estimated reserves with UNFC code and grade is given ahead:

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -37-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

UNFC CODE Type of Ore Quantity (in MT) Cut-off Grade 111 Proved Reserves Banded iron Magnetite 08.89 23.39% Fe & 6.36% FeO 221 & 222 Prefeasibility Mineral Banded iron Magnetite 11.73 10% Fe & 1.0% FeO Resource 334 Reconnaissance Resource Banded iron Magnetite 32.00 10% Fe & 1.0% FeO

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -38-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

Life of Mine: The total estimated reserves/resource (proved reserve + mineral resource + reconnaissance) is about 52.62 million tonnes. The estimated life of the mine is about 20~25 years. However, anticipated life of the mine is expected to increase further once proposed exploration programme is undertaken. Conceptual plan is shown ahead:

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -39-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

Sensitivity of Location:  Dhabil River flows almost East to West is about 0.05 Km South from the proposed mining area.  The nearest settlement village Phanaswade is about 1.3 Km East from the proposed mining area. Existing Infrastructure: An all-weather road State Highway No. 121/180 (Sawantwadi-Amboli) is 3.3 Km N from the proposed mine. Satuli located near SH 121/180 is about 6 Km NW from the mine site and connected with un- metaled road. 5. PLANNING BRIEF A mining project has to be planned in different ways than other industrial projects. In case of mining project, the lease is granted only after compliance of all the conditions stated in the Letter of Intention for grant of mining lease by the state government. The compliance of LOI was done and mining lease was executed 22/03/2016 and registered on 31/03/2016 over an area of 99.43Ha. Mining Plan for 99.43 Ha is approved vide letter No. MP/MECH-96(MAH)/GOA/2016-17 DATED 19.08.2016. The salient and important features of mining plan are as below:  Mining operations in Phanaswade Iron ore Mine will be carried by mechanized opencast method, using HEMM & deep hole blasting.  The box cut is excavated near the top outcrop along the strike.  Mining system will involve working benches at 10 m. vertical interval and 30 m. wide in order to contemplate to be compatible with the mining equipment, blast hole drills etc.  Creation of sump below the bottom most bench.  The daily advance of the shovel is planned along the strike direction and the general advance is towards the dip direction of the deposit.  Pit is designed based on geological parameters, safety & type of equipment to be used.  The waste shall be transported to the designated surface dumping locations.  Development of drainage channels at the toe end of the dumps & mine benches to divert the water to the bottom most sump and avoiding the risk of bench erosions.  Ore for export market to be transported to the Redi loading point jetty which is about 70 kms from the mine. While ore sold locally will be transported to buyer’s destination as required under contract. 6. PROPOSED INFRASTRUCTURE Physical Infrastructure: The proposed activity to mine Iron ore will likely to assemble some temporary and statutory infrastructure like mine office, rest shelter, canteen and First Aid etc. Green Belt/Afforestation: Proposed Plantation: Plantation is proposed to be carried out on inactive sides of the dumps, along main haul road and on backfilled areas. It is also proposed to carry out plantation to fill the gap (i.e.

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -40-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

where plantation already carried out but not survived). On an average about 2,000~3,000 saplings per year of fast growing and local variation of saplings such as cashew, casurina, gulmohar, rain tree, neem, aamla etc. are proposed for plantation. Social Infrastructure: Due to initiation of mining project there will be an overall development in social infrastructure as a result of indirect employment. Drinking Water Management (Source & Supply of Water): Domestic water requirement will be approx 5.0 KLD, Water for sprinkling & dust suppression and green belt development about 175.0 KLD. Thus, there will be total requirement of 180 KLD water (at peak demand). Drinking water will be sourced through water tankers from nearby villages. Pit water will be used for mining and allied activities. Solid Waste Management: Total 3047500 cum of OB/Interburden waste will be generated during plan period which will be dumped in the dumping yard (area 7.6253 Ha) located within the mine site. The top soil wherever available will be stacked separately and shall be used in the plantation. A retaining wall along with garland drain with some check dams will be erected at the foot of the dump to prevent and arrest any run-off during the rainy season. Power Requirement: Mining method adopted is fully mechanized mining. All equipment required for such mining will be powered with Diesel as fuel. Daily diesel requirement will be approximately 10kilo litres. The total power requirement for plants, mine services & infrastructural services is estimated about 8 M Watt. Alternative Power will be made available by 3no. of D.G. sets each having capacity of 500KVA these D.G. sets will be used as emergency power requirement for critical processing circuits in case of power failure. There will acoustic enclosures and vibration pads provide for D.G. sets. Adequate height of chimney for D.G. sets will be provided as per CPCB norms Supply/Source of Energy: Daily requirement of the HSD shall be met from the nearest dispensing pump. As stated earlier the total power requirement for plants, mine services & infrastructural services is estimated about 8 M Watt. The required power supply will be purchased from the Maharashtra State Electricity Board. 7. REHABILITATION AND RESETTLEMENT (R &R) PLAN: The land under the mining lease area has been acquired by sale deed and there is no habitation within the mining lease. Therefore, question of rehabilitation &re-settlement does not arise. 8. PROJECT SCHEDULE & COST ESTIMATES. Likely date of start of construction and likely date of completion: This is a new mine. Amendment in existing Environmental Clearance from MoEF&CC is under process. Mining will be commenced upon grant of above clearance.

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -41-

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine by DEMPO

Project Cost along with analysis in terms of Economic Viability of the Project. This is a fresh mine. Proposed capital cost of the project is Rs 703 crores. The operating cost will include expenses towards manpower, fuel, explosive, machine spares, repair, electricity, establishment, depreciation, capital, royalty and other statutory payments, which will be approximately Rs.1500~ 1600/tonne of iron ore concentrate and IRR is expected to be 8~10%.

9. ANALYSIS OF PROPOSAL (FINAL RECOMMENDATIONS) The Proposed Value Addition Process  In the quest of strengthening the resource base, the group identified low Fe value banded iron formations, in the range of Fe 20%~30% in the above mentioned areas in Sindhudurg District of Maharashtra State.

 These low Fe value formations have no commercial value in the present form therefore have not been considered economic mineral resources either by the State or by the Geological Survey of India.  The project envisages use of low Fe value formation resulting into conservation and development of mineral and production of high Fe value, low phos, fuel efficient, environment friendly, iron ore concentrate from these low Fe value formations, which otherwise have no commercial value in the present form and would be lost in posterity. Advantage of Product/Use

 The product will help the Indigenous Steel Industries in reducing the import of ore.  The Product has been tested for production of high strength special type of steel.  The product is well accepted by domestic as well as international steel mills.  This product is fuel efficient and environment friendly. Expected Benefits from the Project

The proposed project will act as a catalyst for the development of the area. The project implementation would benefit the various stakes holder as under: 1. The Government would earn revenue by way of Royalty and the royalty will enhance incrementally as the mining activity and production increases further. 2. Government would earn by way of Direct/Indirect taxes like GST, professional tax, export duty, port dues, surface rent, consent fees, TCS, Stamp duty etc. 3. The local populace would be benefited by the employment opportunity, under direct and indirect categories. 4. The local community would be benefited by way of CSR initiatives, some of which are already put in place by the Project proponent.

Prepared by: Perfact Enviro Solutions (P) Ltd. New Delhi -42-

ToR COMPLIANCE Proposed Terms of Reference for EIA studies

Proposed ToR for EIA studies Compliance 1 a) Air Environment: Chapter-3

Identify micro-climatic zones depending upon topography and wind pattern and air pollutant levels.

Prepare inventory of point, line and area sources Quantity emissions from all existing sources. Evaluate cumulative effect of point line and area sources using appropriate model in preliminary estimation and Gaussian Plume model in subsequent analysis to establish source-receptor relationship

Estimate comprehensively the damages that already occurred due to air pollutants in the area. Delineate environmental management plan

b) Noise Environment Chapter-3 Assessment of present and projected noise levels in the region. Identification of point line and area sources of noise. Prediction and evaluation of noise levels.

Identification of high noise level zones and suggestions on mitigation measures Delineation of Acoustic Environmental Management Plan. c) Water Environment Chapter-3

Identify water bodies including sea, creeks etc. Identify present and future designated use in various stretches Identifying the possible ways of water pollution from the mining activities Assess surface water qualities Formulations of water Environmental Management Plan

d) Land Environment Chapter-3 Assessment of existing land use pattern and land quality

Preparation of inventory of waste and reject disposal sites. Identification of appropriate sites for waste disposal Estimation of anticipated impacts on soil quality and land proposed mining activities due to proposed mining activities Delineation of land Environmental Management Plan including Post-mining Land use plan. e) Collection of information on flora and fauna in the region, Chapter-3 Identification of rare threatened, vulnerable and endangered species, if any, in the region-migratory routes of animals, sanctuaries etc. and precautionary measures, if any, taken regarding flight pattern of the migratory birds Collection of ecological information on terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems. Prediction of impact of proposed mining activities and alternative options on flora and fauna of the region with special reference to biological diversity. Delineation of biological Environmental Management Plan

f) Socio-economic Environment Chapter-3 Collection of secondary data on village wise Population, Sex Ratio, Literacy, Number of Households and Percentage of Main workers. Collection of primary information on infrastructure facilities in the study area. Assessme,nt of impact on socio-economic environment in qualitative terms. Delineation of Community Development Plan and estimation of Budget for Community Development.

Additional Term’s of Reference prescribed with ToR:

Sl. No. Terms of Reference Compliance 1 Pre-feasibility report of the project in terms of Pre-feasibility report has been prepared and economic viability taking into account cost is part of approved mine plan. The project is likely to incur for compensation for land viable. oustees, crop damages, occupational health Since the entire area of 99.43 ha is non- expenses etc. shall be prepared and submitted forest private land owned by the project proponent and there is no habitation within the lease area hence, no compensation will be payable for Land oustees etc. However, a provision of Rs. 19.5 Lac has been earmarked for the occupational health & Safety of workers in the Chapter 6 of EIA report. 2 Action plan for formation of self helps groups Action Plan for formation of Self Help who can facilitate promotion of economic Groups (SHG's) has been formulated and opportunity to local (indigenous) people shall presented in EIA report (as given in para be formulated. 6.13 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT)

3 Requisite approval shall be obtained from Approved Mining Plan is attached. IBM/other concerned agencies

4 Green belt development shall be carried out Green belt development will be carried out considering CPCB guideline on plant species. as per CPCB guidelines. Plantation is Herbs and shrubs shall also form a part of proposed to be carried out on inactive sides afforestation programme besides tree of the dumps, along main haul road, on plantation. Plantation schedule shall be backfilled areas. It is also proposed to carry provided. out plantation to fill the gap (i.e. where plantation already carried out but not survived). About 11,300 saplings of various variety are proposed to be planted in first 5 year plan period in an area of 11.2872 ha. Plantation programme and schedule is included in EIA report (para 8.4)

REVISED ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine of Shri Shrinivas V. Dempo & Smt. Neela V. Dempo Capacity: 3.0 Million Ton Per Annum (Max) Mining Lease area: 99.43Ha

At Village Phanaswade, Taluka Sawantwadi District Sindhudurg, Maharashtra

Project Proponent Shri Shrinivas V. Dempo & Smt. Neela V. Dempo

Correspondence Address: Dempo Villa,Altinho, Panaji, Goa – 403 001 Phone: (0832) 2441300, Fax: 91-832-225098

(February 2018)

Prepared By Environmental Consultant M/s Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd. (NABET Registered vide list of accredited consultant’s organizations Rev 62/5th Feb 2018 at S.No-111 5th Floor, NN Mall, Mangalam Palace Sector 3, Rohini, New Delhi-110085 Phone No.: 011-49281360 [email protected] Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

INDEX 1 INTRODUCTION ...... 5 1.1 PREAMBLE ...... 5 1.2 GENERAL INFORMATION ON MINING OF MINERALS: ...... 6 1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE ...... 6 1.4 TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) ...... 6 1.5 PUBLIC CONSULTATION ...... 7 1.6 NEED FOR EIA ...... 7 1.7 POST-ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE MONITORING ...... 7 1.8 GENERIC STRUCTURE OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT DOCUMENT ...... 8 1.9 DETAILS OF PROJECT PROPONENT ...... 10 1.10 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT...... 10 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ...... 11

2.1 GENERAL ...... 11 2.2 TYPE OF THE PROJECT ...... 13 *EQUIVALENT LAND BEING PROVIDED TO LOCAL VILLAGE PANCHAYAT BODY IN LIEAU OF GOVERNMENT LAND LOCATED IN M L AREA...... 14 2.3 LOCATION DETAILS: ...... 14 2.4 SIZE OF PROJECT ...... 15 2.5 GEOLOGY...... 15 2.6 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION: ...... 23 2.7 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION ...... 23 2.8 MINERAL PROCESSING ...... 24 2.9 RECLAMATION & RESETTLEMENT MEASURES: ...... 31 2.10 GENERAL INFORMATION: ...... 32 2.11 MANPOWER REQUIREMENT ...... 34 2.12 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE/STAGES...... 34 3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ...... 35 3.1 INTRODUCTION ...... 35 3.2 METHODOLOGY ...... 35 3.3 METEOROLOGY ...... 35 3.4 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY ...... 37 3.5 WATER REGIME ...... 42 3.6 WATER QUALITY ...... 44 3.7 NOISE QUALITY ...... 54 3.8 TOPOGRAPHY: ...... 58 3.9 LAND USE ...... 58 3.10 FLORA & FAUNA ...... 66 3.11 SOCIO-ECONOMIC SCENARIO ...... 71 4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES ...... 78 4.1 GENERAL ...... 78 4.2 DETAILS OF INVESTIGATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS ...... 78

1 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

4.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT ...... 79 4.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT& VIBRATION ...... 82 4.5 WATER ENVIRONMENT ...... 84 4.6 IMPACT OF MINING ON WATER REGIME ...... 84 4.7 LAND ENVIRONMENT ...... 85 4.8 IMPACT ON SOIL QUALITY ...... 88 4.9 MINE WASTE MANAGEMENT ...... 89 4.10 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT ...... 90 4.11 SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACT DUE TO MINING ...... 91 4.12 TRANSPORTATION ...... 93 4.13 TRAFFIC DENSITY ...... 93 4.14 IRREVERSIBLE AND IRRETRIEVABLE COMMITMENTS OF ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS ...... 97 4.15 ASSESSMENT OF SIGNIFICANCE OF IMPACTS ...... 98 5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY AND SITE) ...... 99 6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ...... 100

6.1 PROPOSED MONITORING PROGRAMME...... 100 6.2 FREQUENCY OF MONITORING: ...... 103 6.3 INFRASTRUCTURE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION: ...... 107 6.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING CELL DETAILS: ...... 107 6.5 FUNCTIONS OF THE MONITORING CELL ...... 108 6.6 INSTITUTIONALIZED MANAGEMENT STRUCTURE ...... 109 6.7 REPORTING SCHEDULE ...... 110 6.8 PROCUREMENT SCHEDULE:...... 110 6.9 GENERAL ...... 110 6.10 PUBLIC CONSULTATION ...... 110 6.11 RISK ASSESSMENT ...... 111 6.12 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN ...... 120 6.13 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ...... 121 6.14 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY (OH&S) ...... 128 7 PROJECT BENEFITS ...... 131 7.1 GENERAL ...... 131 7.2 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE ...... 131 7.3 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL ...... 132 7.4 SOCIOECONOMIC BENEFITS ARISING OUT OF MINING ACTIVITY: ...... 132 7.5 PROMOTION OF SOCIAL & ECONOMIC STATUS ...... 132 7.6 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS ...... 132 7.7 ANCILLARY BUSINESS ESTABLISHMENT THAT MAY COME UP ON ACCOUNT OF PROJECT...... 133 8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ...... 134 8.1 GENERAL ...... 134 8.2 MANAGEMENT OF LAND & POST MINING LAND USE ...... 134 8.3 MINE CLOSURE ...... 135 8.4 PROPOSED GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN ...... 136 8.5 IMPACT ON HYDROLOGY OF THE AREA ...... 137

2 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

8.6 MEASURES FOR CONTROLLING WATER POLLUTION AND CONSERVATION OF WATER ...... 138 8.7 MEASURES FOR CONTROLLING AIR POLLUTION ...... 138 8.8 NOISE ABATEMENT ...... 139 8.9 SOIL CONSERVATION ...... 140 8.10 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT ...... 140 8.11 SOCIO ECONOMIC MEASURES ...... 141 8.12 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & BUDGET ALLOCATION ...... 142 8.13 BUDGETARY COST ESTIMATE: ...... 147 9 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION ...... 148 10 DISCLOSURE OF ENVIRONMENT CONSULTANT ...... 152 10.1 INTRODUCTION ...... 152 10.2 KEY PERSONNEL ...... 152 10.3 TEAM INVOLVED IN EIA STUDY ...... 152

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE 2.2-1LAND USE BREAKUP- VILLAGE WISE DETAILS 14

TABLE 2.3-1LOCATION DETAIL 14

TABLE 2.5-1LAND USE OF CORE ZONE 16

TABLE 2.5-2MINERAL RESERVES (UNFC CODE) 23

TABLE 2.8-1TABLE SHOWING IRON ORE PRODUCTION, GENERATION OF O.B, TOTAL WASTE AND GREY SHALE STACK 29

TABLE 2.8-2LISTS OF EQUIPMENT 29

TABLE 2.10-1WATER REQUIREMENT 32

TABLE 2.11-1MANPOWER REQUIREMENT 34

TABLE 3.3-1; ANNUAL AIR TEMPERATURE OF PAST FEW YEARS OF PANJIM 36

TABLE 3.3-2;RAINFALL DATA OF PAST FEW YEARS OF PANJIM 36

TABLE 3.3-3; WIND SPEED RECORD PAST FEW YEARS OF PANJIM 37

TABLE 3.4-1; SAMPLING LOCATIONS FOR AMBIENT AIR QUALITY 38

TABLE 3.4-2; AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS OF PM2.5&PM10 40

TABLE 3.4-3; AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS OF SO2&NOX 41

TABLE 3.6-1; SAMPLING LOCATIONS FOR WATER QUALITY 44

TABLE 3.6-2; WATER QUALITY RESULTS OF CORE ZONE DURING BASELINE SEASON 27 JAN 2018-10 FEB 2018 46

3 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

TABLE 3.7-1; SAMPLING LOCATION FOR NOISE QUALITY 54

TABLE 3.7-2; NOISE QUALITY RESULTS (BASELINE SEASON 10TH JAN 2018-10TH FEB 2018) 56

TABLE 3.9-1; SAMPLING LOCATION FOR SOIL QUALITY 61

TABLE 4.7-1 PRESENT AND PROPOSED LAND USE PATTERN 85

TABLE 6.2-1 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING SCHEDULE DETAILS 103

TABLE 6.11-1; VULNERABILITY ANALYSIS 116

TABLE 8-1; PROPOSED PLANTATION &SPECIES RECOMMENDED FOR PLANTATION 137

TABLE 8.13-1, COST OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES (IN LAKH INR) 147

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE 3-1;WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS ON GOOGLE MAP 45

FIGURE 3-2; NOISE SAMPLING LOCATIONS ON 10 KM TOPOGRAPHICAL MAP 55

FIGURE 3-3; SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS ON 10 KM TOPOGRAPHICAL MAP 62

FIGURE 4-1DISPERSION OF PARTICULATE MATTER 80

FIGURE 9-1WATER BALANCE 138

LIST OF ANNEXURES

1. Copy of EC for lease area 386.99Ha vide with subsequent Corrigendum 2. Topographical Map 3. Air Dispersion Report 4. Detailed Hydrogeology Report 5. Minutes of meeting of PH, reply and Commitment 6. Environment Policy

4 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO 1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 PREAMBLE

The present proposal of Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine is for obtaining amendment in existing Environmental Clearance for Iron Ore lease having an area of 99.43 Ha situated in Phanaswade village, Sawantwadi taluka of Sindhudurg district in Maharashtra State.

The reduced area of 99.43 Ha, granted under Mining Lease was subset of the earlier area admeasuring 386.99 Ha for which environment clearance was given by the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), vide letter F. No. J-11015/247/2007-IA.II(M) dated 11/08/2008.

Although, the project does not involve expansion or modernization or addition of the capacity beyond the limits, amendment in existing EC was sought as an abundant precaution in view of the execution & registration of the Mining Lease Deed for reduced area of 99.43Ha.

The maximum production is 3.0 million tons per annum (MTPA) to be achieved during second 5-year plan period. Lease owner Shri Shrinivas V. Dempo & Smt. Neela V. Dempo assigned M/s Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, for the preparation of revised Environment Impact Assessment study and Environmental Management Plan based on reduced lease area with revalidated Base line study to get amendment in existing Environment Clearance of their Kesari-Phansawade Iron Ore Mine. The lease area of the proposed mine is now 99.43 Ha which is larger than 50 Ha. Hence, it comes under “A” category as per EIA notification 2006.

The state Government executed the lease deed on 31.03.2016 for the area of 99.43 Ha in village Phanaswade for 50 years. Lease is now valid up to 30.03.2066. Consent to establish of project is applied on 11.11.2016 to State Maharashtra Pollution Control Board.

Thereafter the project proponent approached the MoEF&CC with request to amend the existing EC for 99.43 Ha on 01, June, 2016.

The case was appraised in the EAC (Non-Coal Mining) meeting on dated 23.11.2016. The committee deliberated at length the information submitted by Project Proponent but deferred the proposal and subsequently issued a letter on dated 23.01.2017. As per MoEF&CC letter dated 23.01.2017, revised form I, PFR, EIA/EMP, mining plan and other documents for reduced area of 99.43 Ha should be uploaded at MoEF&CC portal.

Directions issued by MoEF&CC under section 5 of Environment Protection Act 1986 dated 13-11-2013 states that the “The following category of new and expansion project/activities shall be prohibited in the identified Ecologically Sensitive Area except those cases which have been received by EACs/MoEF or SEACs/SEIAAs before the date of putting HLWG report on the website of the Ministry i.e 17.04.2013 and which are pending with EAC/MoEF or SEACs/SEIAAs. Such projects will be dealt under the guidelines and rules applicable at the time of application before the respective EAC/MoEF or SEACs/SEIAAs” and in the instant case PP applied for EC before 17.04.2013.”

5 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

The same has been concurred by the NGT-Delhi in cases of Bauxite Mine of M/s Ex-Serviceman Welfare Association located at village Girgaon, Mhalsavade and Ringewadi, Tehsil Shahuwadi, District Kolhapur, Maharashtra and Shirale Bauxite Mine (2.5 LTPA) of M/s Anand Mines located at Village Panundre and Mhalaswade, District Kolhapur, Maharashtra.

Since, EC was granted to Kesari-Phanaswde Mining lease on 11/08/2008, the issue of moratorium is not applicable

In the light of above and as directed by MoEF&CC, vide letter dated 23rdJan 2017,we are now submitting REVISED ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT along with one-month revalidated monitoring data.

1.2 GENERAL INFORMATION ON MINING OF MINERALS:

Iron and steel is vital to the Indian economy as it is an essential requirement for sustainable growth, national security, and economic well-being. No practical substitutes exist on large scale use for iron and steel because of its unique strength, and relative high cost of alternative materials. The iron and steel industry not only directly account for about 2% of GDP, it also has a bearing on how the consumer goods and downstream infrastructure sectors develop. Further, with a share of approximately 10%, the sector is amongst the largest contributors to the central excise.

The demand for steel is increasing every year in the country by keeping pace with increased infrastructure development. Today the country is producing about 101.28 Million Tons of steel in 2017. For the production of steel demand of iron ore is also correspondingly going up.

1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE

The Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change (MoEF&CC), Govt. of India, made Environmental Clearance (EC) for certain development projects mandatory through its notification of 27/01/1994 under the Environment Protection Act, 1986. Keeping in view of the experience gained in environmental clearance process over a period of one decade, the MoEF&CC came out with Environment Impact Assessment Notification, SO 1533(E), and dated 14/09/2006. It has been made mandatory to obtain environmental clearance for all mines. The notification has classified mining projects under two categories-A (mining projects having an area equal to or more than 50 Ha) and "B" (mining projects having an area less than 50 Ha). Category-A Projects (including expansion and modernization of existing projects) require clearance from Central Government (Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change) while category-B projects should be considered by State Level Environmental Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA), constituted with the approval of MoEF&CC.

The present proposal is for amendment of environmental clearance for a lease area of 99.43 Ha which falls under Category-A. Therefore, it had been applied to MoEF&CC.

1.4 TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR)

The Terms of Reference is prescribed for Project seeking Environmental Clearance (EC) under the provision of the Environment Impact Assessment Notification, 2006. The Terms of Reference issued

6 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

after approval of the Ministry/SEIAA is based on the recommendation of the Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) issued vide J-11015/247/2007-IA II (M) dated 10th July, 2007.

As stated earlier Environment Clearance was also granted to the project for a production level of 3 million tons per annum of iron ore in a lease area of 386.99Ha vide letter no. no. J-1015/247/2007-IA.II (M) dated August 11, 2008 with subsequent Corrigendum of even number dated May 14, 2009.The EC issued is attached as Annexure- 1. The EIA is revised for reduced lease area of 99.43 Ha using already granted TOR, EIA and other related documents however, additional one-month revalidated Baseline Environmental data is collected.

1.5 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

Public consultation or public hearing refers to the process by which the stakeholders get a chance to put forward the issues with respect to the proposed project and thereby draw attention to the local administration. This is a mandatory step in the process of environmental clearance for certain developmental projects such as mining, installation of industries and construction of ropeways etc.

In the present case the final EIA report has been prepared after incorporating all the points raised during the public consultation held on 15th March 2008 at Tehsil office, Sawantwadi, District Sindhudurg of Maharashtra for a production level of 3.0million tons per annum(MTPA). The Compliance of the public consultation has been prepared and incorporated in the EIA report.

1.6 NEED FOR EIA

EIA is the essential tool for assessment of environmental parameters with respect to mining project or activity. This study is done based on examination of compliance of the project to the applicable national standards, laws of regulations and required mitigation measures. Revised EIA and EMP is prepared due to reduction in the granted Mining Lease area.

1.7 POST-ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE MONITORING

The project managements will submit half-yearly compliance reports in respect of the stipulated prior environmental clearance terms and conditions to the regulatory authority concerned on 1st June and 1st December of each calendar year after the start of operation of mine. All such compliance reports submitted shall be public documents. The latest such compliance report shall be displayed on the website of the concerned regulatory authority.

The major purpose of performing this task is to monitor the terms and conditions for environmental safeguards as stipulated by Impact Assessment Authority. This monitoring is carried out with a view to ensure the effective implementation of the mitigative measures.

Since the Mining operations are yet to begin in the said mining lease area, no compliance report was submitted to MoEF&CC.

7 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

1.8 GENERIC STRUCTURE OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT DOCUMENT

EIA report is prepared as per the guideline of EIA notification of the MoEF&CC dated 14th September 2006 as amended Dec 2009. The generic structure followed for the EIA is given below;

 Introduction  Project Description  Description of the Environment  Anticipated Environmental Impact & Mitigation Measures  Analysis of Alternatives (Technology and site)  Environmental Monitoring Programme  Additional Studies  Project Benefits  Environmental Management Plan  Summary & Conclusion  Disclosure of Consultants engaged

The present report contents are as per generic structure of the guideline given above.

1.8.1 Regulatory compliances: Environmental Legislations applicable in development sector

The environmental consideration in any development process has become a necessity for achieving sustainable development. To achieve these goals, the Ministry of Environment & Forests, Govt. of India, has enacted various acts, legislations, guidelines and standards from time to time. The principal environmental regulatory agency in India is the Ministry of Environment, Forests& Climate Change, New Delhi. MoEF&CC formulates environmental policies and accords environmental clearances for different projects.

Lessee is well aware that violations of regulatory compliance regulations will result in legal punishment, including federal fines.

Operational Name Scope and Objective Key Areas Agencies/Key Player

Water (Prevention and To provide for the Control sewage and Central and State Control of Pollution) prevention and control industrial effluent Pollution Control Act, 1974 and of water pollution and discharges Boards amendments enhancing the quality of water Air (Prevention and To provide for the Controls emission of air Central and State Control of Pollution) prevention and control pollutants Pollution Control Board Act, 1981 and of air pollution amendments Noise Pollution Noise pollution control Control of noise Central and State (Regulation & Control) pollution in residential, Pollution Control Board Rule 2000 and commercial, industrial amendments and silent zones

8 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

Forest (Conservation) To consolidate Regulates access to State Government and Act, 1988 and acquisition of common natural resources, state Central Government amendments property such as forest, has a monopoly right halt India’s rapid over land, categories deforestation and forests, restriction on resulting environmental reservation and using degradation forest for non-forest purpose Wildlife (Protection) To protect wildlife Creates protected areas Wildlife Advisory Act, 1972 and (national parks / Boards, Central Zoo amendments sanctuaries) categories Authorities of wildlife which are protected Ancient Monuments To protect ancient Conservation of cultural Archaeological Survey and Archaeological sites monuments of national and historical remains of India & Remains Act, 1958 heritage / importance found in India and amendments Hazardous Wastes Health and safety Assessment of Central and State (Management and hazardous materials Pollution Control Board Handling) Rules, 2016 and management and amendments Biological Diversity Act, Biodiversity Disclosure of species MoEF&CC, New Delhi 2002 and amendments conservation survey or collection and State Forest activities to the Departments National Biodiversity Authority Environment To provide for the An umbrella legislation, Central government (Protection) Act, 1986 protection and supplements pollution nodal agency, MoEF& and amendments improvement of laws CC can delegate to state environment departments of environment Right to Fair The new legislation will Fair compensation to Central and State Compensation and guide all land the assets acquired and Government Transparency in Land acquisitions of central proper rehabilitation Acquisition, and state governments, and resettlement of Rehabilitation and bringing in stricter PAFs with improvement Resettlement Act, 2013 norms and increasing in post-acquisition and amendments landowners’ social and economic compensation status significantly. EIA Notification 14th Sep Environment Impact Environmental Ministry of 2006 and amendments Assessment Protection Environment, forest & climate change, Government of India

9 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

1.9 DETAILS OF PROJECT PROPONENT

Name and designation of nominated Owner

Name: Shri Shrinivas V. Dempo Designation Owner/Lease is awarded

Registered Address of the project proponent:

Dempo Villa, Althino, Panaji, Goa - 403 001. Gram: DEMPO, URL: http://www.dempos.com Phone: (0832) 2441300 Fax: 91-832-225098

1.10 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

Government of Maharashtra vide its order No.MMN-1005/C.R. 926/IND-9 dated 15.01.2016 granted the Mining Lease of 99.43 Ha and lease deed was executed on 31.03.2016 for 50 years in favour of Shri Shrinivas V. Dempo & Smt. Neela V. Dempo, in village Phanaswade, Taluka-Sawantwadi, District- Sindhudurg, Maharashtra for Iron Ore. Mining Plan for the said area was approved by lndian Bureau of Mines vide Letter No. MP/MECH-96(MAH)/GOA/20 1 6-1 7 dated 1 9-08-2016.

The mining lease falls under the coastal region of Konkan. The highest elevation of the area (towards NWW) is about 420m (Near BP 01) and lowest contour value is 170m towards the southern part of the Lease area. The drainages are well developed in the region and guided by the trend of the hillocks. There is no perennial nalla in the mining lease area. The mining lease area is part of valley portion bordered by the two hill ridges having almost N-S trend, one on western side and the other on eastern side. The valley portion drains the monsoon water into the Dabhil river outside the lease area. There is no agricultural land within the lease area. There is no human settlement, no monuments, temples etc. of Archaeological interest within the lease hold area.

10 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 GENERAL

This ML area is located in village Phanaswade, Tehsil/Taluka-Sawantwadi of Sindhudurg district of Maharashtra. The area is at a distance of 17 km from Sawantwadi township and 30km from Banda approachable from Danoli village junction on the Sawantwadi-Kohlapur State Highway No. 121. The nearest railway station is Sawantwadi Road of Konkan Railway at a road distance about 7 km, from Sawantwadi township. Location of Mine is shown below &Topographical Map showing 10 Km radius area is shown in Annexure 2.

11 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

Location of site on Google Map is given below: -

In the quest of strengthening the resource base, the group identified low Fe value banded iron formations, in the range of Fe 20%~30% in the above mentioned areas in Sindhudurg District of Maharashtra State.

These low Fe value formations have no commercial value in the present form therefore have not been considered economic mineral resources either by the State or by the Geological Survey of India.

The project envisages use of low Fe value formation resulting into conservation and development of mineral and production of high Fe value, low phos, fuel efficient, environment friendly, iron ore concentrate from these low Fe value formations, which otherwise have no commercial value in the present form and would be lost in posterity, resulting in loss of revenue, both in terms of exports and royalty to the state. The proposed mining activity of low grade iron ore and its beneficiation will generate employment for over 299 workers, both directly in mining operations and indirectly in the ancillary activities like transport, etc.

2.1.1 Nature of Project

The project activity falls under category ‘A’ [activity 1(a) - mining of minerals] as per EIA notification 2006, because the lease area is 99.43Ha (More than 50 Ha). The nature of mining processes creates an impact on the environment both during the pre & post mining operations. This impact has led most of the world’s nations to adopt regulations designed to moderate the negative effects of mining operations. Safety has long been a concern as well, and practices have improved safety in mines significantly. This practice for design of Environmental Impact Assessment is one of the major tools for assessment of negative impacts.

12 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

2.1.2 Need of the project

A fast-developing country like India with its high population has to keep pace with the development worldwide. In view of the increasing infrastructure, industries and other construction projects, the demand of Steel & Iron has been increasing at a higher growth. Iron ore is one of the major mineral required for the production of steel. Hence keeping in mind, the demand of industry and availability of iron ore mineral in the area it is necessary to promote the mining activity for this mineral to sustain the requirement for infrastructure as well as other construction project.

The mineral ore extracted from the mine cannot be utilized without value addition. The extracted ore shall be fed to the tailor designed and made Beneficiation plants; and the concentrate so obtained shall be exported or supplied to domestic steel mills. The specification and the market Demand of the Iron Ore is projected as under:

The Concentrate proposed to be produced after extensive processing shall have the following approximate specifications:

Iron (Fe) Silica Alumina Phosphorus Titanium Manganese Sulphur LOI Structure

63.0 to 2.5 to 0.8 to 0.012 to 0.04 to 0.3 to 0.001% 1.5 to -1mm 67.0% 3.0% 1.2% 0.018% 0.05% 0.8% 1.9% 100%

As can be noticed from the above, this grade of concentrate is extremely valuable because of its high Fe value and low phosphorus content. The blast furnaces producing hot metal using this concentrate will use less coke and hence, this concentrate is environmentally advantageous.

In view of the above reasons, the demand for the proposed concentrate will continue and the project shall have no problems in selling this product to domestic or international steel plants.

2.2 TYPE OF THE PROJECT

The project envisages opencast fully-mechanized mining with beneficiation facility. The cost of proposed project is Rs. 703 crores. The size of the lease area is 99.43Ha for proposed production of 3.0million tons per annum. The project activity falls under category ‘A’ (activity 1(a)-mining of minerals) as per EIA notification 2006.

Land Forms, Land Use and Land ownership:

All the private land is acquired by way of sale deed and agreements. Details of land types, owner/Occupancy with their survey numbers within the lease area is given ahead inTable-2.2-1.

13 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

Table 2.2-1Land Use Breakup- Village Wise Details

District, Taluka Village Forest Non- Survey Area in Ha Ownership/ Type of Land State land Forest No. Occupancy Land 47/0a,1a Sindhudurg & 1b 15.73 Mining Cor. Waste land (part) Pvt.Ltd. Sindhudurg Mining Waste land / 48/1 to 7 Cor.Pvt.Ltd. & 28.10 Grazing (part) partly owned by land* Govt. of Maharashtra Sindhudurg 99.43 Nil Mining ha Waste land / Cor.Pvt.Ltd. & 50/1 to 8 32.8 Grazing Sawantwadi Sawantwadi Phansawade Phansawade partly owned by land* Govt. of

Sindhudurg, Maharashtra Sindhudurg,Maharashtra Maharashtra Sindhudurg Mining Waste land / 52/1 to 9 Cor.Pvt.Ltd. & 22.7 Grazing (part) partly owned by land* Govt. of Maharashtra

*EQUIVALENT LAND BEING PROVIDED TO LOCAL VILLAGE PANCHAYAT BODY IN LIEAU OF GOVERNMENT LAND LOCATED IN M L AREA.

2.3 LOCATION DETAILS:

The proposed mining lease area is located in village Phanaswade, Sawantwadi in Sindhudurg district of Maharashtra. The location details are given in the table below-

Table 2.3-1Location Detail

S.No. Particulars Details 1. Village Phanaswade 2. Taluka Sawantwadi 3. District Sindhudurg 4. State Maharashtra 5. Lease Area 99.43Ha 6. Toposheet No 48 E/13 Toposheet No. OSM sheet no. D43E/13, 7. Geographical Latitude -15053′09.0216″ to 15054′07.6062″ N Coordinates Longitude-73057′17.3435″ to 73058′00.0404″ E 8. Altitude 170m AMSL to 420m AMSL

14 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

9. Existence of public road SH-121/180 (Swantwadi Rd.) 3.3Km N / Railway line, Airport, if Railway line Sawantwade-Madura Railway Line-19.0 SW any nearby and approximate distance 10. Water bodies Dabhil River-0.05 Km S 11. Interstate Boundary Not within 10 Km

2.4 SIZE OF PROJECT

The size of the lease area is 99.43 Ha for production of 3.0million tons per annum (MTPA). The project envisages opencast mechanized mining with beneficiation plant. This deposit is located near village Phanaswade in Sawantwadi taluka of Sindhudurg district of Maharashtra. The project cost is estimated at Rs.703 crores.

2.5 GEOLOGY

2.5.1 Topography

The area is a part of valley portion bordered by two hill ridges having an almost N-S trend, one on Western side and the other on eastern side. The highest elevation of the area (towards NWW) is about 420m (Near BP 01) and lowest contour value is 170m towards the southern part of the Lease area.

2.5.2 Physiography

The area has an undulating physiography, having slope by and large towards north or north-northeast. The elevation of the lease area varies from 420 m above MSL towards NWW to about 170 m above MSL towards the southern part.

2.5.3 Drainage Pattern

The drainage is well developed and is guided by the trend of the hillocks.

2.5.4 Land Use: Core Zone

There is no forest land involved in the project area. Break-up of Land in the mining lease area (in Ha) as per approved conceptual plan is as under:

15 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Table 2.5-1Land Use of Core Zone Purpose Mining Lease Area in Ha Total Area acquired in Ha Total Area to be acquired in Ha Total Government Private Area Government Private Area in Government Private Area in Forest Others Agri. *Others in Ha Forest Others Agri. *Others Ha Forest Others Agri. Others Ha 1. Area to be excavated ------49.4765 49.4765 - - - - - ** 2. Backfilled and ------38.0065 38.0065 - - - - - rehabilated mined out ** area 3. Water Reservoir ------11.4700 11.4700 - - - - - (Converted from ** mining pit) 4. Soil Dump ------5. Overburden Dump ------7.6253 7.6253 - - - - - (Reclaimed &Rehabilitated) 6. Mineral Storage ------0.9127 0.9127 - - - - - (Reclaimed & Rehabilitated) 7. Infrastructure ------0.3687 0.3687 - - - - - (Workshop, Admn. Building etc.) (Reclaimed &Rehabilitated) 8. Roads ------2.8068 2.8068 - - - - - 9. Railway ------10.Green Belt area ------5.0000 5.0000 - - - - - 11.Tailing Pond ------(Reclaimed 20.2780 20.2780 &Rehabilitated) 12. Effluent Treatment ------Plant 13. Mineral Separation ------2.1470 2.1470 - - - - - Plant (Reclaimed &Rehabilitated) 14. Township Area ------15. Others (Water ------8.1986 8.1986 - - - - - Reservoir) 16.Other (Unused Land) - - - 99.43 99.43 - - - 2.6164 2.6164 - - - - - Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO TOTAL Nil Nil Nil 99.43 99.43 Nil Nil Nil 99.43 99.43 Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil (sum of item under sr No.2 to 16) *Others (Waste Land/ Grazing Land)

**Out of 49.4765Ha area planned for excavation (Pit)till end of conceptual Planned period, 38.0065Ha area will be backfilled, reclaimed & rehabilitated and the balance area of 11.47Ha will be converted into water reservoir.

17 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

2.5.5 Regional Geology

The entire area of the state forms a part of the Peninsular Shield, which is composed of rocks commencing from the most ancient rocks of diverse origin, which have undergone considerable metamorphism. Over these ancient rocks of Precambrian era lie a few bases of proterozoic era and of permo-carboniferrous periods, which are covered by extensive sheets of horizontally bedded lava flows comprising the Deccan traps. More than 80% of the state is covered by the Deccan traps, which largely concealed geologically older formations.

The distributions of the important older formations in the state are as follow: i. Precambrian ii. Sakoli group iii. Saunsar group and iv. Iron Ore group

Iron ore group is equivalent in age to Sakoli group and constitute the important iron ore deposits of Chandrapur, Gadchiroli and Sindhudurg Districts.

In SawantwadiTaluka of Sindhudurg District of Konkan adjoining Goa region, rocks of Banda Group which are locally representing Dharwar Super-group consists of formations as mentioned below:

 Phyllites and pink banded ferruginous quartzite  Micaceous quartzite, mica schist and chlorite schist  Amphibolites with thin bands of actinolite schist  Orthoquartzites with thin calcareous bands and  Chlorite phyllite with thin salty intercalations

The regional strike of the rocks is NNW-SSE, which have been folded and faulted during three episodes of deformation. They are intruded by metadolerite, granite, pegmatite, aplite and quartz veins. The grades of metamorphism increases northwards to that of amphibolite facies.

On the regional scale, the geological sequence of the various formations observed and reported in the area is mentioned ahead:

Recent to Sub-recent Laterite Girode Formation Phyllites Koljhar Formation Ortho-quartzite BANDA Quartz Mica Schist and Intercalated GROUP Talkat Formation Chlorite& Schist Shirval Formation Hornblende Gneisses &Schists Redi Iron Formation Banded Iron Formation & Pink Phyllites Archaean Basement Gneisses and Schists

2.5.6 Local Geology

The reconnaissance traverses of the field geologists resulted in the development of fact map in which gneiss, schist, BIF, quartzite, manganiferous clay, phyllite and basalt lithology’s was mapped.

18 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO Locally the following general sequence of rocks is encountered in bore holes, Upper soft BMQ, soft/med./hard BMQ, phyllite, Mn, clay/shale, ferruginous clay/shale, altered igneous intrusive, schist and quartzite.

Structure:

The core sections of BIF, also exhibit two to three set of joints, of which one set is parallel to the bedding and the others are varying from 400-650 with respect to the bedding plane.

Mineralization:

The Banded Iron formations are inter-bedded with quartzite, calcareous meta-sediments and are recorded as a manganiferous or ferruginous clay.

The footwall to the BIF is a calcareous meta-sediment, in places a coarsely crystalline marble. The calcareous meta-sediments are overlain by a thin phyllite or limonitic clay horizon. This may be a weathering feature or a discontinuous fine clastic sediment horizon.

The quartzite represents the base of the hanging wall sequence which from surface evidence is indicated to comprise quartzite, schist and manganiferous clay.

The rock formations generally exhibited a NNW-SSE to almost NS strike. The formations generally exhibit dips of 400 to 700East. A traverse across strike the western portion of the prospect to the eastern portion exhibits the general rock unit as follows:

Quartzite/ Schist / BIF / manganiferous Clay &Phyllite / Schist / BIF / Manganiferrousclay & Phyllite/ Schist / Quartzite / Basalt.

The Surface Plan & Surface Geological Plan is attached ahead:

19 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO Surface Plan

20 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

Surface Geological Plan

21 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO Details of Exploration:

Exploration already carried out in the area:

After demarcation of the complete boundary limits survey was carried out to develop a fact map to provide basic and special distribution of the magnetite banded iron formation within the area. This was followed by detailed geological mapping on the survey grid and to provide detailed information in respect of lithology, stratigraphy, geological contacts and internal geology of the banded iron formation (BIFs). Adjunct to the geological mapping, ground magnetometer surveying was carried out in order to prove the BIFs continuity and to provide the basis for drill site selection.

Govt. of Maharashtra vide their Order No. PLR/430/2001/827 dated 23rd February 2001 has granted a prospecting license for Kesari-Phansawade Prospect over an area of 415.4590Ha. The license was executed on 10th May 2001. Upon execution of Prospecting License prospecting activities were carried out in the entire area of 415.4590Ha.

Govt. of Maharashtra issued LOI to grant Mining Lease over an area of 386.99Ha on 20/12/2006.

However, the bare minimum forest area was involved in the project. Since the forest area involved in the project was not made available by forest department on time for project, the lessee has surrendered the portion of forest land, land under dispute and low-lying area, falling in village Kesari and executed the lease deed over an area of 99.43Ha in village Phansawade.

Accordingly, 5 no. of bore holes were drilled in the area already surrendered and the information from the said bore holes confirmed the area is devoid of mineralization. Further, a total of 48 core bore holes were drilled in the area granted under mining lease. Summary of exploration is as below:

 Trial pits: 19 nos, size: 2m x 2m x 6m  19 nos of trial pits having depth of 6m and  Core drilling: 48 boreholes - 3241 m  Non-Core drilling: 06 boreholes - 149m

2.5.7 GEOLOGICAL RESERVES

UNFC norms have been considered for estimation of mineral resources and reserves of mineral in the applied area. Cross-sectional method has been adopted with exploration details for calculation of Iron ore reserve. Cross-sectional area has been calculated from section to section, which multiplied by the length of influence of ore body to get volume. The volume of Iron ore so estimated is then converted into Million Tons.

Estimation of measured resources has been done with proved thickness of the mineral body as evident from bore hole. The proved depth is considered as full depth of drill data, where Iron ore is observed.

A summarized statement of reserves and resource as per UNFC classification is as mentioned below:

22 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

Table 2.5-2Mineral Reserves (UNFC Code)

Quantity (in UNFC CODE Type of Ore Cut-off Grade million tons) Banded iron 111 Proved Reserves 08.89 23.39% Fe & 6.36% FeO Magnetite 221 & 222 Prefeasibility Banded iron 11.73 10% Fe & 1.0% FeO Mineral Resource Magnetite 334 Reconnaissance Banded iron 32.00 10% Fe & 1.0% FeO Resource Magnetite

2.5.8 Mineable Reserves

The mineral reserves under category 111 are estimated 08.89million tons. The total estimated reserves/resource (proved reserve + mineral resource + reconnaissance) is about 52.62 million tons.

Grade: The average grade of 111 proved reserves has been taken as 23.39% Fe & 6.36% FeO. The cut- off grade was taken as Fe: +10 % & FeO: +1 %.

2.5.9 LIFE OF MINE

The total estimated reserves/resource (proved reserve + mineral resource + reconnaissance) is about 52.62 million tons. The estimated life of the mine is about 20~25 years. However, anticipated life of the mine is expected to increase further once proposed exploration programme is undertaken.

2.6 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION:

By virtue of the order Government of Maharashtra executed the Mining Lease for an area of 99.43 Ha in village Phansawade in favour of Shri Shrinivas V. Dempo and Smt. Neela V. Dempo on 22.03.2016 and the same was registered in the office of Sub-Registrar, Sawantwadi under No.772/2016 on 31.03.2016.Subsequent to the execution & registration of the Mining Lease Deed, the applicant submitted the modified Mining Plan for the reduced area and the same was approved by Indian Bureau of Mines vide Letter No. MP/MECH-96(MAH)/GOA/2016-17 dated 19-08-2016. Vide Condition cited under Part lll, Para 2 of the Registered mining lease deed, the intimation/permission has been obtained from District Collector in Oct 2016 and preliminary infrastructure works like construction of office, development of roads, exploration work etc. has been initiated in the month of December 2016. Thereafter the project will be implemented as per the directions/guidelines issued by MoEF&CC while granting the EC.

2.7 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION

The proposed project is for extraction of Iron ore mineral from Iron Ore deposit and its beneficiation. Drilling and blasting will be resorted in order to loosen the hard strata. Also, high capacity ripper dozers will be deployed in Medium hard strata for generating loose material. ROM will be transported to beneficiation plant.

23 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO 2.8 MINERAL PROCESSING Material to be excavated from the proposed mines is expected to have a very low Fe content and cannot be used directly for iron making. Dempo’s have carried out extensive research on these types of Banded Iron Formations at their in-house R&D centre and have developed a process to produce a concentrate with extremely good chemical and physical properties. A pilot plant based on this in-house technology was in operation in past in Goa and more than a million tons of concentrate had been produced and exported successfully. Based on the various metallurgical tests, the possibility of feasibility and amenability of producing Low Phos Magnetite Iron Ore Concentrate from the deposits was established.

The ore comprises of admixture of iron carrying minerals in the form of oxides like magnetite, hematite, limonite, goethite and silica in the form of quartzite.

The mineralogical examination of the ore indicates intergrowth of iron aluminum silicates along with the crystals of iron oxide minerals and gangue minerals like apatite (mineral of Phosphorous) which is below 0.1%. The ferromagnetic particles in nature have high magnetic susceptibility and are separated on low intensity magnetic separators. The weakly magnetite particle, non-mag iron particles such as hematite and to some extent limonite and goethite are recovered by using medium & high intensity magnetic separators. The diamagnetic particles/ gangue minerals like apatite associated with iron aluminum silicates are repealed, thereby producing concentrates having Fe in the range of 64~67% with low silica, alumina and phosphorous. The brief process of mineral beneficiation is as under:

Beneficiation Plant:

Location:

The beneficiation plant is proposed to be located on North Eastern side of the lease area over a land of 2.1470 Ha. The location of the plant (near lease area) is shown in the Map given below:

24 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

The plant will have following facilities to process the Run off Mines (ROM):

Process Flow:

Coarser Crushing:

25 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

Screening:

The ore below the size of 90mm is delivered to the double deck wet screen where the material is segregated into three products i.e. +25mm, +6mm and -6mm (+90mm is re-circulated to crusher)

Finer Crushing:

Magnetic Separation:

+0.5mm fraction is grounded by a ball mill to grind to -0.5mm in a close circuit. -0.5mm pre- concentrate shall be treated on the low intensity double drum wet magnetic separator (cleaner state). The final conc. recovered at cleaner stage is passed through the dewatering classifiers and will be transported to stockpile area. The classifiers overflow will be sent to the tailing thickener to recover the water, which is recycled to the process water sump.

The Flow sheet of the process and the Material Balance is given in the figure given ahead:

26 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO Figure Showing Process Flow Sheet &Material Balance

2.8.1 Tailing Generation/Disposal:

When the Mine is fully developed, it is estimated that around 1.75 million tons of tailingwill be generated annually having specification of Fe 13 to 15%. Tailings are first partially dewatered in a thickener. The overflows being returned to the plant as recycle water. The remaining tailing slurry will be pumped to the tailing dam. Decant water from the tailing storage shall be pumped back to the plant to the make-up water tank.The tailing dam shall be constructed on sites within valleys adjacent to the plant. The sites on the eastern side of Phansawade lease have been earmarked for

27 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO storing the generated tailings. Further it is also proposed to have tailing dam outside the lease area if required in future.(adjoining to eastern side of lease boundary).Central Institute of Mining and Fuel Research (council of scientific and industrial research), specializing in such studies has been commissioned to undertake a geo-technical studies for site selection and engineering design for tailing dam construction. The study is under progress.

Tailing dams will be constructed storage wise with a new “lift” being added as new storage is required. The location of the tailing dam has been given in the Conceptual Plan.

2.8.2 Salient point of Mining Method: Salient features of mining are given below-

 Mining operations in Phansawade Iron ore Mine will be carried by mechanized opencast method, using HEMM & deep hole blasting.  The box cut is excavated near the top outcrop along the strike.  Mining system will involve working benches at 10 m. vertical interval and 30 m. wide in order to contemplate to be compatible with the mining equipment, blast hole drills etc.  Creation of sump below the bottom most bench.  The daily advance of the shovel is planned along the strike direction and the general advance is towards the dip direction of the deposit.  Pit is designed based on geological parameters, safety & type of equipment to be used.  The waste shall be transported to the designated surface dumping locations.  Development of drainage channels at the toe end of the dumps & mine benches to divert the water to the bottom most sump and avoiding the risk of bench erosions.  Ore for export market to be transported to the Redi loading point jetty which is about 70 kms from the mine. While ore sold locally will be transported to buyer’s destination as required under contract,

Process Flow of Mining

28 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO 2.8.3 Production Details

Since, this is a new mine hence no production has been done till date. Therefore, past production is not applicable. During first year only, development of infrastructure is proposed. There is no proposal of handling of ROM during first year. Mineral production will start in the 2nd year with a production of 1.05 million tons per year which will go up to 2.50million tons during the Fifth year of plan period. The anticipated production after 6th year plan period will be 3.0 million tons.

Table 2.8-1Table Showing Iron Ore Production, generation of O.B, total waste and grey shale stack

Year Production Waste (Qty in Tones) Strip ratio (Qty in Tones) I year (2016-17) No proposal for handling ROM II year (2017-18) 10,50,000 5,62,000 1:0.54 III year (2018-19) 15,00,000 12,50,000 1:0.83 IV year (2019-20) 21,04,000 6,49,500 1:0.31 V year (2020-21) 25,03,000 5,86,000 1:0.23 Total 71,57,000 30,47,500

* (Source:Mine Plan)

2.8.4 List of Equipment:

The mining machineries to be used are described in the following table:

Table 2.8-2Lists of Equipment

Sl. Type of Machine Capacity H.P. Power (KW) No. of Equipment No. 1 Excavators 3.5cum. 428 319 3 2 Excavators (for Misc. 0.8cum. 137 1 Job) 3 Dumpers 35 t 485 362 15 4 Wheel loaders for 3.1cu.m. 220 164 4 plant feeding & mine work 5 Dumpers for plant 35 t 485 362 6 feed 6 Ripper-Dozer - 570 425 2 7 Dozers - 165-180 123-134 2 8 Motor Grader - 185-215 138-161 1 9 Drill M/c - - - 2 (100~150mmdia) DTH 10 Water Tanker 30 Cu.mt - 3

Apart from the major machinery as mentioned above ancillary equipment such as service vehicle, ambulance, Generator Set, Water Pumps, Crane etc., will also be utilized

29 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO 2.8.5 Waste Generation

1. Quartzite 2. Calcareous Metasediments 3. Iron Ore 4. Schists 5. Phyllite 6. Manganiferous clay 7. Ferruginous clay and 8. Altered Igneous Intrusive

About 30,47,500 metric tons of waste will be generated during the first five year planned period. Waste does not contain any toxic and hazardous element. The waste so generated during the plan and conceptual period will be dumped within the lease at earmarked site. Which is planned to reclaimed and afforested during second five-year plan period. Further at the conceptual stage waste generated will be backfilled in the mined-out area. At the conceptual stage, about 38.0065 Ha area will be reclaimed by backfilling.

2.8.5.1 Generation of topsoil

No top soils are available in Phansawade lease area. The top loose surface covered is being identified as uppermost soft BIM which will be mined as ROM and processed for getting iron ore concentrate. Therefore, there is no proposal for storage and preservation of top soil.

Handling of the waste materials

It is apt to reiterate that waste generated during first five planed years will be dumped in 7.6253Ha area earmarked for the purpose and will be rehabilitated by afforestation. Waste generated during 2nd five year planned period onwards will be backfilled in the mined-out area. At the conceptual stage, total about 38.0065 Ha area will be reclaimed by backfilling and rest of 11.47 Ha mined out area will be developed as water reservoir.

2.8.6 Drilling & Blasting

The diameter of blast holes will be 150mm. About 45 to 60 Nos. of holes in three to four rows will be blasted at a time. Spacing of the holes will be 5.0m. and burden 4.5 m. Depth of each hole will be maximum 11.0 m (including Sub-Grade Drilling).

Blasting parameters for Med. Hard and Hard strata. 1. Ht. of Bench - 10 m. 2. Slope of Bench - 700 3. Dia. of drill hole - 150mm 4. Inclination of hole - 900

30 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO 5. Volume density t/mt3 - 3.0 6. Sub-grade drilling - 10% = 1.0 m. 7. Burden - 4.5 m. 8. Spacing - 5.0 m 9. Total Qty. Of explosive/hole - 105.Kg. 10. Total length of hole - 11.0 m. 11. Length of explosive column - 7.00 m. 12. Stemming length/hole - 4.00 m. 13. Volume of rock broken/hole - 277.5 m3 14. Powder factor -6 tons/kg of explosive 15. Cordex detonating fuse - 14.00 m. 16. Cord relay detonators - One for each hole connected in series; Each cord relay giving a delay effect of 50milli-second. 17. Shock tube (Nonel) - One for each hole connected in series. 18. NTD (Nonel) -used to connect between the Rows.

Type of Explosive

Blasting shall be done using slurry explosives in combination with ANFO using non-electric initiation techniques.

Requirement of Explosives

It is assumed that slurry explosive in combination with ANFO will be used in the blast holes. It is also assumed that 1 kg., of explosive will give 6 tons of the blasting material. Annual handling when the mine is fully developed = 5.0 million tons. It is expected that 50% of the quantity required to be handled will be hard and needs blasting. Therefore 25,000,00 tons/06 = 416 tons (approx.) Further, it is assumed that 80% of Ammonium Nitrate will be used with 20% of slurry explosives. That estimates ANFO = 332 tons annually & Slurry explosive = 84 tons annually

2.9 RECLAMATION & RESETTLEMENT MEASURES:

Reclamation: The proposed area is a fresh area. No mining has been done in the area as yet. There is no proposal of reclamation during the plan period. Reclamation of OB/Interburden dump is proposed from 6th year onwards by plantation. Reclamation of mining pit is also proposed by backfilling from 6th year onwards. Retaining wall will be constructed to avoid runoff during rainy season. At ultimate stage 49.47 Ha area shall be degraded by excavation out of which about 38.0 Ha area will be backfilled and rest 11.47 Ha mined out area shall be developed as water reservoir.

Resettlement: The land has been acquired by sale deed and Lease deed has been registered. There is no habitation within the mining lease. No re-settlement is required at present time. As per the R&R policy of the government, we will do the R&R in future if required.

31 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO 2.10 GENERAL INFORMATION:

2.10.1 Water Requirement (Source and Supply)-

Water Requirement for the plant: Sr. No Particulars Annually Per hour 1. Feed to plant(ROM) 25,000,00 tons 1000tons 2. Water requirement @2.4 mt3/ton 60,000,00 KL 2400 KL of ROM

3. Water recovery through the 42,000,00 KL 1680 KL Thickener @ 70% 4. Water in circulation in Process 42,000,00 KL 1680 KL circuit 5. Make up water requirement 18,000,00 KL 720 KL

No. of Hour of operation : 12 Total Water Requirement: 8640 KLD

Water Requirement: Approx. 175 KLD of water shall be required for sprinkling operations and plantation during peak season, 5.0 KLD will be used for drinking & domestic purpose, The breakup of water requirement is as under:

Table 2.10-1Water Requirement

Average Water S. No. Activities Demand (cum/day)

1 Sprinkling 150 Green belt 25 2 Drinking & Domestic Water 5 Total 180

Source of Water:

Drinking water will be brought from nearby villages with the help of tankers. Water requirement for sprinkling, gardening, green belt and Beneficiation plant will be sourced from especially constructed dam on a land area 8.2 Ha which will be filled by rain water. The area experiences heavy rainfall for 04months i.e. from June to September which will ensure year-round supply of water.

Power Requirement

The total power requirement for plants, mine services & infrastructural services is estimated about 8 M Watt. The required power supply will be purchased from the Maharashtra State Electricity

32 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO Board. Backup Power during Power failures will be made available to a limited extent by 3 no. of D.G. sets each having capacity of 500 KVA. These D.G. sets will be used as emergency power requirement for critical processing circuits in case of power failure. These bought acoustic enclosed and mounted on vibration pads provide for D.G. sets. Adequate height of chimney for D.G. sets of 4.5m above roof of D.G Set will be provided as per CPCB norms.

2.10.2 Use of Minerals

2.10.3 Transportation and Infrastructure

OB/Inter-burden waste is transported to waste dumps proposed within lease area . The crude ore produced from the mine will be transported by heavy duty dumper to the beneficiation plant within lease area over a distance of approximate 2.5 Km.

Considering the environment constraints, the iron ore concentrate from the plant will be transported by utilizing environment friendly closed conveyor belt to the stockyard at village Satuli. From stockyard the product shall be haul by using state-of the-art, eco-friendly closed container trucks upto destination.

2.10.4 Project cost& Operating Cost

This is a fresh mine. Proposed capital cost of project is Rs 703 crores. The operating cost will include manpower cost, fuel cost, explosive cost, machine spares cost, repair cost, electricity cost, establishment cost, depreciation cost, capital cost, royalty and other statutory payments.

S.No. Description Rs. Crores 1 Land and Land development 86.00 2 Major Civil Works 35.00 3 Mining Machinery 63.00 4 Process Plant 280.00 5 Other Infrastructure 175.00 6 Environment Control Measures 7.00 7 Pre-operative and Preliminary Expenses 40.00 8 Interest During Construction 7.00 9 Working Capital Margin 10.00 Total 703.00

Operating Cost Estimates (concentrate recovery 30%): S.No. Description Rs. Per ton 1 Machine & Processing (Owning & Operating) Cost 1103.00 2 Transportation Cost (Owning & Operating) 155.00

33 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO 3 Royalty on Concentrate 157.50 4 District Mineral Fund 47.25 5 National Mineral Exploration Trust Fund 03.15 6 Cost of Tailing, Environment management etc. 60.00 Total Conc. Cost Per Ton (upto stockyard at satuli) 1,525.90/ton

2.11 MANPOWER REQUIREMENT

The manpower requirement for the project is 299. The breakup of manpower requirement is shown in the table given below-

Table 2.11-1Manpower Requirement

SL. No. Department Executive Non-Executive Total 1. Mining 21 129 150 2 Mine Planning 10 21 31 3. Environment 01 07 08 4. Plant 28 62 90 5. HRD 02 02 04 6. Materials 04 09 13 7. Direct transport/ utilizing 01 02 03 services Total 67 232 299

2.12 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE/STAGES

The area is a fresh mine & no excavation activity has been undertaken yet. The mining activities will be started after getting the amendment in existing environmental clearance and other statutory approvals, permissions, licenses, consents etc. It is estimated that the project will be commissioned within 12 months from the grant of amended Environmental Clearance and other clearances.

34 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 INTRODUCTION

EIA report contains a detailed description of existing environment that would be or might be affected directly or indirectly by the proposed project. Environmental baseline monitoring is a very important stage of EIA. Environmental baseline monitoring, during the operational phase, helps in judging the success of mitigation measures in protecting the environment.

The intention of environmental baseline monitoring is not just to describe all baseline conditions but to emphasis on the collection and description of baseline data on those environmental parameters that are important and are likely to be affected by the proposed project activities and is included in impact assessments.

3.2 METHODOLOGY

It would be apt to reiterate here that the environmental indicators are mostly seen for Core and Buffer Zone separately. The area, which is going to produce impact that is mining lease is considered as core zone, whereas the surrounding area, which is going to absorb the impact is considered as Buffer Zone. As per TOR, the buffer zone is 10km all-around of mining lease area in this case.

For the present study, all the sampling locations are marked with the help of topographical maps. The land use/ land cover map has been generated on 1:50,000 scale using Satellite imagery, topographical maps, Survey of India and ground truth information. The baseline environmental quality has been assessed during March – May 2007 and again one-month revalidated data has been collected from 10 Jan 2018 to 10 Feb 2018. Meteorological data of Panjim has been used for the study. Samples of air, water and soil from the site and nearby areas has been collected and analyzed for the study of existing condition. Primary and secondary data collection has been done by the Ecology and Biodiversity team for the study of flora and fauna in the core and Buffer Zone.

The baseline data is generated through field study within the impact zone (Core Zone and Buffer Zone) for various components of the environment viz. Air, Noise, Water, Land, Ecology and Socioeconomic. The baseline environmental quality has been assessed during March – May 2007 and again one-month revalidated data has been collected from 10 Jan 2018 to 10 Feb 2018 in a study area of 10 Km radius distance from the project site. While generating the baseline status of physical and biological environment of the study area, the concept of impact zone has been considered. The impact zone selection is based on preliminary screening and modeling studies. The methodology for evaluation of various environmental facets has been discussed under the same parameter for convenience.

3.3 METEOROLOGY

3.3.1 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS

The Project area is located in village Phanaswade, Sawantwadi Taluka, Distt. Sindhudurg, Maharashtra. The Important parameters considered are temperature, Humidity, Wind Speed, Wind Direction and

35 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO Rainfall. The extract of Maximum, Minimum values (month wise) of above said parameters from Climatological Table of India, 1971-2000 are given below in the tables:

(i) Temperature:

The Maximum temperature of the area was recorded as 39.8°C in the month of April and Minimum temperature of the area was recorded as 13.3°C in the month of February.

Table 3.3-1; Annual Air Temperature of Past few Years of Panjim

S.No. Month Maximum Temperature (°C) Minimum Temperature (°C) 1 January 36.3 14.4 2 February 38 13.3 3 March 39 17.5 4 April 39.8 19.4 5 May 37.6 20.9 6 June 35.9 20.9 7 July 32.3 20.5 8 August 34 21.7 9 September 33.2 21.0 10 October 37 20.2 11 November 37.2 15.3 12 December 35.6 15.7

(Source: Climatological Table of India, Panjim, 1971-2000)

(ii) Relative Humidity

The relative humidity was recorded in between 56 to 91%.

(iii) Wind Direction

The general pattern of wind in study area was observed and the prevailing wind direction shown from West to East. Second predominant wind pattern was observed from NW to SE direction.

(iv) Rainfall

The annual rainfall of Panjim is 2892.6mm. The annual variation in the rainfall recorded past few years is given below:

Table 3.3-2;Rainfall data of Past few Years of Panjim

S.No. Month Rainfall in mm. 1 January 0.4 2 February 0 3 March 0.1 4 April 4.2 5 May 66.7 6 June 910.4

36 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO 7 July 942.7 8 August 595.8 9 September 219.4 10 October 123.3 11 November 27.5 12 December 2.2

(Source: Climatological Table of India, Panjim, 1971-2000)

(v) Wind Speed

Wind speed normally was in the range of 5.6 km/hr in November to 17.2 km/hr in June.

Table 3.3-3; Wind speed Record Past few Years of Panjim

S.No. Month Mean Wind speed (Km/hr) 1 January 8.9 2 February 9.3 3 March 9.2 4 April 10.2 5 May 11.3 6 June 13.7 7 July 15.3 8 August 13.0 9 September 8.9 10 October 8.1 11 November 8.2 12 December 8.5 Mean Wind speed (Km/hr) 10.4

(Source: Climatological Table of India, Panjim, 1971-2000)

3.4 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

The revalidated ambient air quality monitoring was carried out at eight stations for the period of 10th January 2018 to 10thFebruary 2018. The guidelines for selections of ambient air monitoring stations given in IS – 5182 part 14, 2000 were followed. These guidelines state that, “when the objective of air sampling is to identify the contribution from specific sources of pollution, the sampling locations should be located in upwind and the downwind direction of such sources”.

As per the guidelines, the location of air quality monitoring stations should satisfy the following conditions:

1. The site should be representative of the area selected; 2. The stations should be selected in a way so as to yield data that can be compared with another; 3. Certain physical requirements should be satisfied at the site.

37 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO 3.4.1 Sampling Stations

To select the air sampling locations, meteorological data with respect to temperature, relative humidity, wind speed and direction plays a vital role. Predominant wind direction plays an important role in determining location of monitoring stations. The monitoring stations were located in areas that were downwind from the source. Location of Air sampling stations are shown below:

Table 3.4-1; Sampling locations for Ambient Air Quality

Station Location Distance & Project area / Environmental No. Direction from study area Significance project area Onsite-West (near -- Existing air quality A1 Mining Area proposed mine area) at core zone Onsite-East (mine A2 -- Mining Area office) A3 Phansawade Village 1.3 Km, E Residential area Existing air quality A4 Nanapani Village 1.87 Km, North Residential area at Buffer Zone A5 Kesari Village 2.21 Km, NW Residential area A6 Danoli Village 2.8 Km, NW Residential area A7 Parpoli Village 5.5 Km, N Residential area A8 Satuli Village 4.5 Km, NW Residential area

However, the predominant wind direction is West - East and to study the maximum impact of the project on nearest localities, the sampling location were selected in the NNW, North & NW direction. As from the field visit it is found that the maximum habitat is located in the NW & North directions. To study the present ambient air scenario eight ambient air locations were selected.

A1: Within the site (west direction)

A2: Within the site (East direction).

A3: Phansawade Village: (moderately populated) is located in East direction at a distance of 1.3 km.

A4: Nanapani Village: is located in North direction at a distance of 1.87 km.

A5: Kesari Village: is located at a distance of 2.21 km in NW direction. The village is well connected by village road.

A6: Danoli Village is located at a distance of 2.8 km in NW Direction.

A7: Parpoli Village is located at a distance of 5.5 km in North direction.

A8: Satuli Village is located at a distance of 4.5 km in NW direction

38 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

Ambient Air Sampling Locations:

3.4.2 Sampling Procedure

Time averaged in-situ sampling was adopted by passing a known volume of air through a trap, and a collecting medium (filter paper and bubbler). Respirable Dust Sampler was used for the purpose.

3.4.3 Analytical methods followed for ambient air quality monitoring:

Particulate Matter (PM2.5): (USEPA Quality Assurance Hand Book (Vol.II) Part II,

Quality Assurance Guideline Document, 2.12): Particulate Matter (PM2.5) was analyzed by Gravimetric Method. Particulate matter was collected on the 37 mm dia glass micro fiber

39 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO Filter Paper. PM2.5 value is determined from the values of volume of air passes through Ambient Fine Dust Sampler.

Particulate Matter (PM10) (IS: 5182 Part 23:2006): Particulate Matter (PM10) was carried out by Respirable Dust sampler as per IS: 5182(Part 23):2006. Particulate matter was collected on the GF/A Filter Paper. Particles with aerodynamics diameter less than the cut-point of the inlet are collected by the filter. The mass of these particles is determined by the difference in filter weight prior to and after sampling.

Sulphur dioxide (SO2) (IS: 5182; Part – II – 2001): Sulphur dioxide is absorbed by aspirating a measured air sample through a solution of Potassium or sodium tetrachloromercurate, TCM. This procedure results in the formation of a dichloro sulphite mercurate complex. The Sulphite Ion produced during sampling is reacted with sulphamic acid, formaldehyde and pararosaniline to form an azo dye and then determined colorimetricaly. Nitrogen Oxides (IS: 5182; Part – VI – 2006): Nitrogen dioxide is collected by bubbling air through a sodium hydroxide- sodium arsenite solution to form a stable solution of sodium Nitrite. The Nitrite Ion Produced during sampling is reacted with hydrogen peroxide, Sulphanilamide and NEDA to form an azodye and then determined calorimetrically.

3.4.4 Ambient Air Quality Results

At each station of ambient air quality was monitored twice a week from 10th January 2018 – 10th February 2018 ,24 hourly at uniform intervals.

Table 3.4-2; Ambient Air quality results of PM2.5&PM10

98 98 Min. Max. Mean Min. Max. Mean Percentile Percentile

Location 3 3 PM2.5 (Standard – 60 µg/m ) PM10(Standard – 100 µg/m ) A1 36.7 44.5 42.8 40.5 58.7 76.5 69.6 65.4 A2 37.8 45.9 44.1 41.7 60.4 78.8 71.7 67.4 A3 39.3 47.6 45.8 43.3 62.8 81.8 74.5 70.0 A4 40.4 49 47.1 44.6 64.5 84.1 76.6 72.0 A5 41.5 50.3 48.4 45.8 66.3 86.4 78.7 73.9 A6 44.1 53.4 51.4 48.6 70.4 91.8 83.5 78.5 A7 45.5 55.2 53.1 50.2 70.2 94.8 86.3 81.1 A8 42.6 51.6 49.7 47.0 68.0 88.7 80.7 75.9

40 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO Table 3.4-3; Ambient Air quality results of SO2&NOx

98 98 Min. Max. Mean Min. Max. Mean Percentile Percentile 3 3 Location SO2(Standard – 80 µg/m ) NOx(Standard – 80 µg/m ) A1 3.5 5.4 4.4 4.2 10.3 14.2 13.9 12.5 A2 3.6 5.6 4.5 4.3 10.6 14.7 14.3 12.9 A3 3.7 5.8 4.7 4.5 11.0 15.2 14.9 13.4 A4 3.8 6.0 4.2 4.6 11.3 15.7 15.3 13.8 A5 3.9 6.1 4.9 4.8 11.6 16.1 15.7 14.1 A6 4.2 6.5 5.2 5.0 12.3 17.1 16.7 15.0 A7 4.3 6.7 5.4 5.2 12.7 17.7 17.2 15.5 A8 4.0 6.3 5.1 4.9 11.9 16.5 16.1 14.5

(Source of Standards: G.S.R 826(E) dated 16th November 2009 of MoEF, Laboratory engaged: M/s Perfact Researchers Pvt.Ltd. (NABL Accredited))

3.4.5 Data Interpretation

Results of Core & Buffer Zone are shown in above tables & further are explained below.

Core zone:

3 A1 Within the site (west direction): The mean value of PM2.5(40.5 µg/m ), PM10 3 3 3 (65.4µg/m ), SO2 (4.2 µg/m ) & NOx (12.5 µg/m ) are within the limits of National ambient air quality standards.

3 3 A2 Within the site (East direction): The mean value of PM2.5(41.7µg/m ), PM10 (67.4µg/m ), 3 3 SO2 (4.3 µg/m ) & NOx (12.9 µg/m ) are within the limits of National ambient air quality standards.

Buffer zone results:

3 3 A3 (Phanaswade Village): The mean value of PM2.5(43.3 µg/m ), PM10 (70.0µg/m ), SO2 (4.5 3 3 µg/m ) & NOx (13.4 µg/m ) are within the limits of National ambient air quality standards.

3 3 A4 (Nanapani Village): The mean value of PM2.5(44.6 µg/m ), PM10 (72.0µg/m ), SO2 (4.6 3 3 µg/m ) & NOx (13.8 µg/m ) are within the limits of National ambient air quality standards.

3 3 A5 (Kesari Village): The mean value of PM2.5(45.8 µg/m ), PM10 (73.9 µg/m ), SO2 (4.8 3 3 µg/m ) & NOx (14.1 µg/m ) are within the limits of National ambient air quality standards.

3 3 A6 (Danoli Village): The mean value of PM2.5(48.6 µg/m ), PM10 (78.5 µg/m ), SO2 3 3 (5.0µg/m ), & NOx (15.0 µg/m ) are within the limits of National ambient air quality standards.

3 3 A7 (Parpoli Village): The mean value of PM2.5(50.2 µg/m ), SO2 (81.1 µg/m ), & SO2 (5.2 µg/m3 NOx(15.5 µg/m3) are within the limits of National ambient air quality standards.

3 3 A8 (Satuli Village): The mean value of PM2.5(47 µg/m ), PM10 (75.9 µg/m ),SO2 (4.9 3 3 µg/m ),& NOx (14.5 µg/m ) are within the limits of National ambient air quality standards.

41 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO Old data of Summer season from March -May 2007 was collected by M/S Bhagavathi Ana Labs Ltd., Hyderabad and the summarized results are given below. SPM µg/m³ RPM µg/m³ SO2µg/m³ NOxµg/m³ Core Zone 118.0-151.0 27.0-50.0 6.2-9.3 8.4-13.4 Buffer Zone 80.0-136.0 26.0-45.0 5.7-12.6 7.9-18.2 CO and HC values at all locations in core and Buffer zone are found to be <1.0 ppm

3.5 WATER REGIME

Drainage

The drainage system of the major rivers in the district is mostly of sub-parallel type and the tributaries drainage pattern tends to be sub-rectangular type. Major joints in the Basalt control the drainage pattern. All the major rivers originate in the Sahayadri Hill ranges and ultimately drain in the Arabian sea. The major drainages of the buffer zone area are Terekhol river, Shemi Nadi and Dhabil River. Dhabil River is 0.04 Km S from the mining area and Terekhol river is 5.65 Km NW.

Geology

The geology of the Sindhudurg is given under- Recent to sub-Recent Alluvium, beach sand Pleistocene Laterite and lateritic spread Miocene Shale with peat and pyrite nodules Cretaceous to Eocene Deccan Trap Basalt lava flows Upper Pre-Cambrian Kaladgi Series: quartzite, sandstone, shale and associated limestone Dharwar Super Group Phyllite, conglomerate, quartzite

Soil Type-

The major soil types of the area are classified into four types which are given under-

1) Rice soil 2) Garden soil 3) Varkas soil 4) Alluvial soil.

Hydrology

Dharwarian Metasediments (Archean), Kaladgi formation (Precambrian), Deccan Trap lava flows (Upper Cretaceous to Lower Eocene age), Laterite (Pleistocene) and Alluvial deposits (Recent to Sub-Recent) are the water bearing formations observed in Sindhudurg district. However, Kaladgi formation occurs in very limited patches and does not form potential aquifer in the district. The Alluviums also has limited areal extent found mainly along the coast.

42 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO Hard Rock Areas

Dharwarian Metasediments- The Dharwarian Metasediments and intrusions are devoid of primary porosity and permeability. The major aquifer formations are Granitic Gneisses and Granites. Bore wells generally tap deeper aquifer down to the depth of 70 m bgl.

Kaladgi- The Kaladgi rocks are mainly represented by orthoquartzite, sandstone and shales. Bore wells generally tap deeper aquifer down to the depth of 60 m bgl.

Deccan Trap Basalt- The primary porosity is negligent in the Deccan trap basalts. Bore wells are not common in the district and they tap deeper aquifer in generally down to the depth of 90 m bgl.

Laterite- Laterite has better porosity due to intricate network of sinuous conduits making it porous formation. The local water table aquifer develops in the topmost layer down to the depth of 20 m bgl. Only dug wells are found in this formation.

Soft Rock Areas

Beach Sand/Alluvium- The Alluvial deposits are found along the coastal areas in few isolated patches having limited areal extent and limited thickness as Beach Sand. The ground water occurs in inter-granular pore spaces of sands, gravels and silts. The ground water occurs under phreatic/unconfined aquifer at relatively shallow depths of 2-10 m bgl.

Ground Water Development

Ground Water Resource Estimation according to CGWB for whole Sindhudurg district indicates that Net Ground Water Availability is 26196.06 ha-m and Existing Ground Water Draft for all uses is 7262.86 ha-m. After making provision for Domestic and Industrial Supply for next 25 Years as 3651.19 ha-m, Ground Water Availability for future Irrigation is 17107.6 ha-m. Over all Stage of Ground Water development of the district is 27.73%. indicating there is ample scope for ground water development in the district. All Talukas of Sindhudurg district are categorized under “Safe Category”.

According to the CGWB report, the project area falls in Block Sawantwadi, the stage of ground water development for the Sawantwadi block is 14.94 % which comes under Safe category. The details of ground water development of Sawantwadi block is shown in the table given ahead -

Sl. No. Blocks Net Existing Provision for G.W. Stage of Category G.W. G.W. Domestic & Availability G.W. Availability Draft Industrial for Future Develop- (ha-m) for all Requirement for Irrigation ment Uses Next 25 Years (ha-m) (%) (ha-m) (ha-m) 1 Sawantwadi 3363.62 502.43 608.26 2543.66 14.94 Safe

Water Conservation & Artificial Recharge-

The artificial recharge structures which are feasible in the hard rock area, are check dams, gully plugs, percolation tanks, nalla bunds, etc. The structures like gully plugs, contour bunds are most favorable in the hilly areas. In the highland area and wide Lateritic plateau areas, contour trenching

43 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO should be carried out to arrest the surface runoff and ensure recharge of rainfall runoff into the ground water reservoir, existing dug wells can also be used for artificial recharge.

3.6 WATER QUALITY The various indicators of water quality form one of the most important tools for impact assessment in future, therefore it is imperative to assess the existing eater quality of both ground and surface water occurring in the core and buffer zone. The details of the study of water quality are given below:

3.6.1 Sampling station

To assess the water quality of the proposed area, following 12 stations were selected. Location of Water sampling stations is described below and location below:

Table 3.6-1; Sampling locations for water quality

Station Location Distance & Direction Environmental No. from Project area Significance W1 Phansawade Village 1.3 Km, E W2 Udeli Village 1.02 Km East W3 Nanapani Village 1.87 Km, North Ground Water W4 Kesari Village 2.21 Km, NW Quality at Buffer W5 Danoli Village 2.8 Km, NW zone W6 Devsu Village 4.08 NNW

W7 Parpoli Village 5.5 Km, N W8 Satuli Village 4.5 Km, NW W9 Ovliye Village 4.5 Km, NNW SW10 Terekhol (Dabhil) River up stream Nearby site Surface Water SW11 Terekhol (Dabhil) River Down stream Nearby site Quality at Buffer SW12 Danoli Nala 2.8 Km, NW zone

3.6.2 Criteria of Selection of sampling Locations:

Water sampling locations were selected on the basis of following criteria: source of water, flow of water, geological structure (hydrogeology), use of water, depth of water table etc. Core zone is devoid of any ground water source. Hence ground water is collected from nearest habitat from mine site i.e. Phansawade Village. In buffer zone, the Ground water samples were collected from Phanaswade Village, Udeli Village, Nanapani Village, Kesari Village, Danoli Village, Devsu Village, Parpoli Village, Satuli Village and Ovliye Village.

Surface water was collected from Upstream & downstream to study the chemical parameters. During surface water sampling flow of water pays an important role. In present study, sources of surface water is Terekhol (Dabhil) River & Danoli Nala.

3.6.3 Sampling Locations:

The sampling locations have been shown on 10km radius Map.

44 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

W W9

A6W5, A4 A8 A5

A1 W SW1,

Figure 3-1;Water sampling Locations on google Map

3.6.4 Sampling Frequency and Sampling Techniques:

As per the standard practice grab sampling was done for 9 locations, integrated sampling done for Terekhol (Dabhil) River & composite sampling done for Danoli Nala. Water samples were taken as per the Standard Methods (IS & APHA, 23rd Edition 2017). Necessary precautions were taken for preservation of samples.

The physical parameters viz. pH, temperature and conductivity were measured at site using portable water analyzer.

As evident from the sampling locations for water quality assessment represented surface and groundwater.

3.6.5 Water Quality Results

The water quality assessment was done based on the IS-10500, the analysed parameters were compared with IS-10500 to assess portability of the water available in the area. The results of water quality assessment for the parameters, which were found close to the limiting values as per IS-

45 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO 10500 are presented and discussed here. The results of the 9 sample of water in the study area (comprising both core and buffer zone) are given below —

Table 3.6-2; Water quality results of Core zone during Baseline season 27 Jan 2018-10 Feb 2018

BUFFER ZONE IS: 10500 S. Udeli Kesari Danoli Drinking Phansawa Nanapa N Parameter Unit Village Village Village Water de Village ni (Well o. (Spring (Well (Well Standards (H.P) water) Water) water) water) 1 Colour Hazen 5 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 2 Odour -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable 3 Turbidity NTU 1 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 4 pH Value -- 6.5-8.5 7.1 6.6 6.3 6.9 6.15 5 Temperature oC - 24.1 23.2 23.6 23.1 23 µmhos/c 6 Conductivity - 245.2 65.06 227.2 266.5 66.97 m Total 7 Dissolved mg/l 500 122.6 32.49 113.6 133.3 33.48 Solids Chloride (as 8 mg/l 250 8.0 40.0 40.0 16.0 8.0 Cl) Fluoride (as 9 mg/l 1.0 1.0 0.85 0.27 0.46 1.2 F) Total 10 mg/l 200 116 120 480 96 20 Hardness Calcium (as 11 mg/l 75 24 24 160 25.6 4.8 Ca) Magnesium 12 mg/l 30 13.6 14.6 19.4 7.8 1.9 (as Mg) 13 Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.3 1. 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.02 Sulphate 14 mg/l 200 2 10.8 6.9 8.9 12.7 (as SO4) Nitrate 15 mg/l 45 0.9 0.2 2.4 0.2 42.7 Nitrogen 16 Alkalinity mg/l 200 100 20 84 84 20 Sodium (as 17 mg/l - 5.4 3.82 6.1 7.5 2.2 Na) Potassium 18 mg/l - 2.1 1.1 2.4 2.7 0.85 (as K) 19 Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 0.006 0.34 0.02 0.03 0.02 0.04

(Source of standards: IS: 10500, Laboratory: M/s Perfact Researchers Pvt. Ltd (NABL Accredited)

46 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

BUFFER ZONE IS: 10500 S. Drinking Devsu Parpoli Satuli Ovliye Parameter Unit No. Water Village Village Village Village Standards (Well (Hand (Ground (Spring water) Pump) water) Water) 1 Colour Hazen 5 <1 <1 <1 <1 2 Odour -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable 3 Turbidity NTU 1 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 4 pH Value -- 6.5-8.5 7.1 6.6 6.3 6.9 5 Temperature oC - 24.1 23.2 23.6 23.1 6 Conductivity µmhos/cm - 225.7 100.2 49.4 82.71 Total 7 Dissolved mg/l 500 112.8 50.1 24.65 41.36 Solids Chloride (as 8 mg/l 250 8.0 8.0 10.0 8.0 Cl) Fluoride (as 9 mg/l 1.0 1.44 1.4 1.19 1.29 F) Total 10 mg/l 200 80 40 12 32 Hardness Calcium (as 11 mg/l 75 30.4 9.6 3.2 8 Ca) Magnesium 12 mg/l 30 0.9 3.9 0.9 2.9 (as Mg) 13 Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.3 0.05 0.76 0.79 0.08 Sulphate (as 14 mg/l 200 5 4.1 4.6 3.1 SO4) Nitrate 15 mg/l 45 1.1 0.51 2 6.81 Nitrogen 16 Alkalinity mg/l 200 84 36 8 20 Sodium (as 17 mg/l - 6.8 4.4 2.8 3.66 Na) Potassium 18 mg/l - 0.9 0.4 0.1 0.5 (as K) 19 Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 0.006 0.03 0.73 0.25 0.07

(Source of standards: IS: 10500, Laboratory: M/s Perfact Researchers Pvt. Ltd. (NABL Accredited)

3.6.6 Data Interpretation of water quality

Buffer zone water results: Total 9 buffer zone water samples were collected.

The water quality results clearly explain that:

47 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO W1 (Phanaswade Village (H.P)): results show pH is 7.1. Other parameters like Total dissolved solids (245 mg/l), Total Hardness (116 mg/l); Magnesium (13.6 mg/l), Sulphate (2 mg/l), Chloride (8mg/l) and Calcium (24 mg/l) respectively, which are within the permissible limit of drinking water standards (IS:10500). All other parameters are also within the range.

W2 (Udeli Village): results show pH is 6.6 which shows the sample is slightly acidic. Other parameters like Total dissolved solids (32.49 mg/l), Total Hardness (120 mg/l) Magnesium (14.5 mg/l), Sulphate (10.8 mg/l), Chloride (40 mg/l) and Calcium (24 mg/l) respectively, these are within the permissible limit of drinking water standards (IS:10500). All other parameters are also within the range.

W3 (Nanapani): results show pH is 6.3 which shows the sample is slightly alkaline. Other parameters like Total dissolved solids (113.6 mg/l), Total Hardness (480mg/l); Magnesium (19.4mg/l), Sulphate (6.9 mg/l), Chloride (40 mg/l) and Calcium (160 mg/l) which is above the permissible limit rest parameters are within the permissible limit of drinking water standards (IS:10500).

W4 (Kesari Village): resultsshow pH is 6.9 which shows the sample is slightly alkaline. Other parameters like Total dissolved solids (133.3 mg/l), Total Hardness (96mg); Magnesium (7.7 mg), Sulphate (8.9 mg/l), Chloride (15.9 mg) and Calcium (25.6 mg/l) respectively are within the permissible limit of drinking water standards (IS:10500). All other parameters are also within the range.

W5 (Danoli Village): resultsshow pH is 6.1 which shows the sample is slightly alkaline. Other parameters like Total dissolved solids (33.4mg/l), Total Hardness (20 mg/l); Magnesium (1.9 mg/l), Sulphate (12.7 mg/l), Chloride (7.9 mg/) and Calcium (4.8 mg/l) respectively are within the permissible limit of drinking water standards (IS:10500). All other parameters are also within the range.

W6 (Devsu Village): resultsshow pH is 7.6 which shows the sample is slightly alkaline. Other parameters like Total dissolved solids (112.8 mg/l), Total Hardness (80 mg/l) Magnesium (1 mg/l), Sulphate (5 mg/l), Chloride (8 mg/l) and Calcium (30.4 mg/l) respectively, are within the permissible limit of drinking water standards (IS:10500). All other parameters are also within the range.

W7 (Parpoli Village): Data collected during Baseline season 27 Jan 2018-10 feb 2018 shows pH is 7.3 which shows the sample is slightly alkaline. Other parameters like Total dissolved solids (50.1 mg/l), Total Hardness (40 mg/l) Magnesium (3.8 mg/l), Sulphate (4.1 mg/l), Chloride (8 mg/l) and Calcium (9.6 mg/l) respectively, are within the permissible limit of drinking water standards (IS:10500). All other parameters are also within the range.

W8 (Satuli Village): resultsshow pH is 5.9 which shows the sample is slightly acidic. Other parameters like Total dissolved solids (24.6 mg/l), Total Hardness (12 mg/l) Magnesium (1 mg/l), Sulphate (4.6 mg/l), Chloride (8 mg/l) and Calcium (10 mg/l) respectively, are within the permissible limit of drinking water standards (IS:10500). All other parameters are also within the range.

W9 (Ovliye Village): resultsshow pH is 6.7 which shows the sample is slightly acidic. Other parameters like Total dissolved solids (41.3 mg/l), Total Hardness (32 mg/l) Magnesium (3 mg/l), Sulphate (3.1 mg/l), Chloride (8 mg/l) and Calcium (8 mg/l) respectively, are within the permissible limit of drinking water standards (IS:10500). All other parameters are also within the range

48 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Old data from March -May 2007 has been collected by M/S Bhagavathi Ana Labs Ltd., Hyderabad and oldPhanaswade results are Iron given ore below.Mine by DEMPO

Ground water quality results of Core & Buffer Zone IS: 10500 W3 W4 W5 W6 S. No. Parameter Unit Drinking GW1 S2 Water Satuli Well Ovliye Well Kesari well Udeli well Standards Danoli village Dabhil village water water water water 1. Colour Hazen 5 NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL

2. Un- Un- Un- Un- Un- Un- Odour -- Agreeable Objectionable Objectionable Objectionable Objectionable Objectionable Objectionable 3. Taste Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable 4. Turbidity NTU 1 NIL NIL 1.0 NIL NIL NIL 5. pH Value -- 6.5-8.5 6.8 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.2 6.7 6. Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 50.1 43.4 49.0 7.2 6.9 6.8 7. Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 500 50.1 43.4 49.0 40.1 58.6 41.9 8. Chloride (as Cl) mg/l 251 14.2 7.6 10.8 5.5 7.6 7.8 9. Fluoride (as F) mg/l 1.0 0.2 NIL 0.1 0.06 NIL 0.05 10. Total Hardness mg/l 200 32.0 18.8 25.0 23.6 10.6 18.3 11. Calcium (as Ca) mg/l 75 4.5 5.1 5.8 6.3 7.3 3.5 12. Magnesium (as Mg) mg/l 30 2.3 1.4 2.3 2.0 3.4 1.1

49 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

13. Sulphate (as SO4) mg/l 200 2.0 2.1 2.0 2.0 5.0 5.2 14. Nitrate Nitrogen mg/l 45 0.15 0.05 <1 NIL 0.06 0.1 15. Phosphate Mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 16. Alkalinity mg/l 200 24.0 26.8 20.1 17.6 10.5 13.0 17. Sodium (as Na) mg/l - 8.0 4.2 4.3 3.1 7.9 7.1 18. Potassium (as K) mg/l - 3.0 2.0 3.2 1.1 3.2 1.5 19. Lead (Pb) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

50 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO SURFACE WATER QUALITY RESULTS (Buffer Zone)

S.No. Parameters Unit SW1 SW2 IS: 10500 Terekhol Terekhol (Drinking CPCB Surface water quality criteria (Dabhil) (Dabhil) Water Village Village Standard) (upstream) (Downstream) Class Class Class Class Class ‘A’ ‘B’ ‘C’ ‘D’ ‘E’ 1 Colour Hazen <1 <1 5 - - - - - 2 Odour -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable - - - - - 3 Turbidity NTU <0.5 <0.5 < 1 - - - - - 4 pH Value -- 7.4 7.3 6.5-6.8 6.5- 6.5- 6-9 6.5- 6- 6.8 8.5 8.5 8.5 5 Temperature ºC 24.1 24.8 ------6 Conductivity µmhos/cm 100.5 304.4 - - - - - 2250 7 Total mg/l 50.21 152.2 500 - - - - - Dissolved Solids 8 Chloride (as mg/l 6.0 10.0 250 - - - - - Cl) 9 Fluoride (as mg/l 1.43 1.6 1.0 - - - - - F) 10 Total mg/l 36 144 200 - - - - - Hardness 11 Calcium (as mg/l 8 8 75 - - - - - Ca) 12 Magnesium mg/l 3.9 30.1 30 - - - - - (as Mg) 13 Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.06 0.06 0.3 - - - - - 14 Sulphate (as mg/l 7.8 3.7 200 - - - - - SO4) 15 Alkalinity mg/l 36 84 200 - - - - - 16 Phosphate mg/l <0.02 <0.02 ------17 Sodium (as mg/l 2.7 2 ------Na) 18 Potassium mg/l 0.4 0.42 ------(as K) 19 BOD mg/l <0.1 <0.1 - ≤2 ≤3 ≤3 20 COD mg/l 18.4 18 ------DO mg/l 4.1 4.8 - ≥6 ≥5 ≥4 - - 21 22 Ammonical mg/l <0.5 <0.5 ------Nitrogen 23 Total mg/l 2.1 2.7 ------Suspended Solids 26 Nitrite mg/l 0.02 0.06 ------Nitrogen 27 Nitrate mg/l 4.35 0.47 ------Nitrogen 28 Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 0.74 0.68 ------29 Nickel (as Ni) mg/l <0.02 <0.02 30 Manganese mg/l <0.01 <0.01 (as Mn)

51 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO (Source of standards: IS: 10500, Laboratory: M/s Perfact Researchers Pvt. Ltd. (NABL Accredited)

SURFACE WATER QUALITY RESULTS (Buffer Zone)

S.No. Parameters Unit SW3 EPA Discharge Danoli Nala standards (Surface Water Discharge/ inland water discharge) GSR 422 E 1 Colour Hazen <1 < 1 2 Odour -- Agreeable Agreeable 3 Turbidity NTU <0.5 < 1 4 pH Value -- 7.1 5.5-9.0 5 Temperature 0C 24.8 1-50 6 Conductivity µmhos/cm 78.68 - 7 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 39.3 - 8 Chloride (as Cl) mg/l 30.0 - 9 Fluoride (as F) mg/l 1.72 2.0 10 Total Hardness mg/l 120 - 11 Calcium (as Ca) mg/l 24 - 12 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/l 14.5 - 13 Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.08 3.0 14 Sulphate (as SO4) mg/l 2.4 - 15 Nitrate Nitrogen mg/l 0.58 10 16 Alkalinity mg/l 20 - 17 Phosphate mg/l <0.02 5.0 18 Sodium (as Na) mg/l 2.8 - 19 Potassium (as K) mg/l 0.51 - 20 BOD mg/l <0.1 30 21 COD mg/l 22 250 22 DO mg/l 5 - 23 Total Suspended Solids mg/l 4.1 100

SW1 Terekhol River (Upstream): The surface water quality of TerekholRiver which is located in the buffer zone shows Turbidity (<0.5 NTU) is lesser than the drinking water standards. BOD (<0.1 mg/l) & DO (4.1 mg/l) is less than the CPCB Water Quality Criteria Class of water ‘A’, ‘B’, ‘C’, ‘D’ & ‘E’. All other parameters are within the standard range.

SW2 Terekhol River(Downstream): The surface water quality of Terekhol river which is located in the buffer zone shows Turbidity (<0.5 NTU) is lesser than the drinking water standards. BOD (<0.1 mg/l) & DO (4.8 mg/l) is less than the CPCB Water Quality Criteria Class of water ‘A’, ‘B’, ‘C’, ‘D’ & ‘E’. All other parameters are within the standard range.

SW3 Danoli Nala : The surface water quality of Danoli Nala shows that all the parameters are under EPA Discharge standards.

Old data of Summer season from March -May 2007 has been collected by M/S Bhagavathi Ana Labs Ltd., Hyderabad are given below.

52 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

S. Parameters Unit SW1 SW2 IS: 10500 No. Terekhol Terekhol (Drinking CPCB Surface water quality criteria River(Dabhil) River(Dabhil) Water Upstream Downstream Standard) Class Class Class Class Class ‘A’ ‘B’ ‘C’ ‘D’ ‘E’ 1 Odour -- Un- Un- 5 - - - - - objectionable objectionable 2 Taste -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable - - - - - 3 Colour NTU <5 <5 < 1 - - - - - 4 pH Value -- 6.8 6.7 6.5-6.8 6.5- 6.5- 6-9 6.5- 6-8.5 6.8 8.5 8.5 5 Turbidity ºC <2.0 <2.0 ------6 Dissolved µmhos/cm 6.6 6.2 - - - - - 2250 Oxygen 7 Total mg/l 51.4 54.6 500 - - - - - Dissolved Solids 8 Alkalinity mg/l 26.4 28.2 250 - - - - - as CaCO3 9 Total mg/l 26.6 28.0 1.0 - - - - - Hardness as CaCO3 10 Nitrates mg/l 0.12 0.1 200 - - - - - NO3 11 Phosphates mg/l BDL BDL 75 - - - - - PO4 12 Chlorides mg/l 6.9 7.3 30 - - - - - as Cl 13 Sulphate mg/l 2.0 2.4 0.3 - - - - - (as SO4) 14 Sodium (as mg/l 6.0 4.0 200 - - - - - Na) 15 Potassium mg/l 2.0 2.0 200 - - - - - (as K) 16 Calcium (as mg/l 7.2 6.7 ------Ca) 17 Magnesium mg/l 2.1 2.7 ------(as Mg) 18 Lead (Pb) mg/l BDL BDL ------19 Maganese mg/l 0.02 0.02 - ≤2 ≤3 ≤3 as Mn 20 Cadmium mg/l BDL BDL ------as (Cd) 21 Chromium mg/l BDL BDL - ≥6 ≥5 ≥4 - - (Cr) 22 Copper(Cu) mg/l BDL BDL ------23 Zinc (Zn) mg/l BDL BDL ------24 Iron as Fe MPN/100ml 1.08 1.15 - ≤50 ≤500 ≤5000 - - 25 Fluoride as MPN/100ml 0.06 0.06 ------F 26 Mercury as mg/l BDL BDL ------Hg 27 Selenium mg/l BDL BDL ------

53 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO as Se 28 Arsenic as mg/l BDL BDL ------As 29 Cyanide as mg/l BDL BDL CN 30 Boron as B mg/l BDL BDL

3.7 NOISE QUALITY

Noise Measurement Locations: To assess the noise level of the proposed area, following stations were selected. Location of Noise sampling stations are described below and location are given below.

LOCATIONS OF NOISE SAMPLING STATION

Table 3.7-1; Sampling Location for Noise quality

Station Location Distance & Project area / Environmental No. Direction from study area Significance project area N1 Onsite-West -- Mine area Existing air quality N2 Onsite-East -- Mine area at core zone N3 Phanaswade Village 1.3 Km, E Residential area N4 Nanapani Village 1.87 Km, North Residential area N5 Kesari Village 2.21 Km, NW Residential area N6 Danoli Village 2.8 Km, NW Residential area Existing air quality N7 Parpoli Village 5.5 Km, N Residential area at Buffer Zone N8 Satuli Village 4.5 Km, NW Residential area N9 Approach road 0 Km, North Commercial area N10 SH-180 2.55 Km, North Commercial area

To study the present ambient air scenario nine ambient Noise locations were selected

N1: Within the site (west direction)

N2: Within the site (East direction).

N3: Phanaswade Village: (moderately populated) is located in East direction at a distance of 1.3 km.

N4: Nanapani Village: is located in North direction at a distance of 1.87 km.

N5: Kesari Village: is located at a distance of 2.21 km in NW direction. The village is well connected by village road.

N6: Danoli Village is located at a distance of 2.8 km in NW Direction.

N7: Parpoli Village is located at a distance of 5.5 km in North direction.

N8: Satuli Village is located at a distance of 4.5 km in NW direction.

N9: Approach Road is located at the nearby site area in North direction.

54 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO N10: SH180 road is located at a distance of 2.55 Km in North Direction.

3.7.1 Locations of Noise Sampling Stations

The location of Noise sampling is shown below in the 10km radius map

Figure 3-2; Noise sampling Locations on 10 Km Topographical Map

N7 A7

N10

N6 N4 N8 N5 N3 N9 Approach road A3 N1,2

3.7.2 Monitoring Methodology

At each station noise level was monitored for 24-hours simultaneously. For each measurement, dB (A) readings was taken for every 15 minutes for 24 hrs ones in a season to get Leq values.

55 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO Table 3.7-2; Noise quality results (Baseline Season 10th Jan 2018-10th feb 2018)

S. Locations Class Leq Day Leq Night Day time Night time No. noise level noise level (6.00 A.M to (10.00 P.M to dB(A) dB(A) 10.00P.M) 6.00A.M) Standard (Leq Standard (Leq in dB(A) in dB(A) Core zone noise quality Onsite-West (near N1 proposed mine Mine area 45.3 42.6 75 70 area) Onsite-East (mine N2 Mine area 43.4 40.7 75 70 office) Buffer zone noise quality Phansawade Residential area N3 51.3 48.7 55 45 Village N4 Nanapani Village Residential area 41.3 37.6 55 45 N5 Kesari Village Residential area 52.7 45.9 55 45 N6 Danoli Village Residential area 55.6 51.7 55 45 N7 Parpoli Village Residential area 49.3 44.9 55 45 N8 Satuli Village Residential area 52.4 49.8 55 45 N9 Approach road Commercial area 51.2 48.1 65 55 N10 SH-180 Commercial area 69.7 64.2 65 55

(Source of Standards: CPCB standards for Noise Pollution (Regulation & control) Rules, Laboratory: M/s Perfact Researchers Pvt. Ltd. (NABL Accredited)

3.7.3 Data Interpretation:

The Ambient Noise Quality results are summarized above. The results are discussed below:

Core Zone: The details are given below:

Core Zone: N1 & N2: The ambient noise level in Core Zoneduring day time varies from 43.4 dB (A) - 45.3 dB which are within the standard limit of industrial area~75 dB (A). During night the noise level at the project site ranges from 40.7 dB (A) - 42.6 dB (A) which are also within the night-time noise standard limit of 70 dB (A).

Buffer Zone: The details are given below:

N3: The noise level at Phanaswade Village shows that in day time noise level was recorded 51.3 dB (A) which is within the standard limit of residential area are ~ 55 dB (A). During night the noise level was recorded 48.7 dB (A) which is above the standard limit of residential area are ~ 45 dB (A).

N4: The noise level at day time in Nanapani Village is 41.3 dB (A) which is within the standard limit of residential area are ~55 dB (A). During night the noise level was recorded 37.6 dB (A), which is also within the night-time noise standard limit of ~ 45.0 dB (A).

N5: The noise level at Kesari Village is 52.7 dB (A), which is within the standard limit of residential area are ~ 55 dB (A). During night the noise level was recorded 45.9 dB (A) respectively, which is slightly higher than night-time noise standard limit of residential area are ~ 45 dB (A).

56 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO N6: The noise level at Danoli Village is 55.6 dB (A) which is slightly higher than the standard limit of residential area are ~ 55 dB (A). During night the noise level was recorded 51.7 dB (A) respectively, which is also slightly higher than night-time noise standard limit of ~ 45.0 dB (A). The increased noise level is due local village activities & vehicular movement at village road.

N7: The noise level of Parpoli Village is 49.3.1 dB(A) respectively, which is within the standard limit of residential areas of ~ 55 dB (A). During night the noise level is 44.9 dB (A) respectively, which is also within the standard limits of residential area ~ 45 dB (A).

N8: The noise level of Satuli Village is 52.4 dB (A) which is within the standard limit of residential areas of ~55 dB (A). During night the noise level is 49.8 dB (A) respectively, which is slightly higher than the standard limits of residential area ~ 45 dB (A) due to vehicular movement at village road.

N9: The noise level of approach road opposite to the site is 52.1 dB (A) has noise level within in the standard limit of commercial areas of ~65 dB (A). During night the noise level is 48.1 dB (A) respectively, which is also within the standard limits of commercial area ~55 dB (A) due to vehicular movement at village road.

N10: The noise level of SH-180is 69.7 dB (A) which is slightly higher than the standard limit of commercial areas of ~65 dB (A). During night the noise level is 64.2 dB (A) respectively, which is slightly higher than the standard limits of commercial area ~55 dB (A) due to vehicular movement at village road.

Old data from March -May 2007 has been collected by M/S Bhagavathi Ana Labs Ltd., Hyderabad and old results are given below. S. Locations Class Leq Day Leq Night Day time Night time No. noise noise (6.00 A.M to (10.00 P.M to level level 10.00 P.M) 6.00 A.M) dB(A) dB(A) Standard (Leq Standard (Leq in dB(A) in dB(A) Core zone noise quality Onsite-West Industrial N1 (near proposed Area 48.4 43.0 75 70 mine area) Onsite-East Industrial N2 (temp.mine Area 49.2 43.5 75 70 office) Buffer zone noise quality Phansawade Residential N3 49.8 42.7 55 45 Village area Nanapani Village Residential N4 49.2 43.7 55 45 area Kesari Village Residential N5 48.5 43.1 55 45 area Danoli Village Residential N6 49.8 44.0 55 45 area Parpoli Village Residential N7 49.1 42.1 55 45 area Satuli Village Residential N8 50.5 44.6 55 45 area

57 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO 3.8 TOPOGRAPHY: Sindhudurg district is located in the Konkan region of Maharashtra State. The outstanding feature in the relief of the district is its highly uneven nature and very narrow riverine plains that fringe the coastline. About 40 to 50% of the area in the district is hilly. The district has three major physiographic divisions from east to west. a) The eastern part close to the Western Ghats, is highly dissected with deep valleys. b) The middle part of the district is occupied by flat-topped hills with undulating plateau covered by Laterite. c) The coastal plain in the western part.

The general slope of the district is towards west. The lowest point of buffer zone is 15 MSL situated close to periphery in the south-west. The buffer zone depicts a general slope towards south-west. The proposed mining site MSL is around 170 - 420 m.

3.9 LAND USE Land use of Buffer Zone: Information on land use/ land cover is the basic prerequisite for land resource evaluation, environmental assessment, utilization and management. As a precursor, it is necessary to understand the ‘cause and effect' of the transformations through scientific studies. The scope of the present study is limited to mapping the current land use / land cover pattern, their assessment, spatial distribution and extent using remote sensing and GIS techniques. The land environment will mainly deal with the land use, land cover within and buffer zone.

3.9.1 Methodology

Image processing software and GIS Software were used for the project. Image Processing Software was used for digital processing of the spatial data. Digital image processing techniques were applied for the mapping of the land use/land cover classes of the provided area from the satellite data. The methodology applied comes under following steps:

 Satellite imageries for the Area of Interest were created through image processing software.  Geometric correction includes correction for geometric distortions due to sensor, earth geometry variations and conversion of the data to real world coordinates.  Image enhancement is one of the important image processing functions primarily done to improve the appearance of the imagery to assist in visual interpretation and analysis.  Google image is used as a reference map for base layer preparation.  Visual interpretation technique has been used for digitization of geographical feature for different land use and vegetation cover classes based on spatial pattern of geographic feature.

3.9.2 INTERPRETATIONS:

3.9.2.1 Land use Buffer zone:

The land use/ land cover map has been generated on 1:50,000 scale using Satellite Imagery and ground truth information. Based on the methodology developed for the present land use/ land cover, categories have been grouped under the following major land use/land cover categories.

58 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO The land use distribution in the buffer zone of 10Km radius (from periphery) is given in the table given ahead.

S No. Category Area in SQ Area In Ha Percentage Km 1 Agriculture Land 68.65 6864.72 19.07 2 Barren Land 6.24 623.89 1.73 3 Built-up, Rural 8.33 833.43 2.32 4 Forest, Deciduous 257.17 25717.47 71.46 5 Mining Area 0.69 69.31 0.19 6 Scrub Land 3.39 338.96 0.94 7 Vegetated Land 12.49 1249.21 3.47 8 Water Bodies, Pond/Reservoir 0.56 56.17 0.16 9 Water Bodies, River/Canal 2.36 235.93 0.66 Total 359.89 35989.08 100.00

Agricultural land:

Based on satellite imagery, topographical maps and ground truth. The land use is mainly agricultural. The total agricultural area is about 6864.72 Ha which is 19.07 percent of the total study area.

Built-up:

Built-up land includes the urban or rural settlements. The village locations and their area extent have been extracted from the existing Satellite Imagery. The major built-up area is about 833.43 Ha which is 2.32 percent of the total 10 km radius study area.

Forest:

Based on Satellite Imagery and ground truth the land use is mainly forest land. The total forest area is about 25717.47 Ha which is 71.46 percent of the total study area.

Waste/ Barren land:

Based on Satellite Imagery and ground truth Waste/ Barren land their area extent has been extracted. The Barren land area is about 962.85 Ha which is 2.68 percent of the total 10 km radius study area.

Water Bodies:

Based on Satellite Imagery and ground truth Water bodies their area extent has been extracted. This area is about 292.10 Ha which is 0.81 percent of the total 10 km radius study area.

Vegetated land:

59 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO Based on Satellite Imagery and ground truth other vegetated area extent has been extracted. This area is about 1249.21 Ha which is 3.47 percent of the total 10 km radius study area.

60 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

0.66% Land Use Breakup in 10Km Buffer Zone for 3.47% 0.16% 0.94% Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine, Sindhudurg, 0.19% Maharastra 19.07% 1.73% 2.32%

Agriculture Land Barren Land 71.46% Builtup, Rural Forest, Deciduous Mining Area Scrub Land Vegetated Land Water Bodies, Pond/Reservoir Water Bodies, River/Canal

SOIL QUALITY

To assess the soil quality of the proposed area, following stations were selected. Soil profile and quality was studied at 9 different locations.

3.9.3 Sampling location:

Location of Soil sampling stations is described below.

Table 3.9-1; Sampling location for soil quality

Station No. Location Distance & Direction Environmental Significance from Project area S1 Onsite (Mine Site) -- Existing Soil quality at core zone S2 Onsite (Mine Office) -- S3 Udeli Village 1.02 NNE S4 Dabhil Village 1.53 km, West S5 Nanapani Village 1.87 km, North Existing Soil quality at Buffer S6 Kesari Village 2.21 km NW zone S7 Parpoli Village 5.5 Km, N S8 Satuli Village 4.5 Km, NW S9 Ovliye Village 4.5 km, NNW

61 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO 3.9.4 Locations of soil sampling stations:

Location of Soil sampling stations are shown in the map below and described ahead —

S7 S5 S8 S6

S1, S3

Figure 3-3; Soil sampling locations on 10 Km Topographical Map 3.9.5 Sampling procedure & Analysis:

Augur method was used and samples were collected at 15 cm depth after removing the upper crust. Sample from each spot were well mixed with hand on a clean polythene sheet. About 1 kg of soil was retained after process of quartering. This sample was kept for some time for air-drying at room temperature, stored in polythene bag with label at the top. Samples were analyzed for bulk density, pH, nitrogen, phosphorus, calcium, magnesium and organic content.

62 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

Onsite Soil quality result for Baseline season 27 Jan 2018-10 feb 2018 are given below:

S. No. Parameter Core Zone soil Buffer Zone soil quality results quality results S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 Onsite Onsite Udeli Dabhil Nanap Kes Parp Satu Ovli (Mine (Mine Village Village ani ari oli li ye site) office) Village Villa Villa Villa Villa ge ge ge ge Physical Properties of Soil 1 Colour 4/3 4/3 Brown 4/3 4/3 4/3 4/3 4/3 4/3 Reddi Reddish (3/4) Reddis Reddis Red Red Red Red sh Brown h h dish dish dish dish Brown Brown 2 Composition Sand: Sand:1 Sand:3 Sand:7 Sand: San San San San (%) 47.1 5.2 1 6.5 46.7 d:71 d:57 d:62 d:45 Silt:24 Silt:72. Silt:26. Silt:14. Silt:23 .0 .3 .5 .6 .9 5 8 7 .2 Silt: Silt: Silt: Silt: Clay:2 Clay:12. Clay:41 Clay:8. Clay:2 18.5 22.8 24.9 29.9 7.9 2 .8 6 9.9 Clay Clay Clay Clay :9.5 :19. :12. :24. 6 4 2 3 Moisture 1.1 0.8 1.0 1.7 1.4 2.1 1.4 2.2 1.3 Content (%)

4 Conductivity 29.4 228.4 33.7 48.6 28.6 27.5 22.8 34.6 21.3 (µS/cm)

Bulk density 1.34 1.32 1.37 1.35 1.08 1.14 1.29 1.33 1.29 (gm/cc) Porosity (%) 24.6 28.2 28.3 25.3 32.5 30.5 24.3 24.3 22.9 Chemical Properties of Soil 1 Texture Sandy Sandy Sandy Sandy Clay Clay San San San Clay Clay Clay Loam Loa dy dy dy Loam Loam Loam m Loa Loa Loa m m m 2 pH 7.7 7.8 7.1 6.3 7.4 6.1 6.6 6.3 6.9 3 Available 22.4 25.2 47.6 19.6 30.8 33.6 33.6 28 16.8 Nitrogen (mg/kg) 4 Available P 23.9 30.2 10.2 6.7 12.7 5.7 11.3 9.2 8.2 (mg/kg ) 5 Available K 0.3 55.2 0.8 2.3 0.5 3.9 1.7 0.9 0.8 (mg/kg) 6 Ca (mg/kg) 18.4 84.0 108.3 66.9 10.1 37.4 35.7 41.0 10.2

63 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

7 Mg (mg/kg) 21.0 36.0 79.6 48.7 15.4 12.1 15.8 40.4 24.0 8 Organic 1.72 0.57 1.03 0.90 0.68 0.66 1.14 0.37 1.39 matter (%) 9 Nitrate 16.7 27.2 16.1 10.3 13.2 6.9 7.9 10.8 8.7 Nitrogen (mg/kg) 10 Chloride 26.25 70 70 87.5 43.75 52.5 35 78.7 61.2 (mg/kg ) 5 5 11 Available 3.1 1.1 9.3 4.8 0.9 6.9 4.7 5.8 4.2 Sulphur (mg/kg) 12 Exchangeable 15.4 77.4 10.4 10.9 8.5 9.5 9.4 10.6 9.3 Sodium (mg/kg) 13 Cation 77.3 40.5 292.7 179.0 56.7 44.6 58.0 148. 88.2 Exchange 7 Capacity (meq/100gm) 14 Bi carbonate 48.8 61.0 97.6 61.0 73.2 24.4 109. 85.4 48.8 (mg/kg) 8 15 Orthophospha 10.1 4.0 0.8 0.3 3.3 1.7 1.7 1.1 0.5 te(mg/kg)

3.9.6 Data Interpretation

Core Zone: Texture of soil is Sandy clay loam. Soil texture is one of the most important physical properties of soil that affects its fertility and productivity. The whole soil environment is regulated by soil texture. Soil texture governs most of the properties of the soil, its permeability, its capacity to retain water, its degree of aeration, its ability to make the nutrients stored in the clay-humus complex available to plants, its ability to withstand mechanical working of the top soil, and finally, its ability to support a permanent plant cover. In present case soil texture clearly indicates that the soil in core zone is Sandy clay loam which cannot hold water and nutrients and makes soil less fertile. So, the trees which can grow in these conditions can be planted.

Data collected during Baseline season 10 Jan 2018 – 10 feb 2018 result shows that Colour of the soil in core zone is reddish Brown, pH is 7.7 and 7.8. Amount of primary nutrients like Organic matter 1.72 % & 0.57% , the available nitrogen 22.4 mg/kg & 25.2mg/kg is lower in range, the available Potassium 0.3 mg/kg & 55.2 mg/kg is Lower in range while available Phosphorous 30.4 mg/kg & 28.4mg/kg is Higher in range, respectively. Primary nutrient profile shows that soil is low in fertility due to the availability of low amount of nitrogen, phosphorous and potassium. Nitrogen is the most important fertilizer element. Plants respond quickly to application of nitrogen. This element encourages above ground vegetative growth and gives a deep green colour to the leaves & Potassium is the third essential fertilizer element and it is essential for photosynthesis, for protein synthesis, for starch formation and for the translocation of sugars. So, the addition of bio fertilizers will enhance the fertility of soil.

Onsite Fertility Status of Soil

64 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

Parameters Result in Result in Low Medium High Remarks mg/kg mg/kg mg/kg mg/kg mg/kg (Mine Site) (Mine Site) Nitrogen 16.7 27.2 <156 157-313 >314 Low Potassium 0.3 55.2 <67 67.1-156 >156 Low Phosphorus 23.9 30.2 <5.5 5.6-13.9 >14.0 High

Buffer Zone: Data collected during Baseline season 10 Jan 2018-10 feb 2018 result shows that Colour varies from Reddish Brown to Reddish, pH ranges from 6.1 in Kesari Village (S6) to 7.4 as per sample of Nanapani Village (S5). Amount of primary nutrients like Organic matter 0.37% in Satuli Village (S8) to 1.39% in Ovliye Village (S9), the available nitrogen 16.8 mg/kg is Ovliye Village (S9) to 47.6 mg/kg as per sample of Udeli (S), the available phosphorus 6.7 mg/kg as per sample of Dabhil Village (S4) to 12.7 mg/kg in Nanapani (S5) which is within range while Available Potassium 0.5 mg/kg as per sample of Nanapani (S5)to 1.7 mg/kg in Parpoli Village (S7), which is lower in range, Primary nutrient profile shows that soil is low in fertility due to the availability of low amount of nitrogen and available potassium.

Primary nutrient profile shows average fertile soil along the stretch. Nitrogen is the most important fertilizer element. Plants respond quickly to application of nitrogen. This element encourages above ground vegetative growth and gives a deep green colour to the leaves & Potassium is the third essential fertilizer element and it is essential for photosynthesis, for protein synthesis, for starch formation and for the translocation of sugars. So, the addition of bio fertilizers will enhance the fertility of soil.

Old data of Summer season from March -May 2007 has been collected by M/S Bhagavathi Ana Labs Ltd., Hyderabad are given below.

S1 S2 S3 S.no. Parameter Kesari Ovliye Udeli Sand:46.8 Sand:42.0 Sand:60.2 Composition (%) 1 Silt:33.2 Silt:35.9 Silt:20.1

Clay:20.0 Clay:22.1 Clay:19.7 2 Conductivity (µS/cm) 377 302 302 3 Bulk density (gm/cc) 1.37 1.26 1.26 4 Texture Sandy Loam Sandy Loam Sandy Loam 5 pH 6.3 6.5 6.4 6 Available Nitrogen (mg/kg) 242 349 267 Available Phosphorous as P2O5 7 (mg/kg ) 14.1 11.3 12.1 8 Available Calcium as Ca (mg/kg) 695 769 769 Available Magnesium as Mg 9 (mg/kg) 270 219 219 10 Organic Carbon (%) 0.59 0.79 0.56 11 Total soluble salts (mg/kg) 111 127 127 12 Chloride (mg/kg ) 51 40 44 13 Available Potassium as K (mg/kg) 187 212 185

65 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

14 Available Sodium (mg/kg) 127 132 132 15 Sulphates as SO4 (mg/kg) 49 56 59 16 Iron as Fe (mg/kg) 19 28 22

3.10 FLORA & FAUNA

3.10.1 Introduction

A natural ecosystem is a complete community of living organisms and non-living constituents in a given area and their interactions. An ecosystem has self-sustaining ability and controls the number of organisms at any level by cybernetic rules. The basic purpose to explore the biological environment under Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is to assess the potential ecological impacts of the proposed project upon ecology and develop adequate mitigation measures to keep ecological impacts within acceptable limits. An ecological survey of the study area was conducted, particularly with reference to listing of species and assessment of the existing baseline ecological conditions in the study area. The main objective of the ecological survey is aimed at assessing the existing flora and fauna components in the study area. Data has been collected through extensive survey of the area with reference to flora and fauna.

With the change in environmental conditions, the vegetation cover as well as animals reflects several changes in its structure, density and composition. The present study was carried out separately for floral and faunal community of core and buffer zone respectively.

3.10.2 Need to study:

The present study was undertaken with the following objectives:

 To assess the nature and distribution of vegetation in and around the project site (within 10 km. radii)  To assess the animal life spectra (within 10 km radii)

To achieve the above objectives a study area was undertaken. The different methods adopted were as follows:

 Compilation of secondary data with respect to the study area from published literature and various government agencies;  Generation of primary data by undertaking systematic ecological studies in the area.

Selection of Sampling Location for the study of Flora and Fauna:

Core Zone: Core zone is the area where project is to be constructed. The proposed project is an Phansawade Iron Ore Mine at Village Phansawade, District Sindhudurg, Maharashtra. All the flora and fauna of core zone have been recorded during the survey.

Buffer Zone: The zone falling with in 10Km radius around the project area. For sampling purpose, buffer zone is further divided in 2 Km and 5 Km. Patches of flora is studied in 4 locations within 2 km, 3 locations within 5 Km. Location of flora is given below. Fauna is recorded randomly.

66 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

Locations Name of location Distance & Direction E1 Nearby Site North E2 Phanaswade Village 1.3 Km, E E3 Gharap Village 2.85 Km, ESE E4 Asniye Village 3.47 Km, SW E5 Sarmale Village 3.94 Km, West

Sample location Map

3.10.3 Introduction:

The proposed project is an Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine at Village Phanaswade, District Sindhudurg, Maharashtra. Forest falling within the Buffer Zone are Ambolighat reserve forest (1.85 Km N), Reserve Forest near Dabhil (1.06 Km W), Reserved Forest near Phanaswadi (3.44 Km W), Reserve Forest near Sarmale (4.31 Km, W), Reserve Forest near Khadpade (5.42 Km SSW), Reserve forest near Kumbhavade (6.56 Km, SE), Reserve forest near Tamboli (5.84 Km, SW), Reserve forest near Padve (7.15 Km, S) Reserve forest near Beradwadi (9.15 Km NE), Reserve forest near Bavlat (6.53 Km, E), and Reserve forest near Otvane (8.07 Km, E). Water Bodies within the Buffer Zone are Dabhil River (0.05 Km S), Terekhol river (6 Km E) Ghatprabha River (9Km E).

67 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

3.10.4 Methodology for the study of Flora and Fauna:

3.10.4.1 Methodology for Study of Flora:

During the study, the floral composition of the area was evaluated through primary survey. The local inhabitants were also consulted to get extra information. Plant Species are counted and identified within core zone with the help of quadrate method. The size of the quadrate was based on the area size. For the survey 10 X 10 m plot are selected for vegetation analysis and for the buffer zone estimated with the help of line transect and random survey method.

3.10.4.2 Methodology for study of Fauna:

Different species were observed at different timings during the day

Bird: Birds were watched during dawn.

Nocturnal and Burrowing animals: After Sunset.

Animals: Morning & Evening

Collection of Secondary Data

Secondary data is collected by the Forest Department, Working Plan of the Area other relevant records such as plantation journals and records of wild life / forest offence cases.

Description of Core Zone with flora and Fauna Details:

Core Zone:

List of the trees, shrubs and Ornamental species that are planted in Core Zone

S.NO Botanical Name Common name 1. Ficus hispids Fig tree. 2. Terminalia alata Asan 3. Calycopteris floribunda Ukshi 4. Phyllanthus emblica Amla 5. Alseodaphne semecarpifolia Mulaknaari 6. Clerodendrum viscosum Bhandira 7. Buchanania lanzen Charoli. 8. Diospyros ebenum Karimaram 9. Leea asiatica Koknal 10. Strychnos nux-vomica Poison nut, 11. Gmelina arborea Gamhar 12. Anogeissus latifolia Dhawra, 13. Anacardium occidentale Cashew tree 14. Alstonia scholaris Devil tree

68 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

15. Acacia catechu Black catechu 16. Syzygium cumini Jamun

Buffer Zone

S. No Botanical Name Common Name 1. Clematis hedysarifolia DC Bendri chi ve 2. Dellenia pentagyna Lahan karmal 3. Anacardium occidentale Kaju 4. Cocos nucifera coconut 5. Arecaceae palm 6. Mangifera indica mango 7. Ficus bengalhensis banyan 8. Ficus religiosa Peepal 9. Ficus religiosa sisso 7. Millettia pinnata Karanj 8. Tectona grandis Teak 9. Sapindus emarginatus Rimgi Rimthi Medicinal species 11 Abrus precaorius Ganji 12 Acacia arabica Shami 13 A. concinna Shikakai 14 A.marmelos Belpatra 15 A.squamosa Sitaphal 16 C.asiatica Brahmi 17 D.innoxia Dhatura

3.10.5 Faunal Community:

Core Zone: During study, it was found that the faunal diversity in the core site was limited to Butterflies, insects, animals like rats ,monkey, dog, cat etc. and common lizards. List of the fauna observed and reported during field visit are listed below:

69 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

Fauna of Core zone:

TYPE COMMON NAME SCIENTIFIC NAME SCHEDULE Reptiles: 1 Common Indian garden lizard Calotes versicolor IV 2 House lizards Hemidactylusflaviviridis - Mammals: 3 Five striped palm squirrels Funambuluspennanti IV 4 Rhesus Macaque Macacamulatta II 5 Cat Feliscatus - 6 Dog Cuon alpinus - Aves: 7 Crow Corvussplendens V 8 Pigeon Columba livia IV 9 Red vented Bulbul Pycnonotuscafer IV 10 Black Kite Milvus migrans IV 11 Asian Koel Eudynamysscolopaceus IV 12 Maina Acridotherestristis IV Insects: 13 Butterflies Rhopalocerasp - 14 Wasps Vespa orientalis - 15 Dragonfly Agriansp - 16 Honey Bee Apisindica - 17 House fly Musca domestica -

(Source: Field survey done by Ecology & Biodiversity team)

Fauna of Buffer zone:

TYPE COMMON NAME SCIENTIFIC NAME Amphibian: 1 Olive ridley Lepidochelys olivacea 2 Leatherback sea turtle Dermochelys coriaceaRana tigrina Reptiles: 3. common blind snake Typhlina bramina 4. Russell sand boa Gongylophis conicus 5. Indian python Python molurus 6. Indian wart snake Acrochordus granulatus 7. Golden tree snake Chrysopelea ornata 8. chequered keelback, Xenochrophis piscato 9 Indian gamma Boiga trigonata Mammals:

70 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

1 leopard Panthera pardus 2 pink-bottomed macaque Macaca mulatta 3 Hanuman langur Semnopithecus 4 Indian giant squirrel Ratufa 5 Three-striped squirrel Funambulus palmarum 6 Five-striped palm squirrel Funambulus pennantii 7 Cheetal Axis axis 8 Sambar Rusa unicolor 9 Gaur Bos gaurus 10 Leopard Cat Prionailurus bengalensis 13. Indian porcupine Hystrix indica 14. wild boar Sus scrofa Aves: 15 Crow Corvus splendens 16 Stork billed kingfisher Pelargopsis capensis 17 golden oriole Oriolus oriolus 18 purple sunbirds Cinnyris asiaticus 19 king vultures Sarcoramphus papa 20 paradise flycatcher Terpsiphone 21 bulbul Pycnonotidae 22 Babbler Turdoides striata 23 jackdaws Coloeus monedula Insects 24. Red Peirrot Talicada nyseus 25 Common Grass Yellow Eurema hecabe

(Source: Field survey done by Ecology & Biodiversity team)

3.11 SOCIO-ECONOMIC SCENARIO

3.11.1 Study Area

The study area covers all the villages located within 10 km radius of the proposed Iron ore mine of 99.43. ha located in village Phanaswade. A total of 38 villages, located in Sawantwadi and Dodamarg Taluka of Sindhudurg District, fall within the study area. Topographical map and Google earth maps were used to identify the villages in 10 km radius.

3.11.2 List of Villages In Study Area

As mentioned above that there are 38 villages in two talukas located within the study area, the details of which are as under:

71 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

District – Sindhudurg, Maharashtra SL.No. Name of village SL.No. Name of village SL.No. Name of village 1 Sangeli 14 Kesari 27 Vilavade 2 Sawarwad 15 Phansawade 28 Degave 3 Amboli 16 Kegad 29 Tamboli 4 Verle 17 Nene 30 Padve Majgaon 5 Kalambist 18 Chaukul 31 Padve 6 Ovliye 19 Otavane 32 Kumbhavade 7 Madkhol 20 Sarmale 33 Fukeri 8 Kariwade 21 Dabhil 34 Khadpade 9 Bavlat 22 Udeli 35 Zolambe 10 Satuli 23 Gharap 36 Talkat 11 Devsu 24 Konas 37 Morgaon 12 Parpoli 25 Asniye 38 Bhekurli 13 Danoli 26 Bhalawal

Demographic Profile of Study Area

A study was undertaken with respect to demography, occupational pattern, literacy rate and other important socio-economic indicators of these villages to reveal the socio-economic structure of the entire project area. The summary is given below:

Population

The total population of the study area is 41014 constituting 9962 households. The sex ratio of the study area as per census 2011 records at 1046.

Social Structure

The proportion of Scheduled Caste (SC) population within the study area is 6.8% whereas this proportion in the districts involved is 6.5%. The proportion of Scheduled tribe (ST) population within the study area is 0.9% whereas this proportion in the districts involved is 0.8%.

Literacy

The total proportion of literate within the study area is 82.6% of total population. The proportion of Male literates and female literates within the study area is 90.8% and 74.9% respectively.

72 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

Detailed profile of study area is given below (source: Census of India, 2011)

Demographic Features of the study area based on Census data 2011

Sl. Total Overall Male Female Name No. of Sex No. Popul SC% ST% Literacy Literacy % Literacy % HHs Ratio ation % 1 Sangeli 698 2855 1044 11.7% 0.1% 80.9% 88.8% 73.5% 2 Sawarwad 232 1231 911 5.8% 3.3% 89.7% 94.5% 84.4% 3 Amboli 822 4004 791 4.9% 0.2% 83.5% 92.1% 72.1% 4 Verle 473 1754 1246 4.6% 0.0% 77.5% 89.4% 68.1% 5 Kalambist 553 2005 1177 7.2% 0.0% 86.6% 95.1% 79.3% 6 Ovliye 157 621 1187 3.9% 1.1% 83.6% 93.5% 75.2% 7 Madkhol 829 3539 1083 1.8% 6.2% 84.9% 91.9% 78.6% 8 Kariwade 870 3595 1065 6.7% 0.1% 83.8% 91.4% 76.7% 9 Bavlat 132 564 1058 6.0% 0.0% 79.4% 88.1% 71.6% 10 Satuli 197 768 1087 3.5% 0.0% 83.6% 92.2% 75.6% 11 Devsu 171 741 1087 4.2% 2.6% 81.6% 91.2% 72.9% 12 Parpoli 178 593 1156 17.0% 0.0% 76.9% 85.0% 70.2% 13 Danoli 79 263 1192 3.0% 0.0% 73.4% 88.1% 61.7% 14 Kesari 152 700 1059 9.0% 0.0% 80.1% 89.4% 71.2% 15 Phansawade 48 251 1092 2.8% 0.0% 82.7% 89.9% 76.2% 16 Kegad 129 497 1142 51.9% 0.0% 68.3% 79.3% 59.2% 17 Nene 167 632 1059 0.0% 0.0% 73.1% 83.9% 62.5% 18 Chaukul 397 1254 1122 7.2% 0.1% 74.1% 86.0% 64.0% 19 Otavane 636 2625 998 9.3% 0.2% 81.6% 88.9% 74.2% 20 Sarmale 210 850 1033 13.9% 0.9% 81.2% 90.6% 72.1% 21 Dabhil 24 81 1025 0.0% 0.0% 63.5% 52.8% 73.7% 22 Udeli 3 8 333 0.0% 0.0% 75.0% 100.0% 0.0% 23 Gharap 64 283 1339 1.1% 0.0% 80.2% 95.4% 68.5% 24 Konas 132 487 1099 2.3% 0.0% 79.2% 88.8% 71.0% 25 Asniye 221 1027 1118 12.5% 0.3% 91.1% 93.2% 89.2% 26 Bhalawal 166 663 1072 0.8% 0.0% 80.9% 87.8% 74.3% 27 Vilavade 338 1332 1062 1.4% 0.8% 82.0% 91.5% 73.1% 28 Degave 351 1501 1076 2.2% 0.3% 87.5% 93.3% 82.2% 29 Tamboli 423 1742 1012 6.4% 0.5% 85.6% 92.3% 79.1% 30 Padve Majgaon 113 451 1069 6.2% 0.0% 83.7% 95.0% 72.8% 31 Padve 23 112 1154 0.0% 0.0% 76.6% 90.0% 64.9% 32 Kumbhavade 72 284 1135 20.8% 0.0% 77.3% 86.1% 69.0% 33 Fukeri 79 309 1020 7.1% 0.0% 72.4% 86.8% 59.3% 34 Khadpade 17 66 650 0.0% 0.0% 73.4% 84.6% 56.0%

73 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

35 Zolambe 266 1104 1075 2.5% 0.0% 85.9% 91.8% 80.7% 36 Talkat 247 964 1073 0.8% 0.6% 84.2% 89.3% 79.6% 37 Morgaon 255 1122 1086 16.8% 0.0% 86.8% 94.8% 79.5% 38 Bhekurli 38 136 1267 5.9% 0.0% 74.8% 83.3% 68.1% Total 9962 41014 1046 6.8% 0.90% 82.6% 90.8% 74.9%

It may be seen be seen from the above table that total population of the study area is 41014, varying between 8 in Udeli and 4004 in Amboli. Sex ratio was found to be varying from alarmingly low 333 in Udeli to as good 1339 in Gharap. The proportion of SC% was observed to be varying between nil in Nene, Chaukul etc. to 51.9% in Kegad. The proportion of ST% was observed to be varying between nil in Bavlat, Satuli etc. to 6.2% in Madkhol. The overall literacy rates were found to be varying from 63.5% in Dabhil to 91.1% in Asniye. Female literacy rates of Udeli (0.0%) and Khadpade (56.0%) were observed to be minimum across all 38 villages of study area.

Work Profile of Study Area

The work profile of the study area is depicted in the table given below —

Total Sl. Total Total Total Male Total Female Total Main Name Marginal No. Population Worker Worker Worker Worker Worker 1 Sangeli 2855 51.4% 50.3% 49.7% 60.8% 39.2% 2 Sawarwad 1231 30.6% 61.3% 38.7% 90.7% 9.3% 3 Amboli 4004 32.7% 62.9% 37.1% 66.5% 33.5% 4 Verle 1754 54.3% 45.8% 54.2% 58.3% 41.7% 5 Kalambist 2005 39.1% 56.6% 43.4% 54.8% 45.2% 6 Ovaliye 621 43.2% 57.1% 42.9% 63.4% 36.6% 7 Madkhol 3539 38.9% 63.7% 36.3% 50.8% 49.2% 8 Kariwade 3595 43.9% 59.4% 40.6% 65.4% 34.6% 9 Bavlat 564 43.1% 64.2% 35.8% 63.0% 37.0% 10 Satuli 768 34.6% 73.7% 26.3% 30.8% 69.2% 11 Devsu 741 41.2% 60.3% 39.7% 79.0% 21.0% 12 Parpoli 593 35.8% 65.1% 34.9% 99.1% 0.9% 13 Danoli 263 40.3% 60.4% 39.6% 58.5% 41.5% 14 Kesari 700 44.1% 63.1% 36.9% 74.1% 25.9% 15 Phansawade 251 61.8% 45.8% 54.2% 66.5% 33.5% 16 Kegad 497 45.1% 52.2% 47.8% 95.1% 4.9% 17 Nene 632 45.4% 59.6% 40.4% 92.3% 7.7% 18 Chaukul 1254 37.4% 54.6% 45.4% 58.2% 41.8% 19 Otavane 2625 40.9% 71.8% 28.2% 62.7% 37.3% 20 Sarmale 850 53.8% 54.9% 45.1% 100.0% 0.0% 21 Dabhil 81 59.3% 60.4% 39.6% 100.0% 0.0%

74 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

Total Sl. Total Total Total Male Total Female Total Main Name Marginal No. Population Worker Worker Worker Worker Worker 22 Udeli 8 100.0% 75.0% 25.0% 75.0% 25.0% 23 Gharap 283 46.3% 49.6% 50.4% 47.3% 52.7% 24 Konas 487 33.3% 71.6% 28.4% 99.4% 0.6% 25 Asniye 1027 38.5% 63.0% 37.0% 66.6% 33.4% 26 Bhalawal 663 36.5% 80.6% 19.4% 98.3% 1.7% 27 Vilavade 1332 48.0% 59.2% 40.8% 83.1% 16.9% 28 Degave 1501 32.8% 76.6% 23.4% 80.3% 19.7% 29 Tamboli 1742 42.1% 66.1% 33.9% 72.8% 27.2% 30 Padve Majgaon 451 37.7% 65.9% 34.1% 60.0% 40.0% 31 Padve 112 24.1% 100.0% 0.0% 48.1% 51.9% 32 Kumbhavade 284 43.3% 65.9% 34.1% 18.7% 81.3% 33 Fukeri 309 73.5% 49.3% 50.7% 13.2% 86.8% 34 Khadpade 66 50.0% 66.7% 33.3% 6.1% 93.9% 35 Zolambe 1104 34.7% 70.0% 30.0% 55.1% 44.9% 36 Talkat 964 37.0% 68.9% 31.1% 77.6% 22.4% 37 Morgaon 1122 31.2% 80.9% 19.1% 65.7% 34.3% 38 Bhekurli 136 55.9% 52.6% 47.4% 7.9% 92.1% Total 41014 41.0% 61.2% 38.8% 65.9% 34.1%

It may be observed from the table above that the proportion of the workers is 41% of the total population of the study area. The proportion was found to be varying from 24% in Padve to 100% in Udeli. The work force was mainly constituted by males to the tune of 61%. It was also observed an overwhelming majority 66% of the workers were main workers.

3.11.3 PRIMARY DATA COLLECTION

The project is in Village Phansawade, Taluka Sawantwadi, District Sindhudurg, Maharashtra. The primary survey for nearby 5 villages has been conducted. These villages are the major habitats which lies in 2–5 Km radius of the mine site, which will have positive and negative impact after occupancy and development of the project.

The process of collecting data using primary survey data is as follows:

 Identify the villages to be surveyed.  Select one village.  Check the number of PAF in the village due to project.  PAF to be surveyed individually  Indirect affected villages to be surveyed using focus group discussion method having 15-20 persons in a group

75 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

 Physical survey for sanitation /drinking water facilities, banks, physical heath checks, availability of primary health centres/ dispensary/ hospitals, road conditions, educational facilities, source of income, average annual income of the villagers.

The summary of socio economic survey conducted in these villages is given below:

3.11.4 Primary Field Survey

A socioeconomic survey within the Buffer Zone was conducted. Survey was conducted in few households in the buffer zone in village

Distance & Direction from Project area / study Location project area area Devsu 4.08 NNW Residential Area Kesari village 2.21 Km, NW Residential Area Danoli Village 2.8 Km, NW Residential Area Phanaswade 1.3 Km, E Residential Area Satauli 4.5 Km, NW Residential Area

The result of the survey conducted are summarized as below:

Micro level Village information (Source - Field survey)

Name of Village S.N. Parameter Devsu Kesari village Danoli Village Phanaswade Satuli House Hold 1 208 197 74 70 120 Approx Farming, Farming, Occupation labour, Farming, Farming, labour, Farming, labour, 2 or Source of private labour, private private sector labour, private private sector Income sector sector service service sector service service service 3 Population 722 750 305 300 392 4 %Working Status Farming 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Agriculture 96% 96% 97% 97% 95% Labour Private Job 3% NIL 1% NIL 5% Govt. Job 1% 1% 2% 1% 2% Self Emp. NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL Kaju, Coconut, Kaju, Coconut, 5 Main Crop Kaju Rice, areca nut, Kaju Rice, areca Kaju Banana nut, Banana Primary Primary Primary school Primary school Primary school 6 School school (class School (class I- and high school (class I- VII) (class I- VII) I- VII) IV) (class VII-X)

76 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

7 Hospital Asha worker Asha worker Asha worker Asha worker Asha worker

8 Post Office Yes NIL YES NIL NIL 9 Bank NIL NIL YES NIL NIL 10 Market NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL 11 Electricity Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Source of 12 Spring water Spring water Spring water Spring water Spring water Water Toilet 13 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% facilities % Car, scooter, Truck, scooter, Car, scooter, bicycle Car, jeep, Car, jeep, Transport 14 bicycle car, tempo bicycles, bicycles, System scooters scooters 15 APL 35% 40% 30% 50% 45% 16 BPL 65% 60% 70% 50% 55%

77 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO 4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 GENERAL

Prediction of impacts is the most important component in the Environmental Impact Assessment studies. Several scientific techniques and methodologies are available to predict impacts of developmental activities on physical, ecological and socio-economic environments. Such predictions are superimposed over the baseline (pre-project) status of environmental quality to derive the ultimate (post-project) scenario of environmental conditions. The prediction of impacts helps to minimize the adverse impacts on environmental quality during pre and post project execution.

PP has incorporated all necessary steps to mitigate the environmental pollution in the design stage itself. Environmental Management Plan of the mine details the environmental quality control measures during construction and operational phase of the project in order to maintain environmental quality within the stipulated standard limits specified by State Pollution Control Board, CPCB and Ministry of Environment, Forests &Climate Change (MoEF&CC).

The mining project activities have certain impacts on various environmental domains that exist in the mining lease area. Hence, a scientific assessment of these impacts, those are likely to influence the existing environmental scenario, is needed. That could also help in formulating a suitable environmental management plan depicting all mitigation measures. Moreover, it can also help in implementing the project in an eco-friendly manner.

4.2 DETAILS OF INVESTIGATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

The project activities influencing the following environmental attributes have been studied and their impacts on the following attributes have been assessed:

• Air Quality • Noise Quality • Water Quality • Land use pattern • Ecological Condition • Socio-Economic Condition

The mining and allied activities in the proposed project area have influence on environmental attributes. These activities include-

• Site preparation • Construction of approach and haulage road • Drilling and Blasting • Excavation • Loading and Transportation • Mineral Processing involving Crushing, Screening & Washing.

78 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

The probable impacts of the proposed mining and allied activities on the various environmental parameters are discussed in this chapter.

4.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT

In the proposed Iron Ore mine, the likely main source of air pollutions will be from drilling, controlled blasting, loading, unloading and transportation of the mineral.

There are no major polluting industries in the near vicinity of mine lease area. Apart from mining activity, there can also be some pollution of air by vehicular emissions and dust generated due to vehicular movement. The ambient air quality monitoring done within the mine lease and in the adjoining villages during March-May, 2007 (Summer Season) and revalidated baseline data along with the analysis reports with respect to the PM10, PM2.5 and gaseous pollutant like SO2 and NOx, are given in revalidated in 10 Jan- 10 Feb 2018 (chapter 3).

The mining operations will be carried out by opencast mechanized method where mining machinery is employed for drilling and excavation. Transportation of blasted Iron Ore will be transported to stock piles with the help of dumpers. Various emission sources have been identified from the mining operations for the proposed Iron Ore production rate of 3.0million tons per annum (MTPA).

Impact

• Generation of Particulate matter during drilling. • Generation of Particulate matter during blasting. • Generation of SO2 & NOx due to fuel burning from mining machinery. • Generation of Particulate matter during loading. • Generation of Particulate matter during transportation. • Health impacts on the workers. • Deterioration of green belt in the core zone due to mining. • Possible impact on flora in buffer zone. • Generation of Particulate matter during Crushing, screening, material handling, D.G. set at the Beneficiation Plant

4.3.1 Air Dispersion Modeling for Impact Prediction

• Prediction of impacts on air environment has been carried out taking into consideration the proposed production and increase in emissions. This project proposal is for production of 3.0 MTPA Iron Ore. • The prediction of impacts helps to identify and implement environmental management plan during and after the execution of the developmental mining activity to minimize the deterioration of environmental quality. • The mathematical models attempt to quantitatively describe the cause and effect relationships between sources of pollution and different components of the environment, viz air, noise, water, land, biological and socio-economic. There are also various scientific techniques/ methodologies available to predict the environmental impacts quantitatively as well as qualitatively.

79 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

• The mathematical models used include steady state Gaussian Plume Dispersion model using AERMOD software designed for multiple applications for air quality. Air Dispersion report is attached as Annexure-3.

Impact on Air Environment due to Mining activity: The mining will be done through mechanized means with advanced technology and as per the approved mining plan from the IBM. The details of effect of the mining activity on the surrounding area are given below:

• The air pollution sources are the drilling, blasting, loading, unloading, dumping & road transport network of the trucks within the lease area. The material from mine to the beneficiation plant will be transported through dumpers. • The primary air pollutant of concern at mining sites is particulate matter. There are established standards as per the NAAQS. A variety of mining operations emit particulate, usually as fugitive dust (as opposed to emissions from stacks), and relatively simple controls are often sufficient. • Extent of Dispersion of Particulate Matter on surrounding areas: Below is the Dispersion model showing extent of particulate matter when no mitigation measure has been taken. The maximum dispersion of particulate matter is 8.80µg/m3.

Location Background Predicted Incremental Predicted Incremental NAAQS Concentration PM10 Concentration PM10 (g/m3) Concentration PM10 (g/m3) (g/m3) (g/m3) with all control measures without control measures On-site 65.4 8.80 74.20 100

Figure 4-1Dispersion of Particulate Matter

80 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

Mitigation Measures:

Following proposed mitigation measures are follows:

• Water sprinkling will be done. • To check/reduce the impact of dust, plantation will be done. • Speed limits will be enforced to reduce airborne fugitive dust from vehicular traffic. • Deploying PUC certified vehicles to reduce their emissions. • Regular grading of haul roads and service roads to clear accumulation of loose material.

Environment Management plan during drilling:

• The drilling machines equipped with dust collector arrangement and wet drilling arrangement will be used to prevent the generation and spread of dust. • The personnel working on the drills will be provided with dusk mask and other required Personal Protective Equipments (PPE).

Environment Management plan during blasting:

• Blasting will be well designed and will be blasted periodically. Explosives along with non-electric detonators (NONEL) will be used for blasting. Detonating fuse will not be used for trunk line. • Blasting will be done during favorable atmospheric condition and less human activity time. • Use of delay detonators will also help in controlling ground vibration and noise. • Blasting will be done at daytime in favorable condition. • Secondary blasting will be eliminated and hydraulic rock breaker will be used. • High-density primers in conjunction with ANFO or SME with Cast Booster along with millisecond delay detonators will be used to minimize fly rock, ground vibration and noise. • Avoiding blasting during high windy periods, and night times

During loading operation

• Optimum bucket size loading equipment will be used which reduces the number of buckets passes to fill the dumper by dropping material from height and thus have comparatively less dust generation. The water sprinkled over blasted muck pile will also reduce dust generation during loading. • Skilled operators will operate the excavators. • Haul roads inside mines will be stabilized and water sprinkling using water tankers will be done regularly. • Dust suppression will be done by spraying of water during, loading & unloading. Water spraying arrangement will be along the haul roads and other areas to control fugitive emission.

During transportation of Iron Ore

• Haul road shall be provided from mining pit to the Stock Piles for transporting the mineral. • Trees will be planted on haul road sides and inside the open area of the plant. • Regular maintenance of the vehicles and machinery shall be carried out.

81 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

• Dust generated due to traffic movement on haul road within the mine lease area will be reduced by water spraying at regular intervals. • Avoiding over filling of dumpers and consequent spillage on the roads • The vehicles and machinery will be kept in well-maintained condition so that emissions will be minimized.

Mitigation Measures proposed for Mineral Processing Plant:

 To control Fugitive dust emission outside the plant:  Regular water sprinkling in the storage area, grizzly and Hopper.  Regular water sprinkling in the areas of transportation upto the crusher and stockyard. Sprinkling will be done in all areas of dry operation.  All transfer points including crusher, screening, conveyors will be covered  To control Spillage from the Tippers o Over loading of tippers will be strictly avoided to prevent spillage.  To control Fugitive dust emissions inside the plant o Channelization and suction system with hoods, ducting, negative pressure induction etc. with provision of bag filter before releasing to ambient air.  The sprinklers will be used to suppress the dust. The crushing plant will be fully enclosed.

For point sources Mitigation measures are given below:

S.No. Source APCS Stack Height

1. Crusher Bag filter 20 m from ground 2. DG set (500 kVA*3) - 4.5m above roof of D.G Set  There shall be use of Low Sulphur Diesel.

Plantation/Green belt development

 In order to minimize dust pollution, green belt will be developed along the mines boundary and towards road side.  Waste dumping sites will be vegetated by suitable plant species to prevent air pollution during stormy winds.  The safety zone - The green belt will be developed in the statutory width of 7.5 m.

4.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT& VIBRATION

Phanaswade village is the nearest one at about 1.3Km E from the boundary of mine lease area. There might be some effect of noise generated at quarry site on the inhabitants of the nearby villages, particularly pointing out to the people living in village.

82 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

Impact: The impact of noise will be restricted in the working area only. The main sources of noise in the mine are classified as follows:

 Noise generation due to Mining Equipment (Excavators)  Noise generation due to Transportation (Dumpers, Trucks, Tippers & other vehicles)  Noise & Vibration due to drilling & blasting.  Noise due to the operation of crushing and screening in the beneficiation plant

Mitigation: Following noise abatement measures are proposed for mitigation of impact of noise if any.

 Optimum parameters for drilling & blasting will be designed to have controlled blasting to reduce noise & vibrations.  Optimum parameters will also take care of nearness of village to have least adverse effect on inhabitants due to noise & vibration.  The vehicles will be maintained in good running condition so that noise will be reduced to minimum possible level.  Plantation of trees will be done to dampen the noise and also arrests dust.  Imposition of speed limit on heavy earth moving machineries near residential areas.  Trucks/dumpers drivers will be instructed to make minimum use of horns near the residential area.  Blasting shall be avoided at the time when strong surface winds blowing towards inhabited area.  Noise generated by this equipment shall be intermittent and does not cause much adverse impact.  Periodical monitoring of noise will be done.  Controlled blasting will reduce noise generation.  Personal protective equipment (PPE) will be provided to operators of HEMM and persons working near HEMM and machinery.  Provision of sound insulated chambers for workers deployed on machines (HEMM) generating high noise.  Each blast should be carefully planned, checked, and executed under the supervision of a responsible officer.  Mitigation of Noise Generation from Beneficiation Plant: The points proposed are given below:

o DG Set shall be bought acoustic Enclosed. o Crushing and screening operations will be enclosed thus reducing the noise. o Earmuffs will be used while running equipment of the Industry. o The green belt will help in reducing noise levels in the complex as a result of attenuation of noise generated due to plant operations and transportation o All the machineries will have vibration proof foundation o All the equipment will have vibration pad. o The working shed will have sound absorber at places. o Hearing protection devices (Ear plugs and ear muffs) should be provided to the high noise machine operators and dumper drivers o Regular maintenance will be carried out for all production machinery like crusher etc.

83 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

4.5 WATER ENVIRONMENT

Based on the Boreholes drilled in the area (lowest depth drilled is 230MSL), no ground water has been encountered upto a depth of 230 mts MSL. The proposed workings during first five-year plan period is upto 280MSL i.e. above 230mts MSL. Hence there will not be any chance of encountering the ground water while mining.

There is no perennial nalla within this mining lease area. There are seasonal dry nalla flowing from NE to SW direction and joining the riveri n South. Surface runoff during rainy season follows the gradient of the terrain and passes through the seasonal nalla. Detailed hydrogeology report is enclosed as Annexure- 4.

4.6 IMPACT OF MINING ON WATER REGIME

4.6.1 Impact of mining on water quality:

 Water Consumption during project activity.  Ground Water Quality  Mine seepage and impact on Ground water regime

4.6.2 Impact of mining on surface water:

Following are the anticipated impacts due to various activities

 Any obstruction to the Dabhil River- 0.05Km  Impact on ground water due to mining activity.  Runoff from the mine during rainy season.  Deterioration of ground water quality.  Effect of waste water generated from Mineral Processing Plant.

4.6.3 Mitigation Measures:

 The Mining Lease area is a part of valley portion bordered by two hill ridges having almost N-S trend, one on western side and the other on eastern side. The valley portion drains the monsoon water into the Dabhil river located beyond the southern end of lease. Thus, there will not be any obstruction to the river course.  The proposed project will have no effect on ground water quality because there will be only 5 KLD water requirements and hence only 3.5KLD waste water will be generated from domestic use, which will be disposed to septic tank followed by soak pit. Hence there will not be any impact on surrounding water bodies.  The rain water will be collected in the mined-out pit. Garland drain along with settling pond will be provided to arrest the solids.  Mine dewatering shall not be done and water collected in the pit will be used for dust suppression. This water will be harvested for utilization in plantation watering, spraying on the haulage roads and mineral and waste dumps.  The overburden slopes will be stabilized with vegetation this will prevent runoff from the mine.

84 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

Mitigation measures proposed for waste water generated from the Mineral Processing Plant:

(a)High rate Thickeners will be used for separation of solids from the tailings.

(b)Water recovered from the tailings will be re-cycled into the process.

(c) Pressure filters shall be installed after the tailings thickeners to increase the efficiency of squeezing moisture from the remaining tailings to create a filter cake that typically contains less than 15% moisture

(d) After being filtered, the tailings shall be stacked and compacted by conveying and spreading equipment in multiple lifts per pad, taking up less than half of the area of a tailings pond.

(e) Once dry tailings have been stacked, they have the benefit of being highly reusable. The dry stacks are contoured to allow the stacks to blend in with the local landscape. The area can then be replanted with a native seed mixture as operations continue. Upon completion, the dry tails storage pile eventually blends in with the local terrain and surroundings.

(f) Peripheral plantation will be raised as wind belts to minimize the dry tailings being air-borne as well as to make tailing dam stabilize. Once the tailing dam is abandoned, it will be re-vegetated with suitable species to bring it into harmony with the environment.

4.7 LAND ENVIRONMENT

The present and proposed land use pattern is as follows-

Table 4.7-1 PRESENT AND PROPOSED LAND USE PATTERN

Purpose Mining Lease Area in Ha Tota Area acquired in Ha Total Area to be acquired in Ha Tot Government Private l Governmen Private Area in Governme Private al Area t Ha nt Are Forest Othe Ag *Othe in Fore Oth Agr *Others F Othe Agri Othe a in rs ri. rs Ha st ers i. or rs . rs Ha es t 1. Area to be ------49.4765 49.4765 - - - - - excavated 2. Backfilled ------38.0065 38.0065 - - - - - and rehabilate d mined out area 3. Water ------11.4700 11.4700 - - - - - Reservoir (Converted from mining pit) 4. Soil Dump ------5. ------7.6253 7.6253 - - - - - Overburden Dump (Reclaimed & Rehabilitated )

85 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

6. Mineral ------0.9127 0.9127 - - - - - Storage (Reclaimed & Rehabilitated ) 7. ------0.3687 0.3687 - - - - - Infrastructur e (Workshop, Admn. Building etc.) (Reclaimed & Rehabilitated ) 8. Roads ------2.8068 2.8068 - - - - - 9. Railway ------10.Green ------5.0000 5.0000 - - - - - Belt area 11.Tailing ------20.2780 -20.2780 - - - - - Pond (Reclaimed & Rehabilitated ) 12. Effluent ------Treatment Plant 13. Mineral ------2.1470 2.1470 - - - - - Separation Plant (Reclaimed & Rehabilitated ) 14. Township ------Area 15. Others ------8.1986 8.1986 - - - - - (Water Reservoir) 16.Other - - - 99.43 99.4 - - - 2.6164 2.6164 - - - - - (Unused 3 Land) TOTAL Nil Nil Ni 99.43 99.4 Nil Nil Nil 99.43 99.43 Ni Nil Nil Nil Nil l 3 (sum of l item under sr No.2 to 16)

*Out of 49.4765Ha area planned for excavation (Pit) till end of conceptual Planned period, 38.0065Ha area will be backfilled, reclaimed & rehabilitated and the balance area of 11.47Ha will be converted into water reservoir.

86 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

To mitigate the adverse impact due to project activity, plantation will be carried out in and around the area and scientific progressive reclamation plan to be followed.

Apart from the core zone, the mining operations are not anticipated to cause any adverse impact on topography outside the core zone.

Moreover, garland drain, check dam and retaining wall shall be provided to control the surface runoff.

4.7.1 Impact on Land environment

 Effect on land of the proposed mining area.  Runoff & Soil erosion due to mining.  Effect on public buildings or monuments if any  Dust generation due to mining.  Land degradation.  Slope Stability

4.7.2 Mitigation measures

In the previous context above, the impacts on land environment due to mining activity is clearly shown. In order to positively balance the impact on land following control measures have been proposed-

 A substantial plantation programme will be taken along the public road, safety zone, benches and mined out areas.  Waste in the form of overburden/Intererburden shall be stacked/ backfilled within the lease area. About 38.0065 Ha of the proposed mined out area will be backfilled.  The ultimate pit slope will be kept at 350 with the horizontal to prevent pit failures as per recommendation of NIRM Kolar.  The mining benches will be proposed to be reclaimed.  Land degradation is a common effect of mining but in the proposed project the lease area is a gentle hill with undulations. After mining the area will get converted in the form of a pit. Part of this pit will be backfilled and will be planted with suitable species. Balance part will serve as a reservoir for water storage & rainwater harvesting. Hence, adverse effect on land degradation on account of mining will be minimized to a great extent  Sprinkling of water, at regular intervals on exposed surface of soil in upper terraces will further reduce the degradation of land besides dust suppression.  Garland drain along with settling pond will be provided to arrest the solids before discharging it in the nearest nalla.  Slope stability: The slope study of the project has been carried out by National Institute of Rock Mechanics. The report is given at Annexure 13 of the Mining Plan and conclusion of the report is given below: Based on the limit equilibrium analysis, the following conclusions and recommendations are made:

87 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

a) The analysis for the individual benches in different lithological units under dry condition indicated that the maximum angle of the individual benches shall be 70o, and the maximum height shall be 10 m. The width of all the individual benches shall be minimum 12 m. b) The overall slope profiles at different sections at Kesari-Phansawade iron ore mine under dry conditions have a safety factor more than 1.3, indicating the stability of the slopes. The overall safe slope angle of 35ofor the maximum depth of 120 m of the pit is recommended under dry conditions.

c) The soft strata loses its shear strength when it comes in contact with hydrostatic pressure. To reduce the ground water pressure, surface drains should be made, and all visible or identified tension cracks should be filled up to restrict rain water from entering into the benches. While approaching the ultimate pit limits, systematic regular monitoring of slope movements shall be carried out using systematic instrumentation.

4.8 IMPACT ON SOIL QUALITY

The entire mineralized zone i.e. Banded Magnetite Quartzite including Top Soil was identified as Soft/Friable, Medium and Hard, based on the physical properties such as extent of weathering, hardness and core state determined during detail logging. Hence land in proposed mining area has scanty vegetation and less fertility. Therefore, mining operation will not significantly impact the soil quality. Result of core and buffer zone area summarized below:

4.8.1 Core Zone:

Core zone is reddish Brown, pH is 7.7 and 7.8. Amount of primary nutrients like Organic matter 1.72 % & 0.57%, the available nitrogen 22.4 mg/kg & 25.2mg/kg is lower in range, the available Potassium 0.3 mg/kg & 55.2 mg/kg is Lower in range while available Phosphorous 30.4 mg/kg & 28.4mg/kg is Higher in range, respectively. Primary nutrient profile shows that soil is low in fertility due to the availability of low amount of nitrogen, phosphorous and potassium.

Impacts:

 Loss of top soil  Adverse impact on the quality of soil in the land due to mining.

4.8.1.1 Buffer Zone:

Amount of primary nutrients like Organic matter 0.37% in Satuli Village to 1.39% in Ovliye Village, the available nitrogen 16.8 mg/kg is Ovliye Village to 47.6 mg/kg as per sample of Udeli (S), the available phosphorus 6.7 mg/kg as per sample of Dabhil Village to 12.7 mg/kg in Nanapani (S5) which is within range while Available Potassium 0.5 mg/kg as per sample of Nanapani to 1.7 mg/kg in Parpoli Village, which is lower in range, Primary nutrient profile shows that soil is low in fertility due to the availability of low amount of nitrogen and available potassium.

88 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

4.8.2 Impacts:

The adverse impacts on the top soil will be minimal on account of mining which is confined only in the core zone area. The impact on top soil in the buffer zone may occur near the outer periphery of core zone to some extent.

4.8.3 Mitigation Measures

The suggested mitigation measures are as under:

 During mining, whatever quantity of soil generated will be stored separately and used in plantation.  At the foot of the OB dump, parapet wall arrestors / retaining wall and short trenches will be provided to check soil wash off during monsoon.  The fertility in soil is already low, Therefore Bio fertilizer will be used to enhance fertility of soil.  Plantation will be done on 7.5m statutory boundary and along the slope of dumps.

4.9 MINE WASTE MANAGEMENT

There will be waste generation from Mining as well as Mineral processing plant. The waste shall be transported to the designated surface dumping locations. The tailing containing fine particles with water coming out from the plant will be pumped in to the tailing pond designed for the purpose. On the exhaustion of ore from the pit and upon reaching the pit limit, it will be utilized for backfilling. It is proposed to dump the entire quantity of rejection generated during the course of development of mine for first five year planned period (i.e. Year 2016-17 to 2020-21) in external dump from section 1300N to 1550N & co-ordinate 1950E to 2250E. The quantity of rejection expected to be dumped is about 3.04 million tons. The year wise proposed Dumping block has been marked on the Production & Development Plans. The year-wise O/B detail is given below-

Year Mineral Rejects (Tons) II 5,62,000 III 12,50,000

IV 6,49,500 V 5,86,000

Total 30,47,500

4.9.1 Anticipated Impact:

Following are the anticipated impacts due to Mining and Mineral Processing:

 Impact of runoff from overburden, top soil, low-grade ore and other stock piles on water bodies (siltation, contamination etc.).  Impact on surrounding agricultural land.

89 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

 Impact on groundwater quality due to leachate.  Impact of hazardous wastes and liquids.  Tailings Waste from Mineral processing plant  MSW generated from the plant and mine

4.9.2 Mitigation Measures:

The suggested mitigation measures are as under:

 As mentioned above, once the ultimate pit limit is reached, OB shall be backfilled into the pits.  There is no toxic element present in the mineral which may contaminate the soil.  A retaining wall/ stone pitching will be done at the toe of the waste dump so that there will no wash off from the dump.  When the Mine is fully developed, it is estimated that around 1.75 million tons of tailing will be generated annually having specification of Fe 13 to 15%. Tailings will be first partially dewatered in a thickener. The overflows being returned to the plant as recycle water. The remaining tailing slurry will be pumped to the tailing dam. Decant water from the tailing storage shall be pumped back to the plant to the make-up water tank.  The tailing dam shall be constructed on sites within valleys adjacent to the plant. The sites on the eastern side of Phanaswade lease have been earmarked for storing the generated tailings.  There is no proposal of using any chemical in the processing plant.  Used oil / waste oil from Mining machineries as well as plant machineries and other equipment shall be stored in HDPE drums in a separate covered area. It will be sold only to the registered recycler.  Municipal Solid Waste will be segregated in Biodegradable, Non-biodegradable and recyclable waste and stored separately. The Biodegradable waste stored in green bins will be used for composting and manure will be used for plantation. Other waste will be sold to authorized vendor.

4.10 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

Anticipated Impact (Flora and Fauna): The details are given below:

4.10.1 Anticipated Impact on Flora

Adverse impact on flora of the study area due to mining operations such as drilling, blasting, mineral handling and processing plant.

4.10.2 Mitigation Measures:

 The suggested mitigation measures are as under:  Mining will be restricted to core zone only, proper sprinkling will be done, which will decrease the dust emission, this will result minimum impact on flora of buffer zone.  Plantation will be done along the periphery of Tailing Dam bunds, Infrastructure site, Beneficiation Plant site.

90 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

 The mined-out area will be closed progressively along with rehabilitation of the land for the gainful use and plantation. Thus, it is expected that the natural vegetation in the area will not be affected.  No over loading of the trucks/dumpers will be allowed to avoid spillage and dust generation.

4.10.3 Impact on Fauna:

Following are the anticipated impacts on fauna due to mining activates.

 Effect on eco-sensitive areas like National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserves or Tiger Reserves.  Effect on Zooplanktons and Phytoplankton found in the stream.  Mining may drive away the wild life from their habitat, and significantly affect wildlife.  Noise generation due to vehicles may affect avifauna.

4.10.4 Mitigation Measures:

The suggested mitigation measures are as under:

 To protect the fauna protective measures for reclamation and green belt development will be done. Emphasis will be given to local species & plants of economic importance.  Measures for protection and conservation of wildlife species will be done by organizing awareness campaigns and vigilance program by involvement of community youth and local authority.  To check/reduce the impact of dust and noise, thick plantation cover will be developed which will provide acoustic buffer and therefore will dampen sound.  Blasting will be done at specific time interval.

4.11 SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACT DUE TO MINING

As a matter of fact, the community will be benefited by the direct & indirect employment which gets available due to the mining activity. The manpower involved in this activity includes skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled. As mentioned earlier, there will be around 300 personnel involved in the activity. Majority of staff will be employed from the local villages. Additionally, substantial numbers of people get indirect employment due to the ancillary activities in and around mine area. Some of the ancillary activities that bloom in the nearby areas are in the form of dhabas, tea stalls, vehicle repair shops, transporters etc. which will improve economic conditions of the area.

4.11.1 ANTICIPATED IMPACT

Basically, the impact of mining industry on socio-economic scenario has both negative as well as positive aspects. On one hand it may degrade the fertile land leading to reduced agriculture income besides causing displacement. On the other hand, being a commercial activity, it provides opportunity for both direct & indirect employments. On the basis of the project we are giving following impacts of mining operations in the nearby villages

91 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

Impact Mitigation Measures

Direct Employment to the tune of 300 personnel to be employed in the mines and the Impact on grazing processing plants. land/pasture land Indirect Employment through contracts for transport, mine development work, ancillary due to dust and industries etc. to the tune of 500 jobs. mining of area. Equivalent land being provided to local village panchayat body in lieu of Government land located in ML area Noise and vibration As per road safety concerns over loading of dumpers will not be allowed. due to drilling, Provision for regular water sprinkling on haul roads, waste dumps and all transfer points. blasting and haulage Dumper drivers and related machinery operators will not be permitted to play loud music of mineral by trucks. during the mining activity. The plantation work will include local species, especially fruit bearing trees and fodder Wear and tear of farm, should be planted to provide as a regular source of income. village roads due to Mining pits will be developed into water recharge system. Inter mixing of the mine run off dumper movement to the surface water shall be avoided. The country will earn valuable foreign exchange. In addition; the State government will get Royalty and Cess as well as additional VAT due to increased economic activity. Provision of Green Belt along the periphery of the mine area

4.11.2 Occupational Health

In any mining activity, workers are subjected to respiratory diseases and are prone to accident due to moving parts of machines and also from fall of rocks due to blasting etc while mining. The emphasis in any project should be to take preventative measures to minimize health hazards instead of post remedial measures.

4.11.1.1 Preventive measures:

Sanitary facilities shall be well equipped with suppliers (e.g. Protective creams) and employees shall be encouraged to wash frequently, particularly those exposed to dust, chemicals or pathogens.

Item Equipment Face protection Face Shield Eye protection Different types of goggles used for different purposes. Ear protection Ear Plug,ear muff Leg Protection Safely shoes, gum shoes Working at height Safety belts Head Protection Safety helmets Protection from Dust Dust Mask

92 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

4.11.1.2 Medical Check-up:

Pre-employment fitness examination/assessment and thereafter periodic medical examinations shall be conducted for all personnel, and specific surveillance programs instituted for personnel potentially exposed to health hazard.

 Workers will be informed and trained about occupational health hazards if identified.  Any worker's health related problems will be properly addressed.

The medical histories of all employees will be maintained in a standard format. Thereafter the employees showing symptoms of the diseases mentioned below will be subjected to medical examination. Mostly respiratory disorders are more likely therefore workers will be checked for respiratory diseases.

Health awareness program: Health awareness program focused on “No Smoking, No Tobacco, No Gutka etc.” will be launched time to time to improve the health condition of the people/employees.

4.11.2 Plantation / Afforestation Programme

There shall be plantation to ensure development of green belt. Plantation will be done in Safety zone plantation, Plantation on waste dumps and Reclaimed area. The safety zone - The green belt will be developed in the statutory width of 7.5 m and unused land in an area of 5Ha. Trees will be planted in 2m*2m matrix along the safety belt. Progressive plantation will be done over 7.62 Ha Reclaimed dump area. There will be plantation of trees and two rows of mid storey shrubs will be planted diagonal to the trees on both sides. Locally thriving plants and trees shall be planted.

4.11.2.1 Plantation Scheme S. No. Description Area (Ha) Area (Sqm) Sapling (4*4 matrix) Period

1 Safety Zone 5 50000 3125 (80% survival) 2500 sapling Progressively 2 Waste Dumps 7.6253 76253 4766(80% survival) 3815 sapling Progressively Total 11.6253 126253 6315

4.12 TRANSPORTATION

The transportation shall be carried out from mine site to Mineral processing plant and final product will be loaded and sent to consumers by trucks. The waste/OB from the mine will also be loaded and dumped at designated part of the lease area. Transportation will utilize the mine road and will require max. 15 dumpers of 35tons capacity. Tailing from the plant to tailing pond will be transported through pipes.

4.13 TRAFFIC DENSITY

The traffic study was done in the nearby road to ascertain the present traffic on the road and thereafter impact because of addition of traffic due to the Phansawade Iron Ore Mine project.

93 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

PCU values are used to convert various vehicles in to one standard vehicles i.e. Passenger car units (PCU). The PCU values as per IRC are as given below:

FACTORS and ASSUMPTIONS

Conversion Factor (Ref: IRC 106, 1990) S. No. VEHICLE TYPE PCU VALUE 1 Car 1 2 Two-wheeler 0.5 3 Truck/bus 4.5 4 Auto 1.2 5 LCV 2 6 Tractor and Trailor 5 7 Cycle rickshaw 0.5

I. Traffic Analysis: Sawantwadi Road 2 Lane (SH-180) 8 Meter

Hours Baseline Capacity Bus/ Two PC Baselin LOS LOS % Others/ Incremental Predicted of Road Car Truc Wheele U e PCU/ Baselin Predi incre Auto PCU/ Hr PCU /Hr in k r /Hr Hr e cted ase PCU/Hr 06:00- 07:00 232 59 135 5 572 54 572 626 2142 0.27 0.29 9.4 07:00- 08:00 283 65 144 6 656 57 656 713 2142 0.31 0.33 8.7 08:00-09:00 283 57 143 10 621 54 621 675 2142 0.29 0.32 8.7 09:00-10:00 273 71 150 12 680 59 680 739 2142 0.32 0.34 8.7 10:00-11:00 303 64 151 8 676 58 676 734 2142 0.32 0.34 8.6 11:00-12:00 257 75 142 7 675 56 675 731 2142 0.32 0.34 8.3 12:00-13:00 272 59 157 9 628 57 628 685 2142 0.29 0.32 9.1 13:00-14:00 256 46 94 7 518 59 518 577 2142 0.24 0.27 11.4 14:00-15:00 235 71 100 8 613 64 613 677 2142 0.29 0.32 10.4 15:00-16:00 254 57 89 7 564 59 564 623 2142 0.26 0.29 10.5 16:00-17:00 258 64 110 8 610 64 610 674 2142 0.28 0.31 10.5 17:00-18:00 306 70 141 6 699 57 699 756 2142 0.33 0.35 8.2 18:00-19:00 325 53 157 9 654 61 654 715 2142 0.31 0.33 9.3 19:00-20:00 332 89 155 13 824 59 824 883 2142 0.38 0.41 7.2 20:00-21:00 303 73 183 10 733 60 733 793 2142 0.34 0.37 8.2 21:00-22:00 243 65 144 9 620 59 620 679 2142 0.29 0.32 9.5 22:00-23:00 189 57 105 7 504 63 504 567 2142 0.24 0.26 12.5 Average 271 64 135 8 638 59 638 697 2142 0.30 0.33 9

94 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

Traffic Analysis: 2 lane Kesari to Phanaswade, 5 meters (Approach Road):

Hours Baseline Car Bus/ Two Oth PCU/ Increme Baseline Predicted Capcity LOS LOS % Truc Wheel ers/ Hr ntal PCU/Hr PCU/Hr of Road Baseline Pred increa k er Auto PCU/Hr in icted se PCU/Hr 06:00- 07:00 2 4 26 4 38 54 38 92 2714 0.01 0.03 142.9 07:00- 08:00 3 5 30 6 48 57 48 105 2714 0.02 0.04 119.5 08:00-09:00 5 8 32 10 69 54 69 123 2714 0.03 0.05 78.3 09:00-10:00 6 7 35 8 65 59 65 124 2714 0.02 0.05 91.3 10:00-11:00 5 8 40 6 68 58 68 126 2714 0.03 0.05 85.0 11:00-12:00 3 7 36 7 61 56 61 117 2714 0.02 0.04 92.0 12:00-13:00 4 8 30 6 62 57 62 119 2714 0.02 0.04 91.6 13:00-14:00 5 5 27 10 53 59 53 112 2714 0.02 0.04 111.3 14:00-15:00 0 6 25 8 49 64 49 113 2714 0.02 0.04 130.3 15:00-16:00 4 7 23 4 52 59 52 111 2714 0.02 0.04 113.9 16:00-17:00 0 6 28 5 47 64 47 111 2714 0.02 0.04 136.2 17:00-18:00 5 5 30 6 50 57 50 107 2714 0.02 0.04 114.7 18:00-19:00 3 8 35 7 65 61 65 126 2714 0.02 0.05 94.0 19:00-20:00 5 6 32 9 59 59 59 118 2714 0.02 0.04 100.3 20:00-21:00 0 9 34 10 70 60 70 130 2714 0.03 0.05 86.3 21:00-22:00 3 6 24 9 53 59 53 112 2714 0.02 0.04 111.7 22:00-23:00 3 4 16 7 37 63 37 100 2714 0.01 0.04 168.4 Average 3 6 30 7 56 59 56 114 2714 0.02 0.04 110

95 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

Parameter Existing Proposed SH-180 WIDTH (m) 8 8 Carrying Capacity 2142 2142 (PCU/ Hr) Traffic (PCU/Hr) 638 58 LOS 0.29 i.e Cat B 0.32 i.e Cat B

Kesari to Phansavade Parameter Existing Proposed WIDTH (m) 5 5 Carrying Capacity 2714 2714 (PCU/ Hr) Traffic (PCU/Hr) 56 58 LOS 0.020 i.e Cat A 0.042 i.e Cat A

S.no LOS Category Inference based on IRC 106: 1990 Value (Ratio of V:C) (V/C) 1 0-0.2 A Represents a condition of free flow; individual users are generally unaffected by others in the traffic and this condition is generally considered in the Excellent Category.

2 0.2-0.4 B Represents a condition of stable flow; individual users have a level of comfort and convenience but less than that of A.

3 0.4-0.6 C Represents a condition of zonal stable flow; individual users are starting in a bit of discomfort; users start to feel inconvenience due to presence of other users on the road. General level of discomfort increases and there is a noticeable decline in convenience.

4 0.6-0.8 D Represents the level of stable flow; Level of comfort of users is poor and discomfort is significant in the flow of traffic. This category traffic streams are extremely susceptible to traffic problems.

5 0.8-1 E Represents operating conditions close to capacity level; freedom to traffic stream is low and the speed is relatively uniform but very less. Comfort and convenience is relatively poor and discomfort is visible.

6 1 or F Breakdown Flow; These streams often and broken down, susceptible to long above delays and therefore there is huge discomfort in these streams.

96 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

Hence it is concluded that since carrying capacity of road(SH-180) is much higher than proposed traffic volume. Therefore, the traffic to & form of proposed, project will not create any traffic congestion.

Traffic Management:

 Sign boards shall display for safety purposes during mineral transportation.  The proposed increase in traffic density will not cause significant impact on the traffic. Haul roads will be sprinkled with water to keep the dust suppressed.  A supervisor will be appointed to regulate the traffic movement near the site.  Awareness campaign among dumper /truck drivers will be generated for clearance of road and lower down the pollution load due to transportation.

4.14 IRREVERSIBLE AND IRRETRIEVABLE COMMITMENTS OF ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS For a mining project of this type there would be significant irreversible environmental impacts of following nature:

 The primary and secondary impacts of the project.  The project may involve potential environmental accidents associated.  Use of Natural resources.

There are following irreversible and irreparable changes associated to mining and mitigation measures:

 Land Use change and degradation of soil quality: Mining causes change in land use resulting in mining pit which alters land use on a bigger scale. To mitigate the adverse effect on the surrounding environment following measures have to be taken up:  Water Recharge Pit: In proposed project Mining pit will be developed in the water recharge pit. During rains the water will be collected in the pit and therefore result in overall development of water level of the area.  Development of Pond for Pisciculture: The mining pit can also be developed into Fish farm or pisciculture. Fish farming involves raising fish commercially in tanks or enclosures, usually for food. However, for the proposed project there is no provision to use the pit for fish farming.  Loss of biodiversity: Destruction or drastic modification of the original site and anthropogenic substances release can have majors impact on biodiversity in the area. Destruction of the habitat is the main component of biodiversity losses. The proposed project is already in a barren land but to mitigate possible adverse effects following measures shall be undertaken.  Green belt Development: As per ultimate plan of mining, mined out benches will be developed into green belt area and trees shall be planted. This will provide safe habitat for fauna and also provide fodder for the cattle of the nearby village people.  Contamination of ground or surface water: Due to deep pit mining, leaching of mineral causes ground water contamination and mines run off pollute surface water. Therefore, to prevent runoff following measures shall be taken up:  There shall be construction of retaining wall around the dump area.  Garland drain will be provided.  In proposed project mining will not encounter below ground water level.

97 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

 Water collected in pit will be used for sprinkling for dust suppression.  The tailing from the mineral processing plant shall be collected in the Tailing dam constructed on sites within valleys adjacent to the plant.  There is no proposal of using any chemical in the processing plant.

4.15 ASSESSMENT OF SIGNIFICANCE OF IMPACTS

The environmental attributes which are likely to have an impact due to the proposed project are summarized below.

Summary of Anticipated Impacts

Significance of S.No. Proposed Activity/Parameters Impacts 1 Air Environment Insignificant 2 Noise Environment Insignificant 3 Water Environment Positive 4 Biological Environment Positive 5 Socio-economic Environment Positive 6 Traffic Environment No Impact

98 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY AND SITE)

Project proponent identified the low Fe value Magnetite Banded Iron Formation (locally referred to as Banded Magnetite Quartzite), in Sindhudurg District of Maharashtra State. To explore the potential of this low Fe value PP undertook various activities such as exploration and R&D for developing a process & technology, to produce commercially viable product

Mining activity is a site-specific operation and can only be carried out at specific location at which the reserves are available in bulk and are easily minable. The selection of suitable site for mining is a introductory step before initializing any mining related activity. The assessment of the same site is conducted under Environment Impact assessment. A particular mining activity, being site specific, does not provide choice for alternative location because that particular mineral, being mineable mineral, is available at only some discrete locations. The up gradation of low grade iron ore is also proposed to be done with in lease area by installing a beneficiation plant. However, certain alternatives which are related to technology may be considered in order to reduce impact of mining activity on environment.

The consideration of alternatives is most useful for the environmental impact assessment in the project cycle. Analysis of alternatives is the most effective way of meeting the needs and purpose of the proposal either through enhancing the environmental benefits of the proposed developmental activity and, or through mitigating potentially significant negative impacts. Analysis of alternatives provides all feasible option with a holistic view of decision making in order to achieve the sustainable development of the area/ region. In the present project Low grade iron ore will be exploited and produce high grade Iron ore for the use of domestic and international market.

99 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

Environmental Monitoring Program includes periodic analysis of air, soil, noise and water, samples. A number of mitigation measures have been suggested in the earlier chapter 4. The proper implementation of the mitigation measures needs a monitoring and feedback mechanism. Further, monitoring is also required to assess the adequacy of the measures suggested in the report. Such monitoring will include periodical measurement of environmental indicators/parameters. A proper feedback arrangement and strategy for implementation is inevitable for achieving the objectives.

Environmental monitoring will be conducted on regular basis to assess the pollution level in the ML area as well in the surrounding areas. Therefore, regular monitoring program of the environmental parameters is essential to take into account the changes in the environment. The project will have a well-defined environmental policy.

The objectives of monitoring are:

 To identify the state of pollution within the ML area.  To verify the result of the impact assessment study in particular with regards to new developments.  Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution.  To assess and monitor the environmental impacts.  To establish a database for future Impact Assessment Studies for new projects.

Mining: Mining of Iron Ore will be done as per approved mining plan to ensure safety of the workers and ambient environment.

 Manual: There shall be no manual mining  Mechanized: Mine shall be worked out by mechanized method with drilling and blasting. Excavators and dumpers will also be used. ROM will be taken to the Beneficiation plant situated within the lease area on North eastern part of lease by a dumpers for further processing.

Frequency & locations of environmental monitoring: Regular Monitoring of all the environmental parameters viz., air, water, noise and soil as per the formulated program based on CPCB and MoEF guidelines will be carried out every year in order to cross check any changes from the baseline status. Monitoring program will be followed till the mining operations are continued. For implementation Environment Monitoring Cell will be formed under control of the Mines manager. The job of this cell will be regular environmental monitoring and submission of environmental report, green belt development, etc. The plan for Monitoring is given below:

6.1 PROPOSED MONITORING PROGRAMME

6.1.1 Monitoring of Mining Parameters

Slope failure: Slope study has been carried out by National Institute of Rock Mechanics. Regular Inspection will be carried out to examine slope stability based on recommendations given in the report

100 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

at points such as mine faces, etc. A team constituting of Mines Manager, Foreman and Head, Environment Management will undertake monthly inspection.

Ground water / Drainage:

The environment section will monitor the water level at-least once in three months and records will be maintained for comparative study. The drains will also be checked for any damage in lining / stone pitching etc. The monitoring team defined will inspect the same and submit report to the authorities.

Control Measure during blasting

Blasting is one of the most critical activities of mining operations. Therefore, blasting parameters have been developed taking into account different aspects generally adopted in similar cases to optimize the efficiency of blasting keeping the associated hazards at minimum.

Re-vegetation and Green Belt Development

There shall be development of green belt in the area in the 7.5m statutory barrier on the upper mining benches and stabilized dumps.

6.1.2 Monitoring of Environmental Parameters:

The monitoring of environmental parameters will be undertaken as per guideline given in IBM CCoM’s Circular Number 3/92 and guidelines issued by MoEF&CC from time to time in this regard.

Air Quality Monitoring:Air quality monitoring is essential for evaluations of the effectiveness of abatement program and to develop appropriate control measures. Particulate Matter (PM10 & PM2.5) will be monitored in continuation with Sulphur dioxide (SO2) and Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) monitoring in workplace and study area at 8 sampling locations.

Water Quality Monitoring: Water quality monitoring involves periodical assessment of quality of ground water and surface water. Parameters to be monitored are pH, Total Suspended solids, Total Dissolved Solids, Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD), Oil & Grease, Phenolic compound, Copper, Nickel, Manganese, iron, Total Coliform (MPN/100 ml) etc. Total collected samples 12; where 9 ground water samples and 3 surface water samples of nearby water bodies will be periodically studied to assess the impact of mining.

Noise Level Monitoring:Noise level monitoring is done for achieving the following objectives. To compare sound levels with the values specified in noise regulations. To determine the need and extent of noise control of various noise generating sources. Noise level monitoring will be done at 09 locations, the work zone to assess the occupational noise exposure levels and also at the noise generating sources like ore handling arrangements, maintenance workshop, nearby villages to assess the noise levels and their propagation for taking necessary control measures at the source.

Parameters: The noise level recordings are measured in dB(A) Leq. values, where dB(A) denotes the time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale A, which is related to human hearing.

101 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

6.1.3 Green Belt Development Monitoring:

Monitoring of growth and survival rate of the plants planted for greenbelt development every year shall be done to replace the plants which are not grown. Following data shall be recorded every year:

 Area under plantation/vegetation  Period of plantation  Type of plantation: Trees, grass any other as seeds or saplings.  Distance between plants  Type & amount of fertilizer used  Interval of watering  Method and period of post plantation care  Survival Rate  Density of afforested land both pre-& post plant condition

6.1.4 Occupational Health and Safety Monitoring:

Concentration of Respirable dust in the workplace will be regularly measured as laid down by DGMS. Health checkup of the workers will be conducted at regular intervals. The information will be furnished to the relevant authority.

Environment Management Cell will also coordinate with general public, regulatory authorities, local administration to appraise environmental performance of the mine.

The plan of environmental monitoring for selected important parameters will be worked out as per format Table 6.2-1.

The other steps for giving paramount importance to the occupational health and safety of mine worker are discussed as ahead —

 Use of safety/protective gears like safety shoes, helmet, dust mask etc. will be a must. Routine check-ups to develop habit will be made by environmental cell  Regular training and refresher follow-ups on this regard will be given continuously to build the capacities of the mine workers  Monitoring of quality of water, air, noise, and occupational health status of project personnel and surrounding habitations.  Planned monitoring program to evaluate the effectiveness of various /specific aspects of technological / mitigation measures.  Hydro-geological monitoring through proposed piezometer for the entire mine life and restrictive monitoring during reclamation.  Plantation monitoring programme to ensure survival and growth rate of plantations.  A plan for monitoring health of workers and community in vicinity will be drawn and submitted along with financial allocation. The details of the plan are discussed below;

102 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

Plan for monitoring health of workers:

Medical check up of all the employees shall be carried out as per the prescribed statutory norms. The History report of each employee will be maintained by the environment cell. This will include the X-Ray films also. A regular check-up of all the workers will be made as given ahead-

 Once in a year for all the workers having their work place close to the dust producing sites like loading and unloading.  Once in 3 years for all other workers above 45 years of age.  Periodical medical examination of all the employees shall be carried out once in a block of 5 years @ 20% of the strength of the employees on year to year basis.  Any deviation will immediately be reported to mines manager for taking necessary and corrective action.

6.2 FREQUENCY OF MONITORING:

The details regarding monitoring frequency is given below:

Measurement Parameters, Frequency, Location & Cost of Measurements

Methodology of Monitoring Mechanism: Environmental monitoring at various locations, within the ML area and in the study area of10 km radius will be carried out on periodic basis. A comprehensive network for monitoring has been prepared. Sampling locations have been identified by considering the source of pollution due to mining operations, drainage pattern and topography of the area.

EMP implementation & monitoring: An internal monitoring team shall be constituted for implementing the monitoring plan. An amount of 1,92,000 rupees is expected for monitoring cost.

Table 6.2-1 Environment Monitoring Schedule Details

Monitoring Frequency Methodology Location Cost of Monitoring Air Stack

Ambient Air Quality Annually Particulate Matter (PM2.5):USEPA 8 Locations Rs. 57750 at appropriate Quality Assurance Handbook Upwind location for PM (Vol II) Part II, Quality Assurance direction 10, PM , SO NOx Guideline Document 2.12 Downwind 2.5 2, Publication 1988) direction

Particulate Matter (PM10): IS: Nearest 5182;Part 23 :2006 Habitat Sulphur dioxide (SO2): IS: 5182( Part – 2) – 2001 ,Reaffirmed 2006 Nitrogen Oxides :IS: 5182( Part – 6)-2006

103 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

Stack emission for Annually Particulate Matter: DG Stack point sources PM, (IS: 11255; Part – I – 1985, SO , NOx & CO. Reaffirmed 2009 2

Sulphur dioxide (SO2) : (IS: 5182 ; Part – II – 1985 Reaffirmed 2009

Nitrogen Oxides (IS: 11255; Part – 7 – 2005): Oxygen, Carbon Monoxide, Carbon dioxide, Nitrogen and Unsaturated Hydrocarbon: Test for gases by orsat: IS: 13270-1992 Water Quality Locations Cost 1. Water Quality Six Monthly Parameter Method 9 ground Rs. 60000 Monitoring for IS:3025(Part- water relevant parameters 4)-1983 sample & Colour of 1. IS – 10500 for Reaffirmed drinking purposes 2006 3 surface IS:3025(Part- water sample 2. Water Quality 5)-1983 Odour Monitoring for Reaffirmed Construction 2006 purpose as IS- IS:3025(Part- 2)-1983 pH Reaffirmed 2006 IS:3025(Part- 10)-1984 Turbidity Reaffirmed 2006 IS:3025(Part- 32)-1999 Chloride Reaffirmed 2009 APHA 4500- F-B,D Fluoride 22ndEdition 2012 IS:3025(Part- 34)-1988 Nitrate Reaffirmed 2009 Nitrite IS:3025(Part-

104 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

34)-1988 Reaffirmed 2009 IS:3025(Part- 24)-1986 Sulphate Reaffirmed 2009 APHA 3111 B Cadmium 22nd Edition 2012 IS:3025(Part- Total 21)-1986 Hardness Reaffirmed 2009 APHA 3111 B Lead 22nd Edition 2012 IS:3025(Part- 9)-1984 Temperature Reaffirmed 2006 IS:3025(Part- Total 16)-1984 Dissolved Reaffirmed Solids 2006 Chemical 5520,APHA Oxygen B&C,22nd Demand Edition 2012 IS:3025 (Part- Sodium, 45)-1993 Potassium, Reaffirmed 2009 3500-Li (B) Lithium ,APHA 22nd Edition 2012 APHA 2320 B Alkalinity 22ndEdition 2012 IS:3025 (Part 40)-1991 Calcium Reaffirmed 2009 IS:3025 (Part Total Kjeldahl 34)-1988 Nitrogen Reaffirmed 2009 Dissolved IS:3025 (Part

105 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

Oxygen 38)-1989 Reaffirmed 2009 IS:3025 (Part 17)-1984 TSS Reaffirmed 2006 Heavy Metals: Iron, Copper, APHA 3111 B Nickel, 22nd Edition Cadmium, 2012 Zinc APHA 2510 B Conductivity 22nd Edition 2012 IS:3025 (Part 44)-1993 BOD Reaffirmed 2009 IS:3025 (Part Ammonical 34)-1988 Nitrogen Reaffirmed 2009 IS:3025 (Part Total 52)-2003 Chromium Reaffirmed (Hexavalent ) 2009 IS:3025 (Part Total & 31)-1988 Dissolved Reaffirmed Phosphate 2009 IS:3025 (Part 39-1991 Oil & Grease Reaffirmed 2009

Noise Locations Cost Day & Night level Annually As per IS: 9989(1986) Total 9 locations at core Rs. 47250 Noise Monitoring reaffirmed 2001 and buffer zone

Soil Locations Cost Soil Monitoring, Annually Porosity 9 samples from four 27000 Qualitative and Texture corners and one quantitative water holding capacity composite sample will

106 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

testing/analysis to be prepared. check the soil fertility, porosity, texture, water holding capacity etc. Total Costing 1,92,000/-  Biological Environment Monitoring:Monitoring shall be done regularly on the plantation and the records shall be maintained. The dead trees will be replaced and regular water sprinkling shall be done. There is provision of gardener to take care of the plantation in the area. There shall be fencing of pit done to avoid accidents to the nearby fauna.  Socio-economic Environment Monitoring: Once in a year through physical survey for cross checking any adverse variation and prompt correctives. Health issues will be regularly addressed by organization of heath checkup camps shall be done.  Reporting Schedules of monitored data: The monitored data on air quality, water quality, soil quality and noise levels, will be periodically examined for taking necessary corrective measures. The monitored data will be submitted to State Pollution Control Board (SPCB). The post-project data will be submitted in half-yearly monitoring reports to the same.

6.3 INFRASTRUCTURE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION:

A full-fledged environmental cell with qualified and experienced personnel will beestablished at the project site, which will supervise and implement the environmental issues. This environmental cell is supported by a fully equipped laboratory to carry out the analysis. The proposed organization of the environmental cell should have manpower on regular basis.

6.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING CELL DETAILS:

Environmental data shall be monitored initially by using an outside agency.

Environmental Monitoring System & Methodology: The common Head of environment shall directly report to the COO/Head(operation) in close coordination with Manager Mines. In case the Head-EMD notes any non-compliance or violation of environmental law/ regulations, the same shall be brought to the notice of the Director Plant / GM.

The EMD shall study each activity and implement the mitigation measures for compliance and improvement of environmental performance. EMD shall co-ordinate with the safety and occupational health departments and tabulate data.

107 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

COO/Head(operation)

Mines Manager

Head Environment ,Health & Safety

EHS Team CSR Team Mines Team

Horticulturist Medical Officer , Mining, Mechanical and Electrical Environmentalist Chemist for Env. Engineer and Chemist lab

6.5 FUNCTIONS OF THE MONITORING CELL

The EMD shall thoroughly study each activities and suggest additional mitigation measures (if required) for improvement of environmental performance and discuss them in monthly meetings with the departmental HOD for implementation. The Manager Mines shall co-ordinate all related activities such as safety of mines, workers health, and health of surrounding community and prepare statistical records.

 Periodic monitoring of fugitive emissions and report any abnormalities for immediate corrective measures.  Periodic monitoring of ambient air quality within the mines, and around the mines.  Periodic monitoring of wastewater quality, water quality of the water reservoir, ground water quality and surface water quality.  Periodic noise monitoring of the work zone and surrounding area.  Green belt development, maintenance & development of other forms of greenery like lawns, gardens, etc. in the mines boundary, OB dump area, etc.  Regular monitoring of the used oil and disposal to the authorized recycler approved by the Central Pollution Control Board /SPCB  In addition to above the environment management department shall conduct environmental audit every year.

108 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

6.6 INSTITUTIONALIZED MANAGEMENT STRUCTURE

Thereafter to ensure an integrated internal and external management of identified environmental impacts, PP shall ensure following action items to be complied with throughout the life cycle of the Project:

 Formulation of Environmental Health & Safety Policy and Periodic Updation  Documenting the organization structure, roles and responsibilities for implementation and for functioning of Environmental Management System (EMS).  Preparing Standard Operating Procedures, including data reporting formats  Renewal of ISO 9001, 14001 and 18001 Certification under IMS  Regular inspections, monitoring and auditing;  Periodical review and issuing amendments;  Reporting and communication (including internal and external reporting);  Documentation and record keeping;

An effective system of management is a key technique for ensuring that all pollution prevention and control techniques, monitoring plan and risk mitigation measures are delivered reliably and on an integrated basis. Project will be operating a formal Environmental Management System, certified EMS/ ISO 14001/ OHSAS18001 system for the proposed project. The salient features of Environmental Management System of the project are listed below:

1. Effective operational and maintenance systems shall be employed on all aspects of the process whose failure could impact on the environment: 2. Documented procedures to control operations that may have an adverse impact on the environment 3. Define procedure for identifying, reviewing and prioritizing items of plant for which a preventative maintenance regime is appropriate 4. Documented procedure for monitoring 5. The maintenance system includes auditing of performance against requirements arising from the above and reporting the result of audits to top management. 6. The skills and competencies necessary for key posts shall be documented and records of training needs and training received for these post maintained. 7. The potential environmental risks posed by the work of contractors shall be assessed and instructions provided to contractors about protecting the environment while working on site. 8. Written procedures for handling, investigating, communicating and reporting actual or potential non-compliance with operating procedures. 9. Written procedures for handling, investigating, communicating and reporting environmental complaints and implementation of appropriate actions. 10. Written procedures for investigating incidents, (and near misses) including identifying suitable corrective action and following up 11. Shall conduct audits, annually, to check that all activities are carried out in conformity with the above requirements. 12. Shall report and publish annual report on environmental performance, objectives and targets, and future planned improvements like sustainable development report.

109 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

13. Shall have demonstrable procedures (eg. written instructions) which incorporate environmental considerations into the following areas:  The control of process and engineering change on the installation;  Design, construction and review of new facilities and other capital projects  Capital approval; and  Purchasing policy 14. Shall have a clear and logical system for keeping records of policies, roles and responsibilities, targets, procedures, results of audits, results of reviews. 15. Shall document the Standard Operating Procedures to bring in any deviation / violation of the environment norms as prescribed.

6.7 REPORTING SCHEDULE

The recorded data from monitoring of air, water and noise will be submitted half yearly by project proponent to Ministry of Environment and Forests (Regional office) and the SPCB, respectively.

6.8 PROCUREMENT SCHEDULE:

There shall be monitoring during operation phase. The sampling locations have already been mentioned in the report and a monitoring schedule has been proposed. Monitoring of the ambient environment shall be duly done. The P.P. will engage NABL accredited agency for carrying out regular monitoring as detailed in report.

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

6.9 GENERAL

The report has been prepared based on the TOR issued by MoEF & CC dated 10-07-2007. All the directions given in the said TOR have been complied with.

6.10 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

The public hearing/consultation was conducted at Tehsil office at Sawantwadi, Tal. Sawantwadi, Dist. Sindhudurg on 15.03.2008, in accordance with the procedure prescribed under the EIA Notification, 2006.

Sri TS Patil (Additional Collector) chaired the public hearing panel conducted by Maharashtra Pollution Control Board. Complete proceedings with Minutes of Meeting of PH, reply and commitment of management are attached as Annexure 5.

110 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

6.11 RISK ASSESSMENT

6.11.1 Hazard Identification

It is a mining cum mineral beneficiation project which may have the following types of hazards associated with it.

Natural Hazards  Earthquake  Flooding – Heavy Rainfall/ Water Bodies

Man-Made Hazards  Bench Slope Failure

 Vehicles and Machinery

 Loading, Excavation and transportation of Mineral

 Drilling and Blasting

 Fugitive Emissions from Mining Operations and crushing and material handling in the beneficiation plant

 Breach in the tailing dam

Assessment of Risks involved during Mining and Mitigation Measures: 1. Open Cast Bench Slope Failure

Risk Involved: Reasons for failure are -

• Over all pit slope is greater than the safe slope angle leading to failure • Individual bench height and width not maintained as per bench design parameters • Undercutting so as to cause dangerous covering. • Failure to make and keep the quarry sides secure by proper benching, sloping and keeping benches of adequate height and width. • Inadequate nos. of competent persons for carrying out statutory inspections . • Lack of proper monitoring and supervision.

2. Vehicular Movement Risk Involved:  Possibilities of accidents due to rash driving/brake failure/lack of visibility.  Overloading may injure the passer-by public.  Vehicles moving on a steep gradient or on benches of inadequate width.  Accidents are common due to reversing of vehicles.

111 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

 Unauthorized driving by vehicles (mostly by helpers)  Attempt to ride on moving vehicles  Driving vehicles in intoxicated stage

3. Machines for Mineral Loading, unloading and other machinery: Risk Involved:  Use of substandard equipment.  Accident due to generation of fly rock.  Attempt to clean moving parts of machinery.  Non-provision or removal of guards for moving parts of machinery.  Improper cabin of the machine operators

4. Drilling and blasting: Risk Involved: Following accident risks are involved during Drilling and Blasting operation:

 During the movement of drill machines from one place to other place and during change of drill rods and bits  Improper handling of explosives  Improper burden and spacing resulting in to fly rocks and excessive noise and vibration  Misfires during blasting  Lack of statutory staff during blasting operation

5. Fugitive emissions: Fugitive emissions take place during mining and mineral beneficiation from following activities:  Drilling and blasting of mineral using explosives.  Excavation of mineral with the help of excavators results in fugitive emission.  Loading and unloading and transportation of mineral.  At transfer point of grizzly.  During crushing and screening operation.

6.11.2 MITIGATION MEASURES: Open Cast Bench Slope Failure

 Detailed slope stability study has been carried out by National Institute of Rock Mechanics Kolar Karnataka in 2010 to optimize the pit slope, bench height and width.  NIRM has recommended over all pit slope angle of 35 degrees up to a depth of 120 m pit with a safety factor of 1.3. It has also recommended individual bench slope of max 70 degrees with bench height of 10m and width of 12 m.

112 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

 Bench height and width will be maintained as per approved Mine Plan and as per recommendation of NIRM so that not only slope of individual benches are maintained but over all safe pit slope be maintained.  For determining factor of safety, the bench slopes will be monitored regularly by sensitive instruments at precise level at regular intervals to check for any possible ground movement.  A well-developed drainage system over the lease hold area is to be ensured to check the storm water flows out of the lease area.  Adequate competent persons for carrying out statutory inspections will be deployed  Monitoring and supervision of active mine benches and also exhausted benches will be made mandatory  Inspection report of the benches with suggested corrective measures to be place before the higher management from time to time

Accidents due to Transport Machinery:

Mitigation Measures:

 All transportation within the mining lease working will be carried out directly under the supervision and control of the management.  The vehicles will be maintained in good condition and checked thoroughly at least once a month by the competent person authorized for the purpose by the management.  Road signs will be provided at each and every turning point up to the main road (wherever required).  To avoid danger while reversing the equipment/ vehicles especially at the working place/loading points, spotter should be posted to properly guide reversing/spotting operation, otherwise no person should be there within 10m radius of machine.  Audio visual alarm shall be provided in all loading and transportation machineries.  The maximum permissible speed limit shall be ensured.  Overloading of material will be avoided.  A statutory provision of the fences, constant education, training etc. will go a long way in reducing the incidents of such accidents.  Unauthorized persons will not be allowed to ride on vehicles  Strict code of conduct will be put in place to avoid driving in intoxicated condition by drivers Other Machineries other than Transportation Machinery:

Mitigation Measures:

 All the equipment deployed at the mine and at the beneficiation plant will be of highest standard.  All the loading and operating machines will have horns and proper maintenance of

113 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

mining machinery shall be done.  Height of the bench will be maintained as per approved mining plan to avoid over hanging of rocks.  The mineral will be loaded in trucks mechanically and in safe manner to avoid spillage.  There shall be fencing of the mined-out area, tailing pond area, waste dump area to prevent any accident on account of trespassers.  The complete mining and plant operation will be carried out under the Management and control of experienced and qualified Mines Manager having Certificate of Competency to manage the mines granted by DGMS and qualified plant manager respectively.  All the statutory provisions as amended from time to time and other laws applicable to mine will strictly be complied with.  Strict code of conduct will be put in place so that no one goes near the moving part of machines for maintenance.  Secured cabin will be provided to all operators to shield them from any fly rocks

Accidents during Drilling and Blasting:

Mitigation Measures:

 Drilling manual will be put in place which will have detailed procedure for shifting of drill machines and its operation.  Explosives will be stored in the Magazine approved by Controller of Explosives  Transportation of explosives from Magazine to place of blasting will be undertaken by an approved explosive vehicle under statutory supervision  Burden and spacing will be kept as per the study conducted by the expert agency for designing the blasting parameters  Misfires during blasting will be handled as per procedures laid down by DGMS  All the persons working in the mine will be provided safety shoes and helmet.  Explosives will be used and handled under strict vigilance of the Mining Engineer/ Assistant Mining Engineer  Blasting shelter shall be provided for the safety of the blasting crew.

Fugitive Emission during Mining:

Mitigation Measures:

 Regular water sprinkling will be done at dust generation points and on the haul road to control dust.

114 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

 Controlled drilling and blasting based on study conducted for the purpose shall be carried out to avoid excessive dust generation.  Secondary drilling and blasting will be kept bare minimum.  During loading and unloading workers involved in the activity will wear dust masks.  All loading machine will have closed operators cabins.  Transportation in covered dumpers will be done.  All the transfer points at grizzly, crushing and screening area will have enclosure.  Bag filters will be provided for controlling the fugitive dust likely to be generated at crushing plant operation and transfer points

In addition, following general precautions will be observed during the operation of mine and plant:

 Elimination of the source of hazard.

 Substitution of hazardous process and materials by those which are less hazardous.

 Geographical/ physical isolation of hazards from vulnerable communities.

 Use of engineering controls to reduce the health risk.

 Adoption of safe working practices such as regular equipment maintenance.

 Use of Personal Protective Equipment should be mandatory.

 Top edge of opencast workings shall be kept properly fenced.

 Quarrying shall be done from top downwards. No overhang will be allowed.

 Special attention and requisite provisions shall be taken while working in areas of geological weakness like existence of slip, fault etc.

 Regular dressing of bench sides to ensure safety of workers employed within 5m or working face.

 Provision of safety belt or rope while persons are at work at the quarry sides or benches from where there are chances of falling down for more than 1.8m.

 Spoil banks not to be retained by artificial means at an angle of repose in excess of its natural angle.

115 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

 Drafting and implementation of preventive maintenance schedule for various kinds of machinery deployed in opencast workings.

 Provision of maintenance of properly laid haul roads with parapet wall fencing or guards and road signs at strategic points.

 Precautions against danger while traversing dumpers, excavators etc. by installing audio-visual alarms and appointment of spotters.

 Transportation of Ore within mine workings by vehicles under the direction, supervision and control of Mine Management only.

 Proper maintenance of vehicles and weekly examination by an engineer and daily examination by a competent person.

 Training and retraining (at specified interval) of the machinery operators.

 Use of controlled blasting techniques. 500 m radius danger zone to be followed strictly.

 Rock breakers will be used for secondary breaking of big boulders in place of drilling and blasting

 Provision of blasting shelters – properly constructed and maintained.

 Adequate maintenance of electrical equipment.

Adequate illumination after daylight.

Vulnerability Analysis

A vulnerability assessment was performed was performed for the hazards associated with the project.

Table 6.11-1; Vulnerability Analysis

S.NO HAZARD Severity Likeli- Severity x Likelihood Proposed General Mitigation IDENTIFICATIO (1-5) hood (1-25) (Hazards Measure/ Control N (1-5) scoring 1-9 are less serious hazards & 9- 25 are very serious hazards &require risk assessment) Natural hazard

116 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

Flooding 4 1 4 • Limited Mining will be done during heavy rainy season. • Pre warning signs on possible heavy rains or floods or cyclones from the meteorological department will be followed. Hence during any such case the project site will be evacuated. Or if possible the excavated site will be fenced. • To prevent inadvertent entry of people near the excavated pits, long poles will be grouted as a sign of excavated site. • Warning signs in local language will be erected at the site to avoid any mishappening. Nearby villagers will be informed. Man-made hazards 2 Opencast 2 2 4  Detailed slope stability study has bench Slope been carried out by National Failure Institute of Rock Mechanics Kolar Karnataka in 2010 to optimize the pit slope, bench height and width.  NIRM has recommended over all pit slope angle of 35 degrees up to a depth of 120 m pit with a safety factor of 1.3. It has also recommended individual bench slope of max 70 degrees with bench height of 10m and width of 12 m.  Bench height and width will be maintained as per approved Mine Plan and as per recommendation of NIRM so that not only slope of individual benches are maintained but overall safe pit slope be maintained. • For determining factor of safety, the bench slopes will be monitored regularly by sensitive instruments at precise level at regular intervals to check for any possible ground movment.

117 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

3 Vehicular 4 4 16 • As per the planning blasted rocks will Movement be loaded into dumpers by hydraulic within the shovels and transported by dumpers mine to beneficiation plant situated within lease area. Trucks will only ply on the well designed haul roads as per norms and no public road will be occupied. Hence accidents on account of plying of vehicles will be very less. • The vehicles will be maintained in good condition and checked thoroughly at least once a month by the competent person authorized for the purpose by the management. • On haul road signs will be provided at each and every turning point up to the crusher plant (wherever required). • To avoid danger while reversing the equipment’s/ vehicles especially at the working place/loading points, spotter shall be posted to properly guide reversing/spotting operation, otherwise no person shall be there within 10m radius of machine. • Reverse horns will be fitted in all vehicles. • The maximum permissible speed limit shall be ensured. • Overloading of material will be avoided. • A statutory provision of the fences, constant education, training etc. will go a long way in reducing the incidents of such accidents. • Edge protection will be done to prevent inadvertent movement. • Visibility defects can be eliminated by the use of visibility aids such as closed circuit television and suitable mirrors.

118 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

4 a.Fugitive 2 5 10 • Regular sprinkling shall be done with Emissions operations generating dust emission. during mine • Overloading will be avoided on operations dumpers to avoid spillage. such as • Dust masks shall be provided for excavation and loading. operations involving high fugitive b. Fugitive emissions or when required. emissions • Sprinkling of water will be done at the during grizzly before the crusher to contain crushing and fine dust screening • All transfer points, crusher and operation at beneficiation screening equipment will be enclosed plant and at • Bag filters will be provided for suction transfer points of all fugitive dust that may be generated at the crushing plant and associated activities 5 Mineral 4 4 16 • Regular safety audit shall be carried Loading and out. Excavation/ • Only authorized personnel will be Machinery allowed in the operation area. Operation/Slip

and Trip of • Vocational training shall be given to Workers in all operators and workers of the Working Areas mine. Mining operations shall be carried out under proper supervision. • All the trucks loading and operating machines will have horns. • The mineral will be loaded in trucks mechanically. There is least possibility of injury to the person during loading operation at mine. • Complete mining operation will be carried out under the Management and control of experienced and qualified Mines Manager. • During heavy rainfall the mining activities will be closed. • All persons in supervisory capacity will be provided with proper communication facilities. • Competent persons will be provided first aid kits which they will always

119 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

carry. • Mobile Fencing shall be installed during operation at the bench. • Signage shall be installed for all movement areas of machines and everyone on site will be made to wear PPE in these areas. • All machines and vehicles shall be maintained by the maintenance incharge. 6 Drilling & 4 3 12  Drilling and blasting will be carried Blasting out intermittently.  Training shall be given for proper drilling operation  Proper PPE shall be used for drilling operations.  Signage and restricted entry shall be done in areas of drilling operation  Blasting shall be done with proper safety measures and warning.

6.12 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

Disaster management plan is prepared with respect to the following possible accidents.

6.12.1 Open Cast Bench Slope Failure  Failure to make and keep the quarry sides secure by proper benching, sloping and keeping benches of adequate height and width.  Undercutting so as to cause dangerous covering.  Inadequate nos. of competent persons for carrying out statutory inspections.  Lack of supervision.  Detailed slope stability study has been carried out by National Institute of Rock Mechanics Kolar Karnataka in 2010 to optimize the pit slope, bench height and width.  NIRM has recommended over all pit slope angle of 35 degrees up to a depth of 120 m pit with a safety factor of 1.3. It has also recommended individual bench slope of max 70 degrees with bench height of 10m and width of 12 m.

120 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

6.12.2 Accidents due to Machinery  During reversal operation  Unauthorized driving of vehicles (mostly by helpers)  Attempt to ride moving vehicles  Overloading  Driving vehicles in an intoxicated stage  Vehicles moving in steep gradient or on benches of inadequate width.  Machinery movements in the beneficiation plant

6.12.3 Other than Transportation Machinery  Use of substandard equipment.  Attempt to clean moving parts of machinery  Non provision or removal of guards for moving parts of machinery

6.12.4 Accidents due to use of Explosives  Fly rock due to blasting.  Inadvertent handling of explosives.

6.13 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

There are various social impacts of mining which are identified before starting any developmental activity. The mining is one of the activity for which if pros and cons are not properly assessed may result in deterioration of not only local environmental scenario but also may have long term effects on the socio economic status of the locals such as loss of agriculture land, degradation of water quality, contamination of ground water and soil quality. Therefore to prevent above problems following measures shall be undertaken:

121 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

 Ensuring developments contribute to economic growth and social development. The project will provide skill based training to the locals and will generate chance of indirect employment in the area.  Reducing project risks and providing greater certainty to the society by doing regular environmental monitoring, prediction of risks and hazards and their mitigation, etc.  Planning for social and physical infrastructure; in proposed project CSR budget ensures provision of proper infrastructure with the help of local authorities such as repair of wear and tear of roads, plantation of trees etc.  Proposed project will improve the quality of life of employees and retention of skilled workers; there is provision for providing training to workers and locals to have better health keeping, and organizing health checkup camps for them to lead a healthy life.  The project shall enhance competitive advantage and reputation, by implementing innovative approaches, setting high standards for other businesses and leaving a positive legacy beyond the life of the project;  The proposed project shall comply with principles and standards.

REHABILITATION & RESETTLEMENT PLAN

The land under the mining lease area has been acquired by sale deed and there is no habitation within the mining lease. Therefore, question of rehabilitation & re-settlement does not arise.

SUPPORT AS CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY

SOCIOECONOMIC MANAGEMENT

 Employment priority shall be given to the sons of the soil  Existing infrastructure shall be ameliorated  Better educational facilities shall be provided  Health and hygiene shall be shall be improvised  Family planning and AIDS awareness camps shall be conducted  Self-help groups to facilitate promotion of economic opportunities to locals shall be formed

IMPROVEMENT IN PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE There will be improvement of the following physical infrastructure facilities due to proposed project:

 Road Transport facilities  Housing facilities  Water supply and sanitation  Power

IMPROVEMENT IN SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE • The project will have a strong positive employment and income effect, both direct as well as indirect. • There will be increase in the income and overall economic growth of the area.

122 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

• People perceive that the project will help in the development of social infrastructures/ such as.  Education facilities  Banking facilities  Post offices and Communication facilities  Medical facilities  Recreation facilities  Business establishments  Community facilities

OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS Indirect employment opportunities to local people in contractual works like  Housing construction, transportations  Sanitation  Supply of goods and services to the project

Other community services.

 Additional housing demand for rental accommodation will increase  Market and business establishment facilities will also increase.  Cultural, recreation and aesthetic facilities will also improve.  Improvement in communication, transport, education, community development and medical facilities.  Overall change in employment and income opportunity.  The State Government will also benefit directly from the proposed project, through increased revenue from royalties, GST and other statutory taxes/duties.

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE (EMC) The environmental management committee (EMC) shall look after all the environment related activities in the area.

Functions of EMC:

 To integrate environmental factors into business decisions.  To monitor compliance of environmental regulations.  Continual improvement in environmental performance.  To follow proper documentation and monitoring procedures, for developing better environmental management systems at the mine.  To ensure systematic and routine housekeeping to reduce generation of pollutants inside the mine.  To develop and maintain green belt at mine premises, township and vacant land within project premises.  To keep up with regulatory requirements and arrange for the necessary certificates or consents viz., air and water.  To conduct yearly environmental monitoring and submit the statement to PCB.

123 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

 To monitor concurrent reclamation works in the project.

ACTION PLAN OF SELF HELP GROUPS

• Self Help Groups will be formed in village Panchayat. • Seed capital of Rs. 2 lakhs will be provided by the Company. • The formation of SHG’s would also assist in obtaining credit for the micro-enterprises from credit and lending institutions. • SHG’s will also enable the women to avail various government welfare schemes as a group. • The management will be deeply committed to the socio-economic empowerment of all women and girls in the area. • The Management of Phansawade Iron Ore Mine intends to form Mothers Committees of the • child laborers to enlighten them, educate them, train them and mobilize them towards a meaningful livelihood for their families.

Corporate Social Responsibility:

VISION

• Improvised Medical Facilitates • Sustainable development of the region • Higher education facilities for the villagers

CSR Activites carried out : • Motivated students for regular attendance of school and for studies by providing school uniform, foot wears and school stationaries. • Health awareness camp was conducted for the people of near by villages • As a follow up of the health camp two primary students ailing from pulmonary congenial heart dieses were treated at KLE’S Belgaum hospital. • Vision impaired were provided sight. More then 40 cases of cataract were operated and provided with follow up treatments and spectacles. • Students having the aptitude to study are identified for imparting education in skilled trades at govt. training centre Sawantwadi • As a part of socioeconomic benefit a water reservoir is developed for the water requirements of the people in village Kesari • For efficient administration, Group panchayat of Kesari & Phansawade has been provided with a computer. • Services of Registered medical practitioner are provided to the villagers which includes regular check up followed with prescription and supply of medicine. Critical cases after identifying are reffered for suitable medical treatment to the nearest hospitals. The expenses incurred for treatment of such cases is borned by the project proponent. The details of the CSR activites undertaken so far are as under

124 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

6.13.1 CSR ACTIVITIES UNDERTAKEN IN THE FOLLOWING YEARS

6.13.1.1 CSR Activities in 2007-08 Amount Spent in Sr. No. Particular yr 2007-08 1 Education 48,133 2 Water Supply 3 Rular Health Programme 89,191 4 Renovation of Public Places 1,50,000

5 Other Development Works -

Total 2,87,324   CSR Activities in 2008-09

Amount Spent in yr Sr. No. Particular 2008-09 1 Education 1,20,259 2 Water Supply 66,42,417 3 Rular Health Programme 2,13,230 4 Renovation of Public Places - 5 Other Development Works 27,525 Total 70,03,431  CSR Activities in 2009-10

Amount Spent in yr Sr. No. Particular 2009-10 1 Education 6,63,570 2 Water Supply - 3 Rular Health Programme 2,71,136 4 Renovation of Public Places - 5 Other Development Works 2,84,549 Total 12,19,255   CSR Activities in 2010-11

Amount Spent in yr Sr. No. Particular 2010-11 1 Education 3,18,026 2 Water Supply - 3 Rular Health Programme 5,35,460

125 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

4 Renovation of Public Places - 5 Other Development Works 1,13,795 Total 9,67,281

 CSR Activities in 2011-12

Amount Spent in yr Sr. No. Particular 2011-12 1 Education 4,35,039 2 Water Supply - 3 Rular Health Programme 6,54,988 4 Renovation of Public Places - 5 Other Development Works 91,500 Total 11,81,527

 CSR Activities in 2012-13

Amount Spent in yr Sr. No. Particular 2012-13 1 Education - 2 Water Supply - 3 Rular Health Programme 4,38,764 4 Renovation of Public Places - 5 Other Development Works 1,57,448 Total 5,96,212

 CSR Activities in 2013-14

Amount Spent in yr Sr. No. Particular 2013-14 1 Education 94,375 2 Water Supply - 3 Rular Health Programme 5,36,823 4 Renovation of Public Places - 5 Other Development Works 15,000 Total 6,46,198

 CSR Activities in 2014-15

Amount Spent in yr Sr. No. Particular 2014-15

126 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

1 Education 1,23,250 2 Water Supply - 3 Rular Health Programme 5,01,580 4 Renovation of Public Places - 5 Other Development Works 61,700 Total 6,86,530

 CSR Activities in 2015-16

Amount Spent in yr Sr. No. Particular 2015-16 1 Education 1,22,790 2 Water Supply - 3 Rular Health Programme 4,94,354 4 Renovation of Public Places - 5 Other Development Works 15,000 Total 6,32,144

 CSR Activities in 2016-17

Amount Spent in yr Sr. No. Particular 2016-17 1 Education - 2 Water Supply - 3 Rular Health Programme 5,64,891 4 Renovation of Public Places - 5 Other Development Works - Total 5,64,891

 CSR Activities in 2017-18

Amount Spent in yr Sr. No. Particular 2017-18 1 Education 47,550 2 Water Supply - 3 Rular Health Programme 5,66,984 4 Renovation of Public Places - 5 Other Development Works 25,000 Total 6,39,534

127 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

6.14 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY (OH&S)

OH&S deals with the safety and health of the persons employed in the working zone. The persons employed in the mines are exposed to a number of hazards at work which adversely affect their health. Some of the important hazards are dust, noise, slip, trip, machine failures, safety during blasting, transportation heat, humidity, vibration, HSD storage area etc.

However, most of the occupational diseases can be prevented by adopting proper occupational health measures and engineering control on airborne dust at workplace. In 10th Conference on 'Safety in Mines' held on November,2007 special emphasis has been given on medical surveillance and periodical medical examinations of persons ageing more than 45 at three years interval.

Special initiatives have been recommended for close monitoring of workers exposed to specific health hazard due to their workplaces and minerals associated therewith. OHS issues including the duties and responsibilities of employers, contractors and contractual workers have been clearly specified which need to be introduced and followed up.

6.14.1 Emerging Areas of Occupational Diseases in Mines

The reported figures and surveys conducted by Directorate General of Mines Safety (DGMS) and other organizations like National Institute of Occupational Health (NIOH) etc. revealed that there have been some new trends in the occupational health scenario other than the conventional diseases like Silicosis, Pneumoconiosis, Asbestosis etc.

Following areas of occupational diseases are emerging with the changes in the mining industry:

 Muscular-skeletal disorder.  Noise Induced Hearing Losses.  Health impact due to diesel particulates from emission of diesel operated vehicles and equipment.  Hand-arm vibration, whole-body vibration due to use of Drills, HEMM etc.

Health Measures to be considered

 Sanitary facilities shall be well equipped with suppliers and employees shall be encouraged to wash frequently, particularly those exposed to dust.  In the event of temporary closer, approaches will be fenced off and cautionary notice displayed in English and*- Regional language.  Rotation of workers exposed to dusty and noisy areas.  First aid facilities in the mining areas.  Provision of personal protection equipments to the workers. The personal protection equipment being provided are – S.No. Item Equipment 1. Face protection Face Shield 2 Eye protection Different types of goggles used for different purposes. 3. Ear protection Ear Plug,ear muff

128 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

4. Leg Protection Safely shoes, gum shoes 5. Working at height Safety belts 6. Head Protection Safety helmets 7. Protection from Dust Dust Mask

 Periodic medical examinations shall be conducted for all personnel, and specific surveillance programs instituted for personnel potentially exposed to health hazard.  The medical examination required to carry out at the time of appointment of every employee. Provided that in case any dust related disease, test shall be conducted more frequently as the examination authority deems necessary.  Medical camp will be organized for the worker every year.  At the end of mining operation, test will be conducted to assess health of workers.  Workers will be informed and trained about occupational health hazards, if identified.  Any worker's health related problems will be properly addressed.

The medical history of all employees must be maintained in a standard format. Thereafter the employees are subjected to medical examination on annual basis. The annual medical examination being conducted is given in table below-

S.No. Disease Tests to be conducted 1. Heart disease Electro cardiogram, Blood for lipid profile, Stress test ,2d –Echo and other test as required 2. Lung disease Total count (WBC Count), Different count, Sputum examination, X ray Chest, Culture & Sensitivity(COS) 3. Asthma Differential Count, ESR, X-Ray, Chest, Lung function Tests and sputum examination – Provoke test if required 4. Diabetes Random blood sugar, Urine sugar, if positive BSL fasting /PP, Diabetic profile. 5. Hyper tension Blood pressure reading, if required Renal profile +ECG and stress test. 6. Abdomen Pain Routine Urine for albumin, Sugar bile salts +Bile pigments, Stool examination (in detail) USG, BA meal, Liver function Test (Sereum Biliribic etc.) as per requirement.

The above tests will upgrade the database of the medical history of the employees.

Cost on Occupation Health and Safety measures to be spent in planned period:

S.No. Description Amount (Rupees in Lakhs) 1. Workers will be subjected to primary health check-up before 15.0 they are employed to ascertain their health conditions. Thereafter, Regular Medical check-up will be organized for workers &villagers to evaluate the adverse impact if any on these persons due to proposed mining activity.

129 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

2. Workers will be provided with masks, gloves, goggles & ear 2.5 muffs will be provided. 3. First Aid facility 1.0 4. Training to workers. 2.0 Total 19.5

Public health implications

As already indicated earlier, there is no habitation within the mining lease area and mining activities will not progress closure to the nearest human habitation. However, the following remedial measures are proposed to be undertaken:

 Regular water sprays.  Scheduled maintenance of machineries.  Covered transportation of vehicles.  Green belt / plantation as a green barrier will be carried out to protect the village habitation from the dust pollution.  Medical checkup / eye-camps will be organized for the villagers as a part of CSR activities.  Allocation of funds towards public health has been indicated in the CSR activities.  No site specific ailments have been detected so far affecting the health of persons/ public.  Notices giving warning to prevent inadvertent entry of persons shall be displayed at all conspicuous places and in particular near mine entries.  Danger signs shall be displayed near the excavation site.  Security guards will be posted.

Cost on Public Health measures:

Sr. .No. Impact Mitigation Amount (In Lakhs)

1. Health and • Health Check-up camps shall be 5.0 organized. Safety • Support to primary Health centre

Total 5.0 Lakhs

130 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

7 PROJECT BENEFITS

7.1 GENERAL

The project is for mining of Iron ore from Phansawade Iron Ore Mine and its Mineral processing Plant situated within lease area. The project activity will have some impact on surrounding environment, which can be controlled by implementing different measures. This chapter gives a comprehensive description of various advantages and benefits anticipated from the proposed project to the locality, neighborhood, region and nation as a whole. Iron ore is very important mineral and is the principal raw material for manufacture of steel etc.

IMPROVEMENTS IN THE PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

The community member of surrounding community especially the residents of Phanaswade village will have maximum advantage in this regard. This mine will have direct and indirect impacts to improve physical infrastructure in nearby community.

The project will improve the physical infrastructure of the adjoining areas. This will include the following:-

 Improved road communication & will be maintained by lessee.  Strengthening of existing community facilities through the existing Community Development Programme.  Mine pits will be converted into Rain water reservoir to augment the water availability for irrigation and plantation;  Awareness program and community activities, like health camps, medical aids, family welfare programs, immunization camp sports & cultural activities, plantation etc.

7.2 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

The project activities shall create awareness with the local people for preferring permanent services than periodical low productive agricultural activities. The activities will help them to analyze the importance of education. With the increased amount of income people can send their children to nearby schools and colleges. The implementation of this project shall naturally augment the education status of the local people.

Social welfare measures

The social welfare measures will always strengthen the bond between the project proponent and the local population/ communities. The proposed mining project would contribute in implementing social welfare activities in collaboration with local bodies for better development within the study area. Following schemes shall benefit locals:

 Approach roads will be developed at par with the mining site.

131 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

 The proponent will make provisions for contributions to the local schools, dispensaries for the welfare of the villagers.

7.3 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

The project will contribute direct employment scope for about 299 persons including skilled, semi- skilled and un-skilled mine workers, supervisory staffs, mining engineers, geologists and surveyors. It can create indirect employment scope for many other persons.

7.4 SOCIOECONOMIC BENEFITS ARISING OUT OF MINING ACTIVITY:

It would be apt to reiterate here that no human settlements will be disturbed due to proposed mining activity; consequently, one of the major negative impacts will not be applicable in this case. The benefits of mining activity will be similar to any industrial set-up. There will be opportunities of direct and indirect employments. However, the operations being semi mechanized will not generate large scale direct employment. As mentioned earlier there will be around 299 personnel, most of them will be skilled or semi-skilled & unskilled workers. Total 80% staff will be employed from the local villages. The indirect employment will be far reaching. It can create indirect employment scope for about 500 persons. The jobs, from which local community can be benefited, will be -Providing tippers for raw material transport from mine to the consumers.

 Canteen services

 Grocery and vegetable shops

 Security services

 Maintenance services

7.5 PROMOTION OF SOCIAL & ECONOMIC STATUS

The PP will contribute in economy and social development of the area by performing scientific and systematic development of mines including land rejuvenation and progressive reclamation programme and other necessary measures to protect the quality of environment and human health.

7.6 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS

The project, on implementation shall help in increasing the overall income pattern of the neighboring people which shall indirectly help them to improve their living standards. Facilities like electricity and telephone are available in these interior/remote areas. There will be no displacement of families for the mining of Iron Ore.

This project, on implementation shall help in increasing the overall income pattern of the neighboring people which shall indirectly help them to improve their living standards. Facilities like electricity,

132 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

telephone etc. will be available in these interior/remote areas. There will be no displacement of families for the mining of Iron Ore.

Project will undertake awareness program and community activities like health, camps, medical aids, family welfare camps, AIDS awareness program etc. Periodic medical checkups as per Mines Act/ Rules and other social development and promotional activities will be undertaken. All this will assist to lift the general health status of the residents of the area around mines.

A massive plantation has been proposed in the mine area so far and lot many are proposed to mitigate the ill-effects of mining and to improve the vicinity and environment of mine and it surrounding area. The management will give emphasis on plantation and will also motivate local persons for plantation during rainy season. This will also increase the consciousness in workers and near-by villagers for greenery. Fruit trees can contribute towards their financial gains.

7.7 ANCILLARY BUSINESS ESTABLISHMENT THAT MAY COME UP ON ACCOUNT OF PROJECT

The unit will facilitate development of smaller ancillary industries like machine shops, auto repair garages, eateries etc. Besides the supply of Iron Ore to Mineral processing plant, the project will trigger expansion of construction sector and thereby development of ancillary industries in and around the project area.

133 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

8.1 GENERAL

An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is a site-specific plan developed to ensure that all necessary measures are identified and implemented in order to protect the environment and comply with environmental legislation. The Environment Management Plan (EMP) is required to ensure sustainable development in the study area. This chapter covers the genesis of pollution, the principal sources of pollution, the nature of pollution, the proposed measures required for meeting the prevailing statutory requirements of dust & gaseous emissions, waste water discharge characteristics, noise levels etc. for environmental management purpose in connection with the mining and mining related activities in the study area. For attaining the desired objective of good environmental quality in the study area, several management strategies in different phases are proposed and evaluated.

 Planned improvements including additional control measures  Fugitive dust reduction on roads and internal roads for mineral transport  Progressive planning for the closure of mines

This section discusses the management plan for mitigation/abatement impacts and enhancement of beneficial impacts due to mining. The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been designed within the framework of various Indian legislative and regulatory requirements on environmental and socio- economic aspects. Environmental Management plan giving the environmental protection measures at mine to meet the stipulated norms of IBM/MoEF&CC are detailed below.

8.2 MANAGEMENT OF LAND & POST MINING LAND USE

Existing land use pattern and conceptual land use pattern is given below in the table:

Purpose Existing (Area in Ha) End of conceptual Planned period (Area in ha)

Area to be excavated Nil 49.4765* Backfilling Pit Nil 38.0065* Water Reservoir (Converted mining pit) Nil 11.4700* Overburden Dump (Reclaimed &Rehabilitated) Nil 7.6253 Mineral Storage (Reclaimed & Rehabilitated) Nil 0.9127 Infrastructure (Workshop, Admn. Building etc.) Nil 0.3687 (Reclaimed &Rehabilitated) Roads 1.3591 2.8068 Green Belt area Nil 5.0000 Tailing Pond (Reclaimed &Rehabilitated) Nil 20.2780 Mineral Separation Plant (Reclaimed Nil 2.1470

134 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

&Rehabilitated) Township Area Nil - Others (Water Reservoir) Nil 8.1986 Other (Unused Land) 98.0709 2.6164 TOTAL 99.43 ha 99.43 Ha

*Out of 49.4765 ha area planned for excavation (Pit)till end of conceptual Planned period, 38.0065Ha area will be backfilled, reclaimed & rehabilitated and the balance area of 11.47Ha will be converted into water reservoir.

Post Mining Land Use Pattern:

S.No. Type of Land Use As at the end of conceptual period (life of the mine) (ha) 1 Area under excavation (converted into water 11.4700 reservoir) 2 Storage of Top soil Nil 3 Overburden Dump Nil 4 Reclaimed &Rehabilitated Overburden Dump 7.6253 5 Mineral Storage (Reclaimed &Rehabilitated) 0.9127 6 Infrastructure (Workshop, Admin. Building etc.) 0.3687 (Reclaimed &Rehabilitated) 7 Roads 2.8068 8 Railways Nil 9 Backfilled & Rehabilitated mined out area 38.0065 10 Green Belt area 5.0000 11 Tailing Pond(Reclaimed &Rehabilitated) 20.2780 12 Effluent Treatment Plant Nil 13 Mineral Separation Plant (Reclaimed & 2.1470 Rehabilitated) 14 Township Area Nil 15 Others(Water Reservoir) 8.1986 16 Area which will remains untouched 2.6164 Total 99.4300 ha

8.3 MINE CLOSURE Mining will be carried out as per approved mining plan inclusive of Progressive Mine Closure Plan. The ultimate land use of the pit will be partly reclaimed by backfilling of 38.0065 ha. and 11.4700 ha. will be used as water reservoir. The backfilled area will be rehabilitated. In addition, 20.28 ha. area under tailing pond will also be reclaimed and rehabilitated, further 5.0 ha. will be developed as green belt along the periphery of mining lease.

135 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

8.4 PROPOSED GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN

Plantation of local thriving species will be done in the 7.5 m statutory boundary along the mine area, along the slope dump and backfilled area within the mine lease. During the plan period about 5 ha area shall be planted along the 7.5m statutory boundary and so also backfilled area will be planted. Precautionary measures will be taken during the afforestation by regular watering the afforested area, protection from grazing animals and proper manuring.

Plantation is proposed to be carried out on inactive sides of the dumps, along main haul road and on backfilled areas. It is also proposed to carry out plantation to fill the gap (i.e. where plantation already carried out but not survived). On an average about 2,000~3,000 saplings per year of fast growing and local variation of saplings such as cashew, casurina, gulmohar, rain tree, neem, aawla etc. are proposed for plantation. However, the below given programme for plantation is tentative. As the mining advances, the proposed location for carrying out plantation is likely to change particularly from third five year plan period onwards.

Proposed plantation for the first five year planned period:

It is proposed to carry out plantation during the period along the periphery of southern boundary of lease near Dabhil river, along the periphery of Tailing Dam bunds, Infrastructure site, Beneficiation Plant site. It is proposed to plant about 11,300 saplings of the various varieties as mentioned above. About 11.2872Ha. of area shall be covered under plantation.

Proposed plantation for the second five year planned period:

It is proposed to carry out plantation during the period from section 1600N to section 1300N and co- ordinate 2250E to 1950E (on dead dump) and section 1750N to 1300N and co-ordinate 1650E to 1930E (i.e. on inactive side of back-filled area). It is also proposed to carry out gap plantation. It is proposed to plant about 15,000 saplings of the varieties as mentioned above. About 15.0Ha.of area shall be covered under plantation.

Proposed plantation for the third five year planned period:

It is proposed to carry out plantation during the third five year planned period from section 1300N to 600N and between co-ordinates 1600E to 1920E (backfilled area). It is also proposed to carry out the gap plantation. It is proposed to plant about 19,000 saplings (including the gap plantation) of the varieties as mentioned above. About 19.0Ha.of area shall be covered under plantation.

Proposed plantation for the fourth five year planned period:

It is proposed to carry out plantation during the fourth five year planned period from section 1100N to 400N and between co-ordinates 1540E to 1950E. It is also proposed to carry out the gap plantation. It is proposed to plant about 10,000 saplings (including the gap plantation) of the varieties as mentioned above. About 10.0Ha.of area shall be covered under plantation.

136 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

. The green belt development plan has been given below;

Table 8-1; Proposed Plantation &Species recommended for plantation

PLANTATION DURING PLAN PERIOD 7.5 m safety barrier Year Area in Sq.m Interval (m) Number of plants Plantation Species recommended Year 1 10000 3*3 1111 Cashew, casurina, Year 2 10000 3*3 1111 gulmohar, rain Year 3 10000 3*3 1111 tree, neem, aawla Year 4 10000 3*3 1111 etc. Year 5 10000 3*3 1111 Total 50,000 5555

8.5 IMPACT ON HYDROLOGY OF THE AREA

The drainage is well developed and is guided by the trend of the hillocks. There are two nallas flowing along the valley portion located in village Kesari (buffer zone) and they flow further down towards north. The western nalla originates from the valley between Sy. No. 21 & 22 in the Southern part of the Kesari-village and flows towards North along the Western border of Sy. No. 12, 11, 10 & 8 of Kesari village.

There is no perennial nalla in the mining lease area located in village Phansawade. The Mining Lease area is a part of valley portion bordered by two hill ridges having almost N-S trend, one on western side and the other on eastern side. The valley portion drains the monsoon water into the Dabhil river located beyond the southern end of lease. Based on the Boreholes drilled in the lease area (lowest depth drilled is 230MSL), no ground water has been encountered upto a depth of 230 mts MSL. The proposed workings during first five year plan period are upto 280MSL i.e. above 230mts MSL. Hence there will not be any chance of encountering the ground water while mining.

Due to the highly undulating nature of the terrain the ground water level in the buffer zone areas varies from place to place. During summer season water level goes down 5 – 16 m below ground surface, whereas during monsoon and winter season groundwater level found to be 2 – 11 m and 2 – 14 m below the ground level. Detailed Hydro geological report is given at Annexure-4.

137 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

8.6 MEASURES FOR CONTROLLING WATER POLLUTION AND CONSERVATION OF WATER

1) The protective measures proposed for protection of water pollution is as mentioned below: 2) Construction of parapet wall of appropriate dimension all along the toe of dump. 3) Contour trench of appropriate width and depth all along the dump. 4) Construction of series of settling pit and filter beds to arrest the silt. 5) Systematic drainage system for diverting the surface run-off during monsoon. 6) Pitching of dump at critical areas. 7) Plantation of local verities of species, so that there will be fast and healthy growth of vegetation. 8) Periodic maintenance of settling pond. 9) Use of thickener in beneficiation plant to re-circulate the water thereby minimizing both the water consumption for beneficiation as well as water discharge to tailing pond. 10) Measurement of pulp density of tailings at process plants for optimum utilization of water resources. 11) Creation of separate pond near thickener to collect tailing slurry to avoid water and land contamination. 12) Treatment of discharge water by using lime or magnasol. 13) Regular monitoring and analysing the quality of water. 14) As a part of socioeconomic benefit a water reservoir is developed for the water requirements of the people in village Kesari

Figure 8-1Water Balance

Source: Water for Plant Waste water=4 KLD Drinking & Domestic Water=5KLD process, sprinkling for dust suppression and Discharge to septic tank plantation will be followed by soak pit sourced from Water reservoir meant for harvesting the rainwater. Drinking and domestic water will be sourced from nearby villages. Mining and allied activities Waste water- NIL

specially sprinkling, plantation etc=175 KLD

8.7 MEASURES FOR CONTROLLING AIR POLLUTION

Major pollution in air quality is expected due to drilling, blasting, transportation, loading, unloading of mineral. Dust is likely to be generated during transportation for which water sprinkling shall be done.

138 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

The mining area, due to its very nature and scale of operation is likely to marginally contribute towards air pollution in the area. The effect is analyzed and this effect is mostly due to fugitive emission. For the mine, the only pollution occurs from dust during vehicular traffic and loading of mineral. There is no other source for SO2, NOx and CO except a little contributed by the vehicular traffic, which is well below the prescribed limits. Still, the following different control measures are proposed.

 Construction and maintenance of well-compacted roads from mine site to the Beneficiation plant.  Regular water spraying on roads by tankers.  Drilling machines will be equipped with dust collector arrangement and wherever required wet drilling arrangement will be used to prevent generation and spreading of dust.

 Optimum blast design parameters will be adopted after study. Optimum stemming in blast holes will be done to minimize generation of dust and fly rocks.

 Blasting will be done during favorable atmospheric conditions and will be avoided during high windy periods, night times and temperature inversion periods.

 To avoid secondary blasting rock breaker will be used.

 Optimum bucket size loading equipment will be used which will reduce the number of bucket passes to fill the dumper and thus comparatively less dust will be generated during loading. This will also reduce the chances of spillage from the bucket.

 Plantation of local thriving species will be done in the 7.5m statutory boundary, slope of the dump and in the backfilled area for arresting dust.

8.8 NOISE ABATEMENT

Noise will be generated due to drilling and blasting operation which will be done intermittingly, transportation and machineries. The results of ambient noise within the core zone is within the permissible limits of industrial area. However, following measures will be adopted to abate noise effects.

 Proper and regular maintenance of excavators, tippers and other vehicles will be done. Green Belt will be developed (thick foliage) along the lease boundary.  Drilling equipment will be regularly maintained as per maintenance manual. Anti- vibration mounts for compressors will be provided.  Optimum parameters for drilling and blasting will be designed to have controlled blasting which will reduce noise and vibrations.  Blasting will be carried out when the wind conditions are favorable (i.e. when wind is blowing in opposite directions of inhabited areas or in low velocity).

139 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

 Mufflers will be provided to the exhaust of wagon drills to minimize the noise level.  Blasting operations will be carried out during the noon time when the temperature inversions are not likely to occur.  Proper stemming will be done to reduce air blast.  To check vibration, values of peak particle velocity will be maintained within the prescribed limit by DGMS.  The excavators which will be used for loading will have noise proof cabin to avoid adverse effect to the operator. The helpers working near the excavators will be provided ear plugs and muffs. The maintenance of the excavators will be carried out as per manual.  Proper free face will be maintained for optimal blasting which will also reduce noise and vibration.  Periodical monitoring of noise and vibrations will be done.  The dumpers, trucks and other transportation vehicles will be maintained in good running condition so that noise will be reduced to minimum possible level.  Each blast will be carefully planned, checked and executed under the supervision of statutory personnel.

8.9 SOIL CONSERVATION

The interburden generated during mining activity will be stacked in the overburden dump situated within the lease area. Mining operation and allied activities will not pollute the soil. However precautionary measures will be taken by planting trees within the lease area which will also check soil erosion.

8.10 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT Mine waste: The waste generated during mining would be disposed of initially on external dump within the Lease area. Thereafter upon the ore gets exhausted i.e. once the ultimate pit limit is reached of the particular section/pit; it will be utilized for backfilling. Measures for prevention of siltation, erosion and dust generation: Proposed measures for prevention of siltation, erosion and dust generation is as given below:  Systematic construction/design of dump.  Construction of parapet/boulder wall all along the toe of the dump.  Construction of contour trenches of 1 mt. depth and 1 m. width to settle the silt.

140 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

 Systematic drainage system for diverting the surface run-off during monsoon as mentioned in above para.  Pitching of dump at critical areas in order to avoid erosion.  Re-vegetation with suitable species at all completed surface of the waste dump to eliminate dust generation. To start the vegetation first grasses, shrubs and bush variety of species will be planted. Later on tree species will be planted.  Regular maintenance/desilting of all settling pits.  Maintenance of drainage to avoid blockage.  .Green belt will be developed around the 7.5m boundary and the slope of the stabilized dump as well as on backfilled area to prevent soil erosion.  Domestic Waste generated due to mine workers will be collected in colored bins of green and blue color. Organic part of solid waste will be stored in green bins and will be composted and manure shall be used in plantation.  Inorganic waste such as wrappers, plastic waste, foils, etc. will be stored in blue bins and will be sold to recycler authorized by CPCB.  Hazardous waste generated from the mine will be only used oil which will be stored into HDPE drums and used oil shall be sold only to the registered recycler.

8.11 SOCIO ECONOMIC MEASURES

Social benefits will be anticipated from the proposed mining project in the surrounding villages includes; Employment generation and improve standard of living through welfare activities; Development of health, education, economy, and agriculture in 10 km study area w.r.t. project site for local community and welfare of tribal through implementation of social developments. Improvement in infrastructure like road etc. and activities through CSR will have positive impact.

The impact of the project on the socio-economics of the region has been discussed in Chapter – 4. Apart from overall beneficial impact of the project on the local people of the region, it is felt necessary to augment facilities in the fields of education, health and social awareness including concern for ecology. These are presented in an analyzing form in the following statement:-

141 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

Sl. No. Environmental Attributes Nature of Impact a Employment Beneficial b Service, trade/commerce - do - c Public utility/education, social awareness Augmentation d Health care facilities - do -

It is necessary to create awareness among the people. The beneficial aspects of the following measures that would be taken up by the mine as a periphery development project

 Family planning  Abandonment of shift cultivation  Planting of trees and social forestry  Reduction in the consumption of fuel wood and encourage use of alternative fuels  Use of clean and boiled water  Reducing the consumption of alcohol  Saving from earnings  Personal hygiene  Regular health check

In implementation of these measures, the mine management can contribute a lot on the overall socio- economic scenario of the region.

8.12 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & BUDGET ALLOCATION

The proposed mining will be operated by fully mechanized methods with drilling and blasting by deploying man and machines. Hence, it is envisaged to take up the following precautionary measures.

8.12.1 Safety Audits and Accident Prevention

Regular safety audits shall be carried out at site to decrease possibilities of hazards causing accidents or injury. All mining activities shall be carried out under proper supervision of mining engineers and safety officers. All personnel involved in mining shall undergo training for mine safety.

8.12.2 Occupational Disease

142 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

Following areas of occupational diseases are emerging with the changes in the mining industry: . Noise induced hearing losses . Health impact due to diesel particulates from emission of diesel operated vehicles and equipment . Hand-arm vibration, whole body vibration due to use of drills, HEMM etc. . Presence of snakes and other reptiles in the mining area . Polluted drinking water . Excess working load and overtime . Presence of mosquitoes in the lease area . Sudden accident in the mining area causing personal injury

8.12.3 Health measures to be considered . Sanitary facilities shall be well equipped with suppliers and employees shall be encouraged to wash frequently, particularly those exposed to dust. . In the event of temporary closer, approaches will be fenced off and cautionary notice displayed in English and regional language. . Rotation of workers exposed to dusty and noisy areas. . First aid facilities in the mining areas. . Provision of personal protection devices to the workers. The personal protection equipment being provided are –

S.No. Item Equipment 1. Face protection Face Shield 2 Eye protection Different types of goggles used for different purposes. 3. Ear protection Ear plugs, ear muffs 4. Leg Protection Safely shoes, gum shoes 5. Working at height Safety belts 6. Head Protection Safety helmets 7. Protection from Dust Dust Mask

. Periodic medical examinations shall be conducted for all personnel, and specific surveillance programs instituted for personnel potentially exposed to health hazard. The medical examination required to carry out at the time of appointment of every employee. Provided that in case any dust related disease, test shall be conducted more frequently as the examination authority deems necessary. . Medical camp will be organized for the worker every year.

143 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

. At the end of mining operation, test will be conducted to assess health of workers.

. Workers will be informed and trained about occupational health hazards, if identified.

. Any worker's health related problems will be properly addressed.

. The personnel working in dust prone areas will be examined every year as per the DGMS circular No.01 of 21.01.2010. . Quick-Fix designed by OSHA's ergonomics standards will be followed to reduce work-related musculoskeletal disorders (MSDs). . Rotation of workers exposed to high noise areas will be carried out. . Lyophilized Polyvalent Anti snake venom serum will be available at the mine site for snake bites.

8.12.4 Monitoring Mechanism

Following Activities shall be done by the proponent as a proactive measure for mitigation of Occupational Risks:

 Six monthly monitoring of Exposure levels (Total Suspended Particulate, Fraction of Fine Dust

{PM2.5}, Ultra-fine dust {PM1}) of high risk workers of all activities. In case necessary, a onetime chemical speciation of the dust shall be done to measure levels of Sulphates, Lead, Nickel, Arsenic, Silicates in the dust collected etc.  Health check-ups for all workers which includes Chest X-Ray, Lung Function Test, ENT Check-ups, Vision Check-ups, Audiometric Tests, Liver and Kidney Function Tests, ECG, Blood Sugar etc. as per the statute.  Six Monthly Check-up of Drinking water for the site workers to ensure compliance to IS 10500:2012 standards.

8.12.5 IMPLEMENTATION AND MONITORING

As the major attributes of environment are not confined to the project area alone, implementations of the proposed control measures and monitoring thereof have to be undertaken on a regional basis. The mine management will implement the control measures and monitor the efficacy within the lease area relating to the following specific areas as per the action plan.  Collection of air and water samples at strategic locations with appropriate frequency and testing thereof. If the parameters exceed the permissible tolerance limits, corrective measures should be taken to arrest the pollution.

144 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

 Collection of soil samples at strategic location at least once in every year and testing thereof with regards to deleterious constituents, if any.  Desiltation of drainage system and check dams.  Measurement of water level fluctuation in the nearby dug wells and bore wells periodically.  Plantation/ afforestation as per programme, regular watering of plants and fencing to protect them from animals.  Measurement of noise levels at the mine site, stationery and mobile sources, mine office, canteen would be taken during day time only as mining operation will be carried out in one long day shift.

8.12.6 PLANS TO MAINTAIN BETTER ENVIRONMENT IN THE AREA

The environmental policy has been prepared for better management of the environment. The same is attached at Annexure-6. For maintaining better environment in the area, the components relevant to the project that need to be taken into account include:  Afforestation/plantation details of plantation/afforestation programme  Reclamation of degraded land and quarries. Maintenance of haul roads etc.  Monitoring of environmental parameters.

8.12.7 Organizational Chart (Environmental Management)

Organizational chart for environmental monitoring in the mining lease area, fiscal estimates for year- wise expenditure (both capital and recurring) and action plan to maintain better environment and to augment the environmental development, the following measures are suggested.

145 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

ORGANISATIONAL CHART (ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT)

Organizational Structure of Environment Monitoring Cell (EMC)

146 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

8.13 BUDGETARY COST ESTIMATE:

The cost estimates give only the indication of the likely cost. The estimated environmental i.e. mainly monitoring and green belt development, cost of the project is as follows.

Table 8.13-1, Cost of Environmental Protection Measures (In Lakh INR)

S. No. Particulars Capital Cost (Rs. In Annual Recurring Lakhs) Cost (Rs. In Lakhs) Proposed Proposed 1 Pollution Control by water sprinkling 30.0 5.0 2 Pollution Monitoring - 2.0 3 Occupational Health 2.5 2.0 4 Green Belt 12.0 2.0 5 Reclamation / Rehabilitation of mined out 20.0 5.0 area by converting quarry in water recharge pit for water conservation 6 Haul Road Maintenance 25.0 4.0 7. Wire Fencing around Plants and maintenance 10.0 2.0 8. Maintenance of Parapet wall 10.0 2.0 9. Others (specify) 5.0 1.0 Total 114.5 25.0

147 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

9 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

The present proposal of Phansawade Iron Ore Mine is for obtaining amendment in existing Environmental Clearance for their Iron Ore lease having an area of 99.43 Ha situated in Sawantwadi taluka of Sindhudurg district in Maharashtra State.

The reduced area of 99.43 Ha, granted under Mining Lease was subset of the earlier area admeasuring 386.99 Ha for which environment clearance was given by the Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change (MoEF&CC), vide letter F. No. J-11015/247/2007-IA.II(M) dated 11/08/2008.

The maximum production is 3.0 Million Tons Per Annum (MTPA) to be achieved during second 5-year plan. Lessee Shri Shrinivas V. Dempo & Smt. Neela V. Dempo assigned M/s Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, for the preparation of revised Environment Impact Assessment study and Environmental Management Plan based on reduced lease area with revalidated Base line study (for one month) to get Amendment in Environment Clearance of their Kesari-Phansawade Iron Ore Mine. The lease area of the proposed mine is now 99.43 Ha which is larger than 50 Ha. Hence, it comes under “A” category as per EIA notification 2006.

The state Government executed the lease deed on 31.03.2016 for the area of 99.43 Ha in village Phansawade for 50 years. Lease is now valid up to 30.03.2066. Consent to establish of project is applied on 11.11.2016 to State Maharashtra Pollution Control Board. Thereafter the project proponent approached the MoEF&CC with request to amend the EC for 99.43 Ha on 01, June, 2016.The case was appraised in the EAC (Non-Coal Mining) meeting on dated 23.11.2016. The committee deliberated at length the information submitted by Project Proponent but deferred the proposal and subsequently issued a letter on dated 23.01.2017. As per MoEF&CC letter revised Form I, PFR, EIA/EMP, mining plan and other documents for reduced area 99.43 Ha should be uploaded at MoEF&CC portal.

Location Details: The beneficiation plant is proposed to be located on North Eastern side of the lease area over a land of 2.1470 Ha. This ML area is located in village Phansawade, Tehsil/Taluka-Sawantwadi of Sindhudurg district of Maharashtra. The area is at a distance of 17 km from Sawantwadi township and 30km from Banda approachable from Danoli village junction on the Sawantwadi-Kohlapur State Highway No. 121. The geographical coordinates of area is Latitude -15053′09.0216″ to 15054′07.6062″ N &Longitude-73057′17.3435″ to 73058′00.0404″ E and altitude of area is 170m AMSL to 420m AMSL.

Reserves & Life of Mine: The mineral reserves under category 111 are estimated 08.89 million tons. The total estimated reserves/resource (proved reserve + mineral resource + reconnaissance) is about 52.62 million tons. Grade: The average grade of 111 proved reserves has been taken as 23.39% Fe & 6.36% FeO. The cut-off grade was taken as Fe: +10 % &FeO: +1 %. The total estimated reserves/resource (proved reserve + mineral resource + reconnaissance) is about 52.62 million tons. The estimated life of the mine is about 20- 25 years. However, anticipated life of the mine is expected to increase further once proposed exploration programme is undertaken.

148 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

Description of the Environment: The baseline data has been collected with due permission from MoEF&CC from March-May, 2007 and Re-validated in 2018 for the month of Jan- Feb.

Particulars Information Location of Mine 47/0a,1a & 1b (part), 48/1 to 7 (part), 50/1 to 8, 52/1 to 9 (part) in village Phanaswade, Taluka Sawantwade, District-Singhudurg Latitude/Longitude Latitude -15053′09.0216″ to 15054′07.6062″ N

Longitude-73057′17.3435″ to 73058′00.0404″ E Toposheet No. 48 E/13 (D43B13) Distance from nearest Highway/main road SH-121- 3.31 km (N) Distance from nearest Habitation Phanaswade Village-1.3 Km E Distance from nearest Railhead Sawantwadi railway station at 18.88 km (W) Distance from nearest Airport Goa International Airport at 57.64 km (SW) Applied area/Lease Area 99.43 Ha Date of grant of lease & Period PL - The Govt. Maharashtra granted prospecting license vide their Order Validity of Lease Period No. PLR/430/2001/827 dated 23rd February 2001 for over an area of 415.4590Ha (including present 99.43 Ha area) in village Kesari and Phanaswade. The license was executed on 10th May 2001. ML- The Govt. of Maharashtra issued LOI to grant Mining Lease over an area of 386.99Ha on 20/12/2006

 On account of non availability of forest land for the project, application for surrendering such forest land and other areas admeasuring 287.56Ha in village Kesari was submitted to the Govt of Maharashtra on 15/07/2013 with a request to grant an area of 99.43Ha in village Phanaswade.  The Government of Maharashtra after obtaining the concurrence of central Govt, vide its order No.MMN-1005/C.R. 926/IND-9 dated 15.01.2016 granted the Mining Lease over an area admeasuring 99.43 Ha in village Phansawde, Sindhudurg District, for a period of 50 years.  The Mining Lease Deed was executed and registered in the office of Sub-Registrar, Sawantwadi under No.772/2016 on 31/03/2016 for a period of 50 years i.e. upto 30-03-2066.

Current Production MT per Year Not started Proposed Production MT per Year Mining plan for an area of 386.969 Ha was approved by Indian Bureau of Mines vide their letter No.MP/MECH-47(MAH)/GOA/2006-07 dated 30-05-2007. Due to non-availability of Forest Land for the project as proposed in approved Mine Plan PP re-submitted the modified proposal restricting activity in non forest land. The modification in Mining plan was approved by by Indian Bureau of Mines vide their letter No.MP/SIND/GOA(MAH)/Fe-227-SZ/162 dated 16-01-2013 for lease area of 386.99 Ha. Lease deed of 99.43 Ha area was executed on31-03-2016 for 50 years. Mining Plan for 99.43 Ha is approved vide letter No. MP/MECH-

149 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

96(MAH)/GOA/2016-17 DATED 19.08.2016.

ProductionT Waste in Soil in Strip Years onne Cum cum ratio 1st Not planned 2nd 10,50,000 5,62,000 None 1:0.54 3rd 15,00,000 12,50,000 None 1:0.83 4th 21,04,000 6,49,500 None 1:0.31 5th 25,03,000 5,86,000 None 1:0.23 Total 71,57,000 30,47,500

Current OB/Waste /Quantity cum per Nil Year Proposed OB/Waste /Quantity cum per 0.23 to 0.54 Year Shown in table above. Topography/Physiography Plain or Uneven or Hilly & Rugged etc. The area is a part of valley portion bordered by two hill ridges having an almost N-S trend, one on Western side and the other on eastern side. The highest elevation of the area (towards NWW) is about 420m (Near BP 01) and lowest contour value is 170m towards the southern part of the Lease area Highest Point mRL 420mRL Lowest Point mRL 170mRL Proposed Pit (During 5 years period 420mRL to 280mRL (DEPTH OF PIT About 140m.) Drainage details Slope in the lease area is in Southern direction. Major directions East-west (Surrounding) Stream Order 1st& 2nd Order (Surrounding) Perennial or Ephemeral Both (Surrounding) Present Land –Use (Core Zone) Land use-Forest Land Nil Agricultural Fields Nil Land Cover- Waste Land 99.43Ha - warkas land which is inferior type reffered as used for rab manure for cultivation as per article 2(16) of Maharashtra Land Revenue code 1966.

Rocky Barren Nil Broken (Old pits) Nil Total area intended to be broken under mining pit during conceptual period=49.4765 Ha, The above broken area will be Backfilled & Rehabilitated to the extent of 38.0065Ha and balance area of 11.4700Ha will be converted into water reservoir Dump(Reclaimed & Rehabilitated) Nil 7.6253 Ha (Conceptual period) Infrastructure (workshop admin. Nil 0.3687 Ha (Conceptual period) building etc) Road Nil 2.8068 Ha (Conceptual period) Area for Mineral Storage Nil 0.9127 Ha (Conceptual period) Area for Plantation (Green Belt Area) Nil 5.0000 Ha (Conceptual period) Tailing Pond (Reclaimed & Nil 20.2780 Ha (Conceptual period)

150 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

Rehabilitated) Effluent Treatment Plant Nil Nil Mineral Separation Plant (Reclaimed 2.1470 Ha (Conceptual period) &Rehabilitated) Township area Nil Nil Others (Water Reservoir) Nil 8.1986 Ha Area not disturbed 99.43 Ha 2.6164 Ha (Conceptual period) Total lease area 99.43 Ha 99.43 Ha (Conceptual period) Recovery of Iron ore Conc.(Fe-63-67%) 30% Nature of overburden/Interburden 1. Schist (F/W) and the Quartzitese Quartzite 2. Calcareous Metasediments 3. Schists 4. Phyllite 5. Manganiferous clay 6. Ferruginous clay and 7. Altered Igneous Intrusive Mineral Reserves as per present exploration Geological Reserves+Resources 52.62 MT Mineable Reserves 8.89MT Proposed Production (Max) 3.0 MT Life of Mine The total estimated reserves/resource (proved reserve + mineral resource + reconnaissance) is about 52.62 million tonnes. The estimated life of the mine is about 20~25 years. However, anticipated life of the mine is expected to increase further once proposed exploration programme is undertaken. Method of Mining Nature of Mining - Open-cast/ Open-Cast Underground Manual/Semi-mechanised/ Mechanised Mechanized Proposed Height of Bench 10 m Propose height of overburden N/A OMS specially for manual mining N/A Drilling/Blasting Drilling and blasting will be resorted in order to loosen the hard strata. It is expected that 50% of the quantity required to be handled will be hard and needs blasting. Also high capacity ripper dozers will be deployed in Medium hard strata for generating loose material. Drilling equipment - Jack DTH Drill Machine Hammer/Wagon-drill Hole dia 150 mm Hole depth 11.0 m Spacing 5.0 m Burden 4.5 m Explosive required 105 kg/Hole Powder Factor 6-7 T per KG Overall average daily consumption of 10KLD diesel Overall average daily consumption of 8 MW Electricity

151 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

10 DISCLOSURE OF ENVIRONMENT CONSULTANT

10.1 INTRODUCTION

Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd, established by experienced environmental and related experts, provides specialized services in the field of Environment and Pollution Control for all types of Industrial, Construction, Nuclear Sciences, Bio-diversity Mining, Aerial Ropeway and other related fields. Our transparent and professional approach, commitment to excellent quality and service, timely deliveries have contributed to create a name in the field of environment. We have a core group of highly qualified experts from various fields like Environment, Forestry, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Geology, Social Sciences, Electronics and Telecommunication with rich and diversified experience in the field of environment and pollution control.

Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd is headed by Mr. Praveen Bhargava, Managing Director who has an experience of 28 years in the field of Environment and Mrs. Rachna Bhargava, Director & C.E.O, who has an experience of 22 years in the field of Environment.

Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd (PESPL)management, experience, excellence, professionalism and ultimate satisfaction has helped in achieving the heights of success in their specialized field of environment.

ACCREDITATIONS OBTAINED:  ISO-9001:2015 Certification  ISO-14001:2015 Certification  QCI – NABET Scheme for Accreditation of EIA Consultant Organizations

10.2 KEY PERSONNEL

S. No Brief Description of Key Persons (NABET Approved)

1 Mr. Praveen Bhargava is M. Phil in Chemistry, M. Sc in Inorganic Chemistry, P.G. Diploma in Ecology & Environment with overall experience of more than 27 years and currently the Director & Technical Head of Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd

2 Mrs. Rachna Bhargava, M. Sc in Environmental Science, M. Sc in Mathematics & MA in Geography having more than 21 years of experience in the field of Environment is the Head / Team Leader of EIA Preparation Team. She is also a certified Advance EMS Auditor (ISO-14001:2004) & Laboratory Management & Internal Auditor (ISO 17025:2005) from CII and had undergone Training program on EIA, SIA, Air Dispersion Modelling, Air Quality, CSR, Advanced Training Programme on Green Building Rating System, etc.

10.3 TEAM INVOLVED IN EIA STUDY  EIA Coordinators: Mr. Udai Shankar Pandey

152 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

 Assistant to EIA Coordinator: Mr. Manoj Pant  Team: Functional Area Approved FAE LU (Land Use) Manoj Pant

AQ (Metrology, Air Quality Nipun Bhargava modelling) AP (Air Pollution Prevention and Nipun Bhargava Control) WP (Water Pollution Prevention Praveen Bhargava and Control) EB (Ecology and bio-diversity) Rajiv Kumar SE (Socio-Economic) Rachna Bhargava NV (Noise and Vibration) Partho Sarthi Mukherjee GEO (Geology) Santosh Pant HG (Hydro-geology) Santosh Pant SC (Soil Conservation) Praveen Bhargava RH (Risk and Hazard) Nipun Bhargava SHW (Solid and Hazardous Praveen Bhargava Waste)

153 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

ANNEXURE -1 COPY OF EC FOR LEASE AREA 386.99HA WITH SUBSEQUENT CORRIGENDUM

156 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi .-f'

,. I ' ,i- { \':';r-,

.j-1ts,tsrft4?JgBo?- lA. tl tfr,u .a Gqvernmerit qf India Ifi. Mififi*try sf Envir'onrmEnt & FCIrfrsts reiefax: all-24367257 Pa ryai vs ru#.Ei ava.l,. {., A O, |Sfl1f l-tdi ftoad, Ir/ers 0ellll*l?ES0$' Octod. Augt^rst 11, 2A08

Io ',r.r Sntt Ncmls.V" De:'npo, & Shri $hriniuas V. Dernpo Detrrpo Vitla Altlnho, Parrali Sss * 4SS,SO1.

Sub; J(e?s*d-P*arsawd6 &sn #,re frtttrte {Ml- area 38S,SS ha *ndprodaction g.0 in $aw*nfirsdl eepr*Iry"in /UfP& at vlllnEcs Keca/'i and Ptuii$sgurd*n teiu& $trdfrrrdurg Ors[t. lp Maharashtrui .' r*g. Errviro$men{qJ X:earance,,'ltLur \:

The .:ncjr:rsrgned is cjlrectecl to refer to the letei' dated 30.04,2003, on flne above ri;enii+rr*{J subjfl{}l ;**psd:in the Mini$ry on 03.0S,200S."Ihe Min}$tlY of L,rrvironlnettt and Forests irits exirrrtirred the applrcation.

?. lt has bcen noreci that the proposel is for trort titt rtttnitig at villages Kesan and phnrisawds, in $*vlrantwadi Tahk, in Slndhudur0 Di$tt., rn F.iiaharcshlre The qrtryoltd. rqte *r iron Ore prorJuctiun is 3,0 MTPA T$p t*e+e area is 3BC.li$ ha, tUt of r,vhiq[ 7*1.78 ha [e r.,rn-f$rast lanri ailci 312.21ha ig privatd.foi*,Et lsnrt, f'firreut ulearance is under proces$," $urt *t ge6,*S h,"lr qglvta.u? hawitt [i* ou*au$Sd. An {rrea*l 1,S2htr;l,rilt be k*ptforminer*l $rilragg; u,i$ ,ra ror infrastructur*, t?"0t$ lra fsr roads.; 9li,4t nmfor 1trrtsBfi hreH;20$ hafor exploratio-n: t0'S$ tra t.*a'f*n for nrin*rai separ*tinn plaot; agg S5g fra fn.r'tuttlrd *rlf",fi#irn*; tii:-e"*ti*rtrld to wuler rmuurv*ir. f.fie ieA# are$ tri*s urlcitllmting terruirr. havinO ay_ery,U_e- 'm attitudes r&ngtn$ fier6 ?fi m to 516 qbsv,e M$L. lvl*ihod of mining uriil-be opon Cdst ,x*cninisea."niiltilg *no contrslled bla*ting wlll he,invotved. Dabheel river flows adiaoent ths te$$o in ihs s-{,r}frtlrn,side. Tersl(hot riv-er flows at a distance of ?'S km frcm the louse' in irltimate deprtr of mining will be at 27$ m above MSL. Grnund water Uss not enssuntered no **t*ric,tes diig*r1 upe,t-30 m above MSL, Mining will not tnlerge*t water lable. Th+re are i'latiol*r Farks, Wh6ii1,s $arrctr*Exrie$-'EiospheidResemeb, Heritag-e srtel *t: yth::] to t<11 ()S97 oe met frrrnr lhtl tsa$e *rea Pe*k uiater r-equirqryent gt lhs mine vr'ill h'e Kr*D. which will gg}{ qfggggi miliiEl rn]-.tfltl b.e ctreneratecl {rcm surra,:e gruuird t'rale, uour"os, W gi* -l'.,'l- ililffii;-'-;i6;;;;-i,i,rr;s'ur rffiffid?'(fttl uo i rfltr$n a* renadliitatiEn ot plani has ncon l,*po,*noh *iru lre iiiriolved---. ffiii rqpfg{ {incqoq{3rgOflsstv* ?i'tint} sl(tsurs irrprw*o h/ hinien eurei; g hniiiei it *i: on.i0ir. r'uuic hearn'i,; wtrs htl* tn 15.03.2008 iesr *f ffi* S,",-.i**t will be Re ?il;fi Crur&u;

The prrlj**l. h+s.been {;un$'1.4.F.r$ ln accqdmnte with tlie X:rovisions ;f rth{s [lA 3, (E), n*iiituatlorr is$ri{t,J hy the fuliir:i*try #=Enyironmeht & fiOrest* vitle $ 0 1533 dsled Sepreml:er "i,i l0il0

4. Sated ,tir tlie inforni;liion subffiitted by you, as at Pfira 2 abOve iitl# $tll€rs, ths Minls{ry oi fnuii*itn*gt *n* Frmr fs'herahy, accod,eRvlronment*l cteilrancv to tiw alrove pro]ect th*'o#Rltlriailco onrlq*, ttre pr*i,i.ri,rns Oitrp, nprinoatiqn dgtsd $,eFtcrfitier 14, ?60$. *uhj*ct tn cf the loltar'ving $pecific and Generalcondrtions 6ilnfh' ' " -2* l A. Specifi* coltdt*o**

(i) Eavironrnenbl CleffaEqa',:is-:,9ubie*t [* Sht*irling f'mt'''e*t'*[esr*nc* {as *ppliesbb} fiiffi ffi*'tCi6-*"t-*rtAit, reeCI, $orr*ivmreion of fore l*ttd f*r nott tuiresi activity. t '. prepared ii-' csnsuilation witil wildlife {i') wildlifCI cofiservation plan shall be 'ltis''silsr il;il*-($*iiil,Wi'roi imrr*msrrtaritry rilo'prusrau* o{ implem*6kt1fl6p1"shsll-.be Yyithih *tmqpnths. tr tnu lfiirt{ttrlr and,the Chief Wildlife Wmrdsnconmrn*d * G;r;;;y"ufun 'ttuU ;h-rf #i1-@'*,spamm {unds for thie purpos,* and fund$ *hnll rtot b*-

,uhall carried '&ts submited to the {iiu Prinrary survey of flora b* oui Mirti*tty urithin six mon{hs;,' m, (iv) 'Io ensure. that mrty,.damagg.,,r1o the hiodiv*rcity is effectively '**'ntnine$:", no1* *i-*Jiii** nune(e'.hotrry&'snV two rnine $its as *lso th* * a ir:'wftictt str;ll hn ikept'undi*turbed' oicurun+** of mI&# wretit*in " tws csfisesutive minerat bearlng {v} ,&d*gualo huffer" ,ont Ct a11 :hs mhtntein*S,belweun deposits q1w.r-,ffi $mll h* A $C m liulter r,viihin tfie lea*s uptl it1- houndary {all nlongl trcing ivii *f nalivo demar$atsd *r,*"tnr *id'ares'*hall he planteel with tlrisk Vmg*t*lion . $pecies. Bhsil Xmfl* w*ata rnining cnnceplrshs{l b* lnr$ery31r${ ffilE*',P. *Qffipflrly qli}]q,py-t 1""{vtii tew gra.ls ar&$ x flr"l&s b ,il lr*riltiirtioniuinfuring pia.i or ditpCIbe *ff t0*t* uf ths pi"ipects buyers. *f ther'ore"prou**elng'planl' (viiii Setailsi$ maBagenlent plan for regygling 1f .wa$.e.w3ter -r ttre tvt l ni*trY withi n six' mqa#u, s hai t. be *uu*,lffi' li il;' Cilil i-frr*tr conducted atudv of tailing pond (including its carrying capacity).lfrall.be q {ix) Geotechnical ffiil; iuUmitt*O within six'months to the Regionatoffice of the Ministry. and plan.for (x) Tailirrg pond disposal detsils inoluding its design, ie:ch,:re,mltragement six mmrths to the closurs, rehabilitation unO i*il**atiin shall be submitted within Regional otfbe of the Ministry poncl for dissolved metals Munttonng of grourrrd water quality argurto the .tailing {xi} main r*ad and tp*rti*r*fiy haivtr, ;+UfsisnJli 5a.reg1lerty'condu*teti a*tl records [iol* iutrnitrec tri trrE'lesio*trt orice*or thi: ]rtini*try rmguturiy, Fufiirer., fllqns*fi. $ ;il;tffiiliu*t*.r'*i ro&trrn* hq irssn th* min* *nc ilrairra6* in the dir*sion nf flow of grounrl water and racords maintaineci

(xiil Need bassd ass€ssment for the near by viilages slratl be condusted tl of t1corye:yl *c*nornic msa$ur** lrthieh, Gan he+p iili upliitmeqf P.{,qoq $ectioa lscfetiy' il-J*iiig pi.l-*tui*ni*;u"rlas ai,rUlnpment of {odder tarnr, fruit be*r*qg'3ryrrar!}' **:i*'* e purt l$ sucjr prosnsrnrsw cgT!"I1;hflJ3,;1: ;il;il;T fi;iiG Bt" generating sioarate budqet- fici community development actrvities arrd inconne ' il,ffi;;*il"Yii*'irirri-"'i. ,ililir. io uilrtio.'rrtrarnin,J for indivirluals imparted to iatri up u*lf entployrnent and jobs' Cn*tU . Land-use patlern ixiiii or-jly.,l:lrov" oirrlg*, shali be studied and actton ptan for abatement and compensation for-oamaje to agricuiturul rrnoi"o*rnon orooertv land S unvi in the nearby.yillases, due tE miniris ,*tiuitvln"tG;"'il;itrf Regional iL'i'd; office of the Ministry within six monthi. Rnnual status Lr i*rf-*-rtrii;';; the plan and expenditure thlrsJn ur,urr b; ;;p";r-;; i;; Fie"g,""Ii'ciiff-JH'in; Minislry from time to time.

The cr:rnpalry shall 1xivl adopt nearest two villages and ensure that civic amenitres such hearth *e.rre, road inrrastructure i'* il'dfl'Xfl:?ii,tJ'll,ll%#1*,iJ;_l"ntors' "r.. M€intonBnco. txv) of vlllage through wnich transpoftatron of ores are undertaken shall .roads be carried out by the company- 'I regurarry'-s- - at its own **p*n.**l- il;;;;;;;r; be black iopperl.

t(vi) ivaler harvesting shall [.111 be undertaken to recharge the ground water source. shail be subrniued Y5:,1-r:l:tl.:T:lyrion ro rhe nEsionirbni"" of the nriniriry"- -'r m wltntn srx months and thereafter svsry ysfir frorrr the nexfctlnsequent y6er" (xvii) Measures for prevention -;1"fi and control of sorl erosion and management of srlt shall be H:liff :'ff li:il,:'i:H:,::X,Xi-J;1?J,iJ,fl i:."*,";:ii",l,:XH:1f*ffi shaii he carrieo out at rhe oump srope; D",;ii;i;;tr;;p*,;;ilj;;;#;0";;i-: As ltrere are eieven other mines which are ,; il;-;;bj;;t ffi;: ,ili;ili load girnll be asuestadllanJ imeaiu*u-ior"on,,guorn irrevuntion and control' of silt shaH-"-" -'.be sirhttrrtted to the ftegionar office or irre tr,li.rstw *i,,i',r,ll- ffi,"t*' f-rlirihq* gutlano {xv!ii} / drains shall be constlucted at fooi of dumps and coco tilters mstalled regular at .intervars to arresr sirt fronr o",ng .riri*j t;;;-;";j;;. Adequare number of check Damr ancl Guily plug* sir*il ue cEn*truc'teu seasorauperenntat naltahs tir invl}owirrg tnrougrr ltre ML ,,*, ,nJ-'Jil;;;;."gr;; O*- silting at regulur int*rvatsrshail'tie carrLo out

Garlancr drain cf appropriate size. gradient arid tength shaI be constructed for both rnine prt anc for waste dump and-ru*p .rrr*.;it ilJi* ;;ff;;i ffip,r, uo* y'lty maigin over and ahove Feak fiudoen'rainiati,,lb;seo il1i0 lutinl ,na maxrrnllrft vu"i* dlscharge in tho Bi:en, adjtining th* rninn site. Sump capacity shali also adequate retention ryroyicle , pmriod to allow propsr settling Jr riit miteriat. ssrJinrcrttation pits chall h* constructed at the ccrrneii or *,e gaiunJ oriin*.*ij'ci- silted at regular intervals.

{xix} Waler t* h6 supplr.ed fq drinking purpose$ shatl be trealed to nleet the prescribed standards. tvlonltoring of water qiairv'toiorintin; ;t;rh; unoertaken on daily basis especiaily for flupricis & arsenic and record$ rnairr*lain**.

$c*upcttional (xxi heallh.ancl oefety me$$ure$ lor tlre workers inciuuing idontiiication of wcrh telat*d h*alth hszards, tiaining on nralaria eradrcatisn, HlV, ind health effects $n sxpo$ur& tr.r ffiineral clusl etc. shall b# cerrried out. Tne *{}mpafly siraii engag* a full qualified qoctor timCI who is trainod in,;Ecr.:pulirnai fieattn. periorjic morritoiing for ev.pu$ur* tc'r r*spirabl* mineral dusi un lhe workCIrs sh*il lre coniJilcted and reeords mea*tiJin*d rRcluding- health record$ of thE vuork*r*r, niuo*n*r" pr"[rniri,r"t* ro, v'roti"ers or: irnpact of mining on their healftr ar,J p,ecauti*no,y rr)Basures lil

{xxii) Over burden (OB) shall be stacked at earmarked dump site(s) only and shall not'nri be kepi activo for lon*,pq,riod. Th* r*sximurn heigtrt of the oumi irrari'not,*iJ& *n *ach *tage 10 nnfr {rattgerpphly .pF_ qf m uversrr *ropi of rre dump-$dlf ili exceed 28". The OS dump,gtratlue hn#t{flli$d. The OB *umps *harr Li:.li"nltic.rrv vesetated with su{tsiltsi na{& mpilG. i; unJffi,iG ;r;;;"i "r"tJn ; ;;:"" Monitoring and managemeni of rehabilitated areas shall conlinue until the vegetation becomes self-sustaining. Compliance status shail be submitted to the Ui'ii-iw Environment & Forests 6n six rnonthly Oiiis.- "i

$ltpe of gre {xxiiii .themlning_banch and ultimate pit lirnitr shalt be fls per minin* *nh*m* approved by lndian Bureau of Mines.

(if {xxiv) Drrlling any) shall be conducted by usrng dust exlractorsiwet drilling. No blasting shall be involved.

plantatioil {xxv) Adequate shall be raired in the ML area, haul roads, OB dump site,n etc. Green belt development shall be carried out considering CPCB guidelines in.fuOing seleclion of p.lant speci+u and in rnnsultilti*n with fre tocat-Dfo I Agriculture Departnrent. Herbs and shrubs shall also fr:rm a part of afforestation prJgr**u h*sides tree plantation. The density of tho trees shatl bm ni*und 2SUO prdntfper ha. The company shnlliftvolue,local people with the heip of setf help group'for'plangtion prosrnillrne. Details,of,yser t1/i$e afforestation progranlffi$ inttunfitg.refiabilitation of mined out area shall be submitted to the Regional Office of the Miniltry every year. (xxvi) Regular monitoring of ground water level and quality shall be carried out by establi$hins n,netwjrrk of exieting wells and cunstructing lew pierom*mrs iuring ffri mining onurntio.,q,,,Ths rnonitoring shall be carried ouffour iime+ in a year =-pre- monsoon (April'May), monsoon (August), post-nronsoon lNovemUeil anO vriiier (January). arld the data lhus collected shall be regutarly s*nt to f,,loEf, Oentral Grorind \#atsr Authnrity and Rmgionul Oirector, Smntral Sround Water Board,

(xxvil) The waste wa{er frotn ths.ilrdlt* *hall he tr,effit*d to conferrfi to the prs$cribe standards before discharging in to the natural stream. Tne discharged water from the faiting Dam iif any) shall he regularly monitoreo arid report s,inmlfteo to the Ministry o"f ffnvironmenl & Forests. Central Pollution Control Board and the State Pollution Control Board.

(xxviii) Prior permission front the competent autnotity snall be obtained for er"traction of ground water. if any.

ixxix) Vehicular emissifin$ shall be kept und*r control a*d regularly monitored. Vehicles used for transportation of ores and others shail l-rave valiJ permissions as prescribed under Central Motmrr.Vehicl* Rules, lg8g anil its amendrnents, Transpor.tntinn oi ore shall be dono only during day time. The vehicles trarrsporting ores shall be covered with a turpa*lin or ctherr suila'ble enctosures Eo that no dusiparticles / fine matters o$csps dt"lring th* c*ur$s *f tranrportntion. No *verloading sf *rr*s for transportation mhnll be otmmitted. The trutcks tran$norting ore shalt frot pnss through wild lifg sanctuary Cont'd.... ; (xxx) Acilon plan with respect {s su#ffsstio*r,*orou*ment$ ftnd r*commendations rnade during pubtic consultatirnlhea,ring shall he submified to the lvliniflry and the State Govt withi* six month$.

(xxxtl A final mine closure plan, along with details of Corpus Fund, shall be submitted to the Ministry of shvironr*e*t ft. f6ies{e, ff yeErs tn Lovani*-oi rrn.r ri;; ;6il; ?; approval.

B. Generalconditione

(i) No change in mining technology and scope of workrng shall be made without prior opprnval of ihe Miniqtry of Snuir,onment & Forests.

(li) lrlo.*harlge'in calendqr plan ].h.e including ercavation, qusnturn of mineral (iron ora) and waule shatlbe made.

(iii) Folr *nrbient air quality-monitoring siutionr shatl be e$tebli$hed in th* core rff{1fl as weti as in the buher ione for RFu, spM, so?, r.ro, n.ronitoiing io.riir. ,i*[- sttttions should be decided based on the nreteorological Oata. topigraphical features qtrrvironmenta.lly and and ecologically sortsitive tar{ets and frrequ+nry of monitoring- shoulul bs undertaken in consullation-with tlre $ratelollutio* Csntrlit ifo*ia. iiv) Dat;r ambient quality (RPM, _on air SPM, S0?, NO,) shouid be regularly suDmitted to the tu'iinistry including its Regional office located at Bhopal and-the State pollutio^ control Board / centralPollution controt Board once rn six months.

iv; F'ugittrre dust emisslons fronr ull the sources shatl be contrnllud regularly, Water spraying arrangement on haul road$, loading ancl unloadrrtg afid at iiansfir points shalt be provided and proporly maintained.

{vi} Me*sures shall 'ht taken for control of noise lnveis below SS dBA in thE wortr envrronment Workers engaged in operations of HEMM, etc shall ne proviOea witfr t,: ear plugs / rnuf{s. l^ {vii) lnclustrial wa$ie water (workshop and wa$te waler from rfiinml properly u the ohould be li coltected, treated so as to conform to the stanclards prescribed lrrd*r G$F'4?2 I {Ej I.. ciated 19n May, 1'Sg3 and 3lurDecen:ber, 1$93 or as amended from timp h time. bil l 1 ancl 6reato trap *hal! he ingtalled betare di*ch*rge of warkshop effluents. l i {viii) Fernrlnrt*l v,rorking in dusty areas shall he provid*d with protective respirqtflry devrces and they I shall also be imparted adequate irainrng and information on safety

I and health aspects,

I (ix) A separate Environmental Managenlent Cetl with surtabte quatified personnel shalt be sct-rrp under the control of a Senior Executive, who wril reporl ctireitty to the Head cf ttie Orgenization

prsjfifit {xj I1I* uu{horities $hatl ifltorm to the l{egronal Otiice $t rhs Mini$Ir} Ioc*ted at Bh*pal regarding dato of financial closures and final approvai of the prfuect by the concernsd outhotiities nnd the dat* of start of land rlevetopnr*n1rvork.

{xi} The tundo earrnarked for environfirental plotection tl1r:a$ureri shall bs kept in $srrsrate ascount and shall not oe ulvert*o t[rirt uipu,:rrnu*. ,iur;;; uifoeoO*or* shalt L]u r*ported to tho Mlrrislry snd its ft*giunmt Offioe ]Jr;atsqt ar i]iigpa]. (xiii Th,e. prejeet suthoritiea ${$rrt to ttre fiegional Officr dmtu of financial cbuu*$*:,artd finaf approvat of the ar;thorities aad the date of $tad of land devel*pment work.

/,infonnEthn /

(xiv; I topy .:f clearance letter will be rnarked to concerned Panchayat I local NGO, if any, fr*nt whorn suggMion I r*prs*e{}lation ha,* been rm*eived wttlie- prrCmsing ths proposal.

tiu (xr.) State Pollution Control Eoard shalt display a copy of the clearance letter at the ffiegionel nf{ire- mistdct tfidi.ug.try,fiea*rm and Csll*$tsrl* syg*u I Tehoili*ar,r#lflcm fsr 30 days.

(xvi) Tne proieci authorities shall advertise at least in two locd newspapers wrdely cir*u!&fedl:,one, of rA|}{oh,$hel} be h tfie vernacular langlrage of Sre,krtalffi,cotrcgrn@, within. ?,,x&q,,n{ the,,i*aua ef the eJearance ietter informing that the pfohnt haq hgen accorded envirorrnenhlclearance and a copy ot the clearbnoe letter &aihbte witfr thr* stato,Foftutlur {or*r,qt Board attfi el$o dt .w*H eis of the Ministry .bi e nv*rqiit snt and Forests at frfi@nv:tornic.ln end a copy of the Bame shall be forwarded to the rlegional Office ot{he Mnistry loceted in Bhopal.

i ille Mrnlstry or any other competonl aulhoflry rrruy alrerimodify ths above cot,dition$ or etipuiate any f,urther condilion in tho int*rryJ sf ertvir*rrment protection.

6" f;*nceallng factual f,sta or su!fl1i"s$isa of faluMfahlie*tsd data qfid teilur.q ts ssflFly with any of tha conditions mentionsd above may nesult in withdrawal of this clearance and attract actiorr under the provisions of Environmenl (Protectioni Act, 1986.

7. Aiiy app@l agalnst this onvironmental clearance shall lie with the Nailonal Ertvironritent Appllate AuUrority, if prefened, within a perioo ot 30 days as prescribed under $*ciiorr 't i *f ths,lllaHoneli$nuirnnBirent,{ppullat* Authority.,fict, "rSS7. 'lhe B. airove conditlori$ will bs enforced inter-alia, under the provisions of the Water iPreveniion & Control of Poltutionl Aqt" 1974, the Air lFreventiorr A Conirof ofnorf,rtionj ,tcr, 19$1, the Environment (Protectlon) Act, 1986 and the Public Liability lnsurance Act, 1991 along wiih their amenclments and rules.

- Oeputy--r--'-' Director--'----r opyro

1 $:ici*tary, fulinisiry of Mines, Governrnent r-rl lrrcira. Snastn Bhawar, New Delhr '* I ijjrjtl&tnrT, []spai''tln+:nt o{ [invrrant'lon!, Go\r&iru']i*nt (]f M.]l1a{trglitr$, liliumhiri. 3, til+{:.?l$}y, ft,*putitti*nt r-1; futrin*s atrj G*rio1;y, Gr}v*ri,*,eiit :)f iii:lrar#t}i}iril. l,,iunroai. r#i#r:'.'"''

-7-

{. 5.

fro

t t-

1S, 11. 1?. 1S. 14.

:'.

.-f'

,. I ' ,i- { \':';r-,

Io ',r.r Sntt Ncmls.V" De:'npo, & Shri $hriniuas V. Dernpo Detrrpo Vitla Altlnho, Parrali Sss * 4SS,SO1.

$ltpe of gre {xxiiii .themlning_banch and ultimate pit lirnitr shalt be fls per minin* *nh*m* approved by lndian Bureau of Mines.

(if {xxiv) Drrlling any) shall be conducted by usrng dust exlractorsiwet drilling. No blasting shall be involved.

(xxviii) Prior permission front the competent autnotity snall be obtained for er"traction of ground water. if any.

(xxxtl A final mine closure plan, along with details of Corpus Fund, shall be submitted to the Ministry of shvironr*e*t ft. f6ies{e, ff yeErs tn Lovani*-oi rrn.r ri;; ;6il; ?; approval.

B. Generalconditione

(i) No change in mining technology and scope of workrng shall be made without prior opprnval of ihe Miniqtry of Snuir,onment & Forests.

(li) lrlo.*harlge'in calendqr plan ].h.e including ercavation, qusnturn of mineral (iron ora) and waule shatlbe made.

I and health aspects,

I (ix) A separate Environmental Managenlent Cetl with surtabte quatified personnel shalt be sct-rrp under the control of a Senior Executive, who wril reporl ctireitty to the Head cf ttie Orgenization

/,infonnEthn /

(xiv; I topy .:f clearance letter will be rnarked to concerned Panchayat I local NGO, if any, fr*nt whorn suggMion I r*prs*e{}lation ha,* been rm*eived wttlie- prrCmsing ths proposal.

tiu (xr.) State Pollution Control Eoard shalt display a copy of the clearance letter at the ffiegionel nf{ire- mistdct tfidi.ug.try,fiea*rm and Csll*$tsrl* syg*u I Tehoili*ar,r#lflcm fsr 30 days.

i ille Mrnlstry or any other competonl aulhoflry rrruy alrerimodify ths above cot,dition$ or etipuiate any f,urther condilion in tho int*rryJ sf ertvir*rrment protection.

- Oeputy--r--'-' Director--'----r opyro

-7-

{. 5.

fro

t t-

1S, 11. 1?. 1S. 14.

:'. Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

ANNEXURE -2 TOPOGRAPHICAL MAP

157 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi

Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

ANNEXURE -3 AIR DISPERSION REPORT

158 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi PROJECT TITLE: COMMENTS: C:\Users\nipun\Desktop\AERMOD 2017\DEMPO MINE\DEMPO MINE.isc

SOURCES:

RECEPTORS:

1681

OUTPUT TYPE:

Concentration

MAX:

0.286 ug/m^3

COMPANY NAME:

MODELER:

DATE:

22-02-2018

SCALE: 1:149,347

0 5 km

PROJECT NO.:

AERMOD View - Lakes Environmental Software C:\Users\nipun\Desktop\AERMOD 2017\DEMPO MINE\DEMPO MINE.isc PROJECT TITLE: COMMENTS: C:\Users\nipun\Desktop\AERMOD 2017\DEMPO MINE\DEMPO MINE.isc

SOURCES:

RECEPTORS:

1681

OUTPUT TYPE:

Concentration

MAX:

0.879 ug/m^3

COMPANY NAME:

MODELER:

DATE:

22-02-2018

SCALE: 1:149,347

0 5 km

PROJECT NO.:

AERMOD View - Lakes Environmental Software C:\Users\nipun\Desktop\AERMOD 2017\DEMPO MINE\DEMPO MINE.isc PROJECT TITLE: COMMENTS: C:\Users\nipun\Desktop\AERMOD 2017\DEMPO MINE\DEMPO MINE.isc

SOURCES:

RECEPTORS:

1681

OUTPUT TYPE:

Concentration

MAX:

0.188 ug/m^3

COMPANY NAME:

MODELER:

DATE:

22-02-2018

SCALE: 1:149,347

0 5 km

PROJECT NO.:

AERMOD View - Lakes Environmental Software C:\Users\nipun\Desktop\AERMOD 2017\DEMPO MINE\DEMPO MINE.isc PROJECT TITLE: COMMENTS: C:\Users\nipun\Desktop\AERMOD 2017\DEMPO MINE\DEMPO MINE.isc

SOURCES:

RECEPTORS:

1681

OUTPUT TYPE:

Concentration

MAX:

0.286 ug/m^3

COMPANY NAME:

MODELER:

DATE:

22-02-2018

SCALE: 1:149,347

0 5 km

PROJECT NO.:

AERMOD View - Lakes Environmental Software C:\Users\nipun\Desktop\AERMOD 2017\DEMPO MINE\DEMPO MINE.isc Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

ANNEXURE -4 DETAILED HYDROGEOLOGY REPORT

159 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi HYDRO-GEOLOGY REPORT OF PHANASWADE IRON ORE MINE

TOPOGRAPHY AND SOIL TYPE-

Sindhudurg district is located in the Konkan region of Maharashtra State. The outstanding feature in the relief of the district is its highly uneven nature and very narrow riverine plains that fringe the coastline. About 40 to 50% of the area in the district is hilly. The district has three major physiographic divisions from east to west. a) The eastern part close to the Western Ghats, is highly dissected with deep valleys. b) The middle part of the district is occupied by flat-topped hills with undulating plateau covered by Laterite. c) The coastal plain in the western part. The general slope of the district is towards west. The lowest point of buffer zone is 15 MSL situated close to periphery in the south-west. The buffer zone depicts a general slope towards south-west. The proposed mining site MSL is around 170 - 420 m. Drainage- The drainage system of the major rivers in the district is mostly of sub-parallel type and the tributaries drainage pattern tends to be sub-rectangular type. Major joints in the Basalt control the drainage pattern. All the major rivers originate in the Sahayadri Hill ranges and ultimately drain in the Arabian sea. The major drainages of the buffer zone area are Terekhol river, Shemi Nadi and Dhabil River. Dhabil River is 0.04 Km S from the mining area and Terekhol river is 5.65 Km NW. Geology The geology of the Sindhudurg is given under- Recent to sub-Recent Alluvium, beach sand Pleistocene Laterite and lateritic spread Miocene Shale with peat and pyrite nodules Cretaceous to Eocene Deccan Trap Basalt lava flows Upper Pre-Cambrian Kaladgi Series: quartzite, sandstone, shale and associated limestone Dharwar Super Group Phyllite, conglomerate, quartzite

Soil Type- The major soil types of the area are classified into four types which are given under- 1)Rice soil 2)Garden soil 3)Varkas soil 4)Alluvial soil. Hydrology Dharwarian metasediments (Archean), Kaladgi formation (Precambrian), Deccan Trap lava flows (Upper Cretaceous to Lower Eocene age), Laterite (Pleistocene) and Alluvial deposits (Recent to Sub-Recent) are the water bearing formations observed in Sindhudurg district. However, Kaladgi formation occurs in very limited patches and does not form potential aquifer in the district. The Alluviums also has limited areal extent found mainly along the coast. Hard Rock Areas Dharwarian Metasediments- The Dharwarian metasediments and intrusions are devoid of primary porosity and permeability. The major aquifer formations are Granitic Gneisses and Granites. Bore wells generally tap deeper aquifer down to the depth of 70 m bgl. Kaladgi- The Kaladgi rocks are mainly represented by orthoquartzite, sandstone and shales. Bore wells generally tap deeper aquifer down to the depth of 60 m bgl. Deccan Trap Basalt- The primary porosity is negligent in the Deccan trap basalts. Bore wells are not common in the district and they tap deeper aquifer in generally down to the depth of 90 m bgl. Laterite- Laterite has better porosity due to intricate network of sinuous conduits making it porous formation. The local water table aquifer develops in the topmost layer down to the depth of 20 m bgl. Only dug wells are found in this formation. Soft Rock Areas Beach Sand/Alluvium- The Alluvial deposits are found along the coastal areas in few isolated patches having limited areal extent and limited thickness as Beach Sand. The ground water occurs in inter- granular pore spaces of sands, gravels and silts. The ground water occurs under phreatic/unconfined aquifer at relatively shallow depths of 2-10 m bgl.

Ground Water Development Ground Water Resource Estimation according to CGWB for whole Sindhudurg district indicates that Net Ground Water Availability is 26196.06 ha-m and Existing Ground Water Draft for all uses is 7262.86 ha- m. After making provision for Domestic and Industrial Supply for next 25 Years as 3651.19 ha-m, Ground Water Availability for future Irrigation is 17107.6 ha-m. Over all Stage of Ground Water development of the district is 27.73%. indicating there is ample scope for ground water development in the district. All Talukas of Sindhudurg district are categorized under “Safe Category”. According to the CGWB report, the project area falls in Block Sawantwadi, the stage of ground water development for the Sawantwadi block is 14.94 % which comes under Safe categorie. The details of ground water development of Sawantwadi block is shown in the table given ahead -

Sl. Blocks Net Existing Provision for G.W. Stage of G.W. Category No. G.W. G.W. Draft Domestic & Availability for Develop- Availabilit for all Uses Industrial Future ment y (ha-m) Requirement for Irrigation (%) (ha-m) Next 25 Years (ha-m) (ha-m)

1 Sawantwadi 3363.62 502.43 608.26 2543.66 14.94 Safe

Water Conservation & Artificial Recharge- The artificial recharge structures which are feasible in the hard rock area, are check dams, gully plugs, percolation tanks, nalla bunds, etc. The structures like gully plugs, contour bunds are most favorable in the hilly areas. In the highland area and wide Lateritic plateau areas, contour trenching should be carried out to arrest the surface runoff and ensure recharge of rainfall runoff into the ground water reservoir, existing dug wells can also be used for artificial recharge. REPORT OF THE HYDROLOGICAL AND WATER BALANCE STUDY A detailed hydrogeological study has been conducted by Central Mining Institute Dhanbad and G.S.D.A. in year 2008-09. Report was submitted by them on 23-03-2010. In this report following conclusions have been drawn - 1) The study area is divided into two hilly micro water shed. 2) The geology in the area is not suitable for storing and transmitting groundwater. 3) The present agriculture activity in the study area is much limited to rain fade. 4) The drinking water supply for all the wadis in village Kesari and Phanwade is fulfilled by the present dug wells and bore wells. There is no scarcity of drinking water observed in those two villages. The tank located at Kesari which is rejuvenated by the company will fulfill the demand of the projected population. 5) It is observed that any mining activity carried out in the study area will not have any adverse effect of the availability of drinking water supply and livelihood of the people. 6) Ground water potential in the micro shed area is 24.91 ham. Water requirement for project including beneficiation plant, sprinkling, plantation and drinking- Estimated water requirement for the project = 8640 KLD + 175 KLD+5 KLD = 8820 KLD (Q) No. of Working days = 200 days (D) Total water requirement yearly= Q*D= 8820*200 = 1,764,000 KL per year. Source for meeting Water requirement- Above water requirement of 1,764,000 KL per year is proposed to be met from following sources-  Proposed rain water storage reservoir to be designed and constructed within the lease area of 8.198 ha.  Proposed rain water storage to be designed and constructed outside lease in 70 ha private land owned by the company located adjacent to the lease.  From the rain water storage by constructing weir of suitable height across Dabhil river for storing the rain water.  Additionally, the government of Maharashtra is coming up with the dam facility across the Dabhil river in the downstream portion. The Government of Maharashtra has agreed to supply entire process water from the proposed dam. A letter of approvel in this regard No.- MPD/PB/T-9/63/09 dated 11-11-2009 has already been received from Government of Maharashtra.

Thus, the initial years water requirement will be met from the reservoirs to be constructed for the purpose of storing the rain water and subsequently from the proposed dam being built by Government of Maharashtra as per necessity.

Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

ANNEXURE -5 MINUTES OF MEETING OF PH, REPLY AND COMMITMENT

160 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi

t*.r'qi:.;-j';,rl',o,*",,*-;i,., ,,'ffLIF *:;A il A s i ; iffi ** p G ; i- u ri o r*i il i g :': s i Tfi i; r- ;rrr o'rr, I Tel : Z40ZO7B1 I Z4O1 O4gT Fax : 24024068 :, , " ;:. :' Kalpataru.Point,

. , l/isit u-t ttt , :HL, ..: sra a ith.itqo, lrl/ah-i+^ . Lar '/, A^^?nd, 'ra:--.-,r. Website:htr;pi//mpcb.mahlnic.inffi-:!nF.Cinbplan"t,--,,-*- E-r'nai! ''i'.'" : [email protected]"i Fffi*rg t 'Near.,sion circle, sion (E), No.Bo/Ro p&eylewB_ --' "-- v€4' ' r' lfs-l f Ae_qftVe$_i ;,.1,f ' ,d!2$i6h "r'Date: I & toztiooa

ln comoliance of Notificatiol^Io, 07'07 2004 318(E), dated &'amenJ"J rtr"lil6"Jsss .10-04-1997 as *ru Forests, Governmenr ata. r.iTg.zoog of rvrinirt.v * of rndia rr.," prorir i"rrir-g;;?:ii";p; of Environment and i,rrl,lrlo ,ron B',:.1"S,.nfifi:['l rvr' o",;,' f;il:sl'l(",,,,-phanaswade, ore Minins ?l Yi?;# tq sawantwadi,

1) District Magistrate, Sindhudurg, Or his representative not below the Chairman Rank of an Additionat Oirtri.iff4.gltr"t",

2) Representative of Maharashtra polrution contror Board, Member Sub Regional Officer, M.p.C Board, Ratnagiri will work as convener. The t\'4emb::s.are requesied-tlmake 1st03t2oo8 it convenient.to atiend pubric at 1r:30 rrrs. ,,ir"hJbft;;;i;;#:1,, the Hearrng o,"*,,sinarruo_urs positivety {( "rW (Sanjay KhinOare; !" m:'hfuA'44"rMember Secretary goqvrorinrormation ro.fllo'o t rtment, Govt or Ma ha ras htra l] il5,Fll,,tlil;5u[xffip.c rDepa :,^1.?:-ylarrman, M Board,"' Mumbai 9opv for information i;;--"' ltector, :J}lfl$Co Sino h uO u rg.

o o, D e m p 3'J ?;[,,T o H o u s e, c a m p a p ] i: r"yJ: r, a n aj i - G o a 1)ffii'tI Po^,^^^tResionar oniffi ns' r'r"! pg, # : : i?"y lo:, 2) Sub-Resionat _ffi;:7;;:';;r", otri.:f, M.ft. ;;lrd, Ratnagir:i. 3) !,C: M.P.C.Board, Mumbai. -"" - For information & displaf on weOsite..

I \___ fiirrd Atln \ qrt\cn+t61 ?{'ot':ooa- Foy I CZZZAOZ35I6

;*$ Wl gp.ifrs q Htgft-s iiqmm,{usrd3fl:[r6ls'' 'ti ery*.lo qratqu{a 3{rA }TIt. zqmro{ft r) J ErrrFE lrarrq fd-qzrr Esd q-t'"mq.io ffi gag"nfl lEr' ) :,i, ft46 ;fl. S q ffi {-er 6fl. N, uA a*fr Y* rn"d:rrm qmrBa , g- frtts'i qt n-+r'n dt v-ffq ar =ta. -Efifrqufl rfu-rrtfl-qqiarqhq{+ qr+' Bar, gTPha, qqta{q a Ec.rm6c *g', iiqliavarm& qrft gas"fti qrrd .{rfir{ r'iii ftEi6 SS q+fl looE ?fl altrqr{a er;i' 4,pi,.', te.rlB. I gP;taq rI i:qsB f&q,fln : fisfra aI. {IlEiirdn$' ft'frWti' o I ffiq-a'e.iorffamimtaffi:(orar,-Grln urr}) 1,.{rf,sM rrff

+rqtaqms-d, +tatq' 1 "ad*lm-<,fii+rff3qeTtftrs q{}r+rfl, c.dmg c-*M ftizur dsd. **-a Arlm 6ffi H-{*rn rien rqna' ffia4ff, -",i*t-ar. ftrtrl{ir+fi miqif,q $qrrs' {6rf'Tt ft--*u qrtfi r-6"ri 6rffi { ;;. #a, 6. |a,r<, fi. {A'Id } er*m oftltctfi-" k* <. y-*.i*a'n .atrc qri' ,lti "rsa-a ar ' ni-+o AIi, suerrs srfi qsq ffi '*, q'';.rrfrd s*if,qrq'-t :cf,.tr 3$6' ffi16 ;"R..i=-s.d qIBt -gma iqrd itE Alqrer8 {-{{ql qqr-i s-

Ja.*, d +u Mo E F A,,^, t 2fl FeL,2aad., ') t - tl fi5ur-BRd lZ-a>'z@8

\ffi ffiffiilffi {triffi*xl:trffi:inlin*$ ,ffiry-lig-!'t,k$!3#:f'i.s'ft'ffff". 1

i ,#,*llt*S*tgiJtT.:1$.11i3#:?rss*r'r' I -H,r, Iturf;rrnrrryffi ffiffiffi\l fi,, -'- $ffiffi\r ffiffiq#im\tffiW i$ ,k COMPLIANCE OF PUBLIC HEARING CONDUCTED ON 15.03.2008 Suggestions / Objections Response from Project Proponent 1 A report was submitted in 2002 about water supply & water The project proponent has clarified that no work will be started in that particular springs. He wanted clarification of this report. area unless permitted by government. Shri Sunil Pednekar, Ex. Corporator, Sawantwadi Municipal Shri Prakash Joshi, representative of project proponent Council–Senior Geologist 2 Water supply has been reduced by 50% at the scheme site. 72% of water from Palnekond dam is released at Chivar hills, village Charathe by Also Municipal Council has executed the interim water Municipal Council. Therefore he feels that the water percentage is reduced. In this supply scheme. This water supply scheme is for Sawantwadi regard various Corporations have submitted the representation. from Kesari village. The Chairman asked for the proof. Mr. Sunil Pednekar 3 Asked the clarification regarding impact on rice farming, The suggestions will be taken care of by the provisions mentioned in the EIA & irrigated farming, wild life & day to day life due to the EMP report. Also the directions of Expert Appriasal Committee of MoEF & pollution. He also asked for the report on environment & conditions in the environment clearance will be implemented. minerals received from Kolhapur laboratory. Mr. Hari Babu Mr. Pednekar 4 Submitted a representation regarding employment “Our company is working for the last 60 years in the field of mining with due availability from the project. Similar representation implementation of Government Rules & Regulations. We have always given regarding creation of employment & compensation. The priority for the employment opportunities to the sons of the soil & hereafter also project proponent has started the social work in Kesari & we will continue to follow the same principle. Training will be imparted to the local other villages. Hence the project shall be started with due youth for skill development & creation of skilled employment.” implementation of environmental rules. Mr. Prakash Joshi Mr. Raghunath S Sawant Mahadev Bhoju Sawant 5 Representation stating that mining activities should not be As per the statute safe distance will be maintained from village settlement. Also carried out in S No. 8 & 39 as they are very close to the village the feelings of the local peoples will be respected. Bunds & other facilities will be Kesari also compensation shall be given for other types of provided. In spite of this if there is erosion & accumulation of mud in the farms or damages. Implement employment generating & minor other damages from the mine will be occurred company assures for the irrigation schemes. compensation by involvement of Government. The problem of water scarcity Mr. Raghoji Bhagawan SawantMr. Vishram Appa Sawant situation will be solved by digging new well etc. Education facilities like nursery, ITI institute & other higher education opportunities will be provided. Also health problems will be tackled by way of providing health care facilities. He further added that their company has already started the work in this regard & the schemes will be implemented with cooperation from locals. Prakash Joshi

Phanaswade Iron ore Mine by DEMPO

ANNEXURE -6

ENVIRONMENT POLICY

161 Prepared by: Perfact Envirosolutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi S6unana 7. Dera,qo Chairman Dempo Group of Companies DEilr?O$

CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT POLICY

As an integral part of our business philosophy, DEMPO is committed to contribute towards ensuring a clean and sustainabte environment by continually improving our environ mentat performance.

To achieve this goal, we wholeheartedly and proactively commit ourselves to:

Conduct all our operations in an environmentally responsible manner and ensure comptiance of all prescribed laws and environment regutations. Continual improvement shall be the company's motto. The company shall Endeavour to educate & develop necessary skills, attitude and awareness among employees towards safety and prevention of pollution.

Continuously assess our environmentat impacts and measure and improve our environmental performance by adopting best practices for prevention and controt of potlution Make continuous efforts to reduce water intensity and fresh water usages by increased use of harvested and recycled water in our operations.

which have tow ecological foot print over their life cycle

across atl our operations.

For M/s Sri Shrinivas V. Dempo& Smt. Neela V. Dempo nfi^

(PrakasH K, Joshi) t Constituted attorney for Shri Shrinivas V. Dempo& Smt. Neela V.Dempo a

Dempo House Campal, Panaji, Goa - 403 OO1. TEL.: 2441300 FAX:2225098 E-MAIL: [email protected]

“MODIFIED MINING PLAN” SUBMITTED UNDER RULE 17(3) OF MCR 2016 [INCLUSIVE OF PROGRESSIVE MINE CLOSURE PLAN UNDER RULE 23(B) 3 OF MCDR 1988]

NAME OF MINE PHANASWADE IRON ORE MINE

Village-Phanaswade,

ADDRESS Taluka-Sawantwadi Dist-Sindhudurg State- Maharashtra

Shri Shrinivas V. Dempo & Name of Owner Smt. Neela V. Dempo

Lease area in Hector 99.4300 Ha

Forest Area Nil

Lease Period 50 years

Expiry Date 30/03/2066

Rule under which the document Rule 17(3) OF MCR 2016 and Rule 23(B) 3 is being submitted of MCDR 1988

Category of Mine ‘A’ Period of Proposals in Financial 2016-17 to 2020-21 Year

Name of Qualified Peron 1. Prashant Gulabrao Wagadre prepared the document 2. Pramodkumar H. Rai

LIST OF CONTENTS CHAPTER PAGE PARTICULARS NO. No. INTRODUCTORY NOTES 1 1.0 GENERAL 3 2.0 LOCATION AND ACCESSIBILITY 5 3.0 DETAILS OF APPROVED MINING PLAN/SCHEME OF MINING (IF ANY) 10 3.1 Date and reference of earlier approved MP/SOM 10 Details of last modifications if any (for the previous approved 3.2 period) of approved MP/SOM, indicating date of approval, reason 10 for modification Give review of earlier approved proposal (if any) in respect of 3.3 exploration, excavation, reclamation etc. 11 3.4 Give status of compliance of violations pointed out by IBM 11 Indicate and give details of any suspension /closure/ prohibitory 3.5 order issued by any Government agency under any rule or Court of 11 law In case the MP/SOM is submitted under rules 9 and 10 of the MCDR'88 or under rule 22(6) of the MCR'1960 for approval of 3.6 modification, specify reason and justification for modification under 11 these rules. PART – A 1.0 GEOLOGY AND EXPLORATION 12 2.0 MINING 39 3.0 MINE DRAINAGE 66 STACKING OF MINERAL REJECT /SUB GRADE MATERIAL AND 4.0 68 DISPOSAL OF WASTE 5.0 USE OF MINERAL AND MINERAL REJECT 74 6.0 PROCESSING OF ROM AND MINERAL REJECT 78 7.0 OTHER 84 8.0 PROGRESSIVE MINE CLOSURE PLAN UNDER RULE 23 OF MCDR'1988 87 Environment Base line information: Attach a note on the status of 8.1 87 baseline information with regard to the following. Impact Assessment: Attach an Environmental Impact Assessment 8.2 Statement describing the impact of mining and beneficiation on 104 environment on the following: 8.3 Progressive reclamation Plan 117 8.4 Disaster Management and Risk Assessment 126 8.5 Care and maintenance during temporary discontinuance 130 8.6 Financial Assurance: 132 9.0 Certificates enclosed - 10.0 List of the plans and sections enclosed - 11.0 List of Annexures given along with the contents -

MODIFICATION IN THE APPROVED MODIFIID MINING PLAN UNDER RULE 17(31 OF MCR ,2OL6 OF PHANASWADE IRON ORE MINE

LESSEE: Shri Shrinivas V. Dempo & Smt. Neel,a V. Dempo

Introductlon:

Government of Maharashtra vide letter No. MMN/ 1OO5/C.R.926/IND-9 dated 20.12.2006 (Annexure O1f had conveyed the prior approval of the government of India to grant Mining lease to Smt. NeelaVasudevDempo and ShriShrinivasDempo over an area of 386.99OOHa. for a period of 30 years, in Villages: Kesari&Phanaswade, Taluka: Sawantwadi, District: Sindhudurg of Maharashtra State; for iron ore.

Accordingly the Mining Plan in respect of the above mentioned area was submitted to Indian Bureau of Mines for approval under Rule 22(4) of MCR 1960. The same was approved by Indian Bureau of Mines vide their letter No.MP/MECH-47(MAHI/cOA/2006-07 dated 30-05-2007. Please refer Annexure No.O2.

However, mining operations proposed in approved Mining Plan (including Progressive Mine Closure Plan) could not commence because of non-execution of Mining lease Deed. The execution of Mining kase Deed was pending on account of bare minimum forest area involved in the applied lease area/project, which was not made available by forest department.

OP /'' ( (nraslLnt G Wagadre) (Pramodkumar H Rai) Qualified Person

! The bare minimum forest area involved in the project was proposed for the waste dump in the approved Mining Plan (including Progressive Mine Closure Plan). The forest area involved in the project was not made available by forest department on time. Therefore in order of not to delay the project further, it is proposed that all the mining operations including dumping of waste shall be restricted to private area. Thus it was proposed to have waste dump site on private area. On account of shift of waste dump location; the modification in approved mining plan was carried out and same was approved by Indian Bureau of Mines vide their letter No.MP/SIND/GOA(MAH)/Fe-227-SZ/162 dated 16/21- 01-2013. Please refer Annexure No.03.

As mentioned above, since the forest area was unable to get on time for project, the lessee has surrender the portion of forest land, land under dispute and low lying area, accounting to 287.56Ha, falling in village Kesari and executed the lease deed over an area of 99.43Ha in village Phanaswade.

As the lease area is reduced from 386.99Ha to 99.43Ha, the modification in approved modified mining plan is carried out due to change in lease area. The proposal for mining and allied activities that was made and approved in approved modified mining plan will remain unchanged. The copy of lease deed is enclosed as Annexure No. 4.

The area proposed for Mining and allied activities in the Modified Mining Plan is a private area acquired by executing duly registered sale deeds with the respective owners

The survey for establishment of boundary pillars in Phanaswade Mining Lease over an area of 99.43 Ha was carried out by using DGPS instrument. The survey was carried as per the provision of circular No.2/2010 dated 06.04.2010 issued by Indian Bureau of Mines, Government of India, Nagpur. The Geo-referenced Mining Lease Map superimposed on latest high resolution satellite data derived from merging of Cartosat- 2 and LISS-IV obtained from NRSC, Hyderabad is enclosed as Plate No. III. The superimposed output and the digitized maps in shape file are also enclosed in soft form as Annexure No.16.

1.0 GENERAL: a) Name of the Lessee : i) Shri Shrinivas V. Dempo ii) Smt. Neela V. Dempo

Rule 45 Registration No. : Applied for Registration, Application Id-20630

Address : Dempo Villa, Althino, Panaji Goa - 403 001.

Gram : DEMPO, URL : http://www.dempos.com Phone : (0832) 2441300 Fax : 91-832-225098 / 2228588

Address Proof of the Lessee is enclosed as Annexure No.05 (a) & 05(b).

Photo ID and address proof of authorized signatory is enclosed as Annexure No. 05 (a) & 05(b).

b) Status of Lessee : Private Individual

c) Mineral(s) which is / are included in the prospecting license (For Fresh grant) : Not Applicable

d) Mineral(s) which is/are included in the letter of Intent/lease deed: Iron Ore

e) Mineral(s) which is the lessee intends to mine: Iron ore

f) Name of the Qualified Person under Rule 15(1) (a) of MCR, 2016 or a Person employed under clause (c) of Sub Rule (1) of Rule 42 of MCDR, 1988 (applicable for scheme of mining only) preparing Modification in Approved Modified Mining Plan.

1) Name : PrashantGulabraoWagadre

Address : B-2/3, Chamunda Residency, Caranzalem, Tiswadi, Goa.403002 Phone : (0832)2441324 Fax : Email : [email protected] Mobile No : 9822982377 Qualification : B.E. (Mining); M.E.(Indl.Egg.); PGDM/MBA Professional Experience : Professional experience of 12 years of working in a supervisory capacity in the field of Iron ore Mining after obtaining the degree

2) Name : Pramodkumar H Rai

Address : Dempo House, Campal, Panaji, Goa. 403 001 Phone : (0832)2441300 Fax : Email : [email protected] Mobile No : 9890201634 Qualification : B.E.(Mining) Professional Experience : Professional experience of 16 years of working in a supervisory capacity in the field of Iron ore Mining after obtaining the degree

Copy of Qualification and Professional Experience Certificate is enclosed as Annexure No 06(a)&06(b).

2.0 LOCATION AND ACCESSIBILITY a) Lease Details :

Name of mine : Phanaswade Iron Ore Mine

Lat/Long of any boundary point : BP 1 Latitude 15° 53′ 55.4207″ Longitude 73° 57′ 17.3443″

Date of grant of lease : 31-03-2016

Period/Expiry Date : 50 years, valid upto 30/03/2066

Name of leaseholder : i) Shri Shrinivas V. Dempo ii) Smt. Neela V. Dempo

Postal Address : Dempo Villa, Althino, Panaji Goa - 403 001. b) Details of applied/ lease area with location map (Fresh area/ Mine). The land use as per Form 7/12is given below: Table 01 Forest Non Forest Forest (specify) Area (ha) Area (ha) Forest 00.0000 (i) Waste Land 79.1400 (ii) Grazing Land 20.2900 (iii) Agriculture Land 00.0000 (iv) Others 00.0000

Phanaswade Iron Ore lease is shown in the appended Key plan. (Please refer Plate No. I). The details of the land covered within lease Area is as mentioned below: Table 02

Dist. Taluka Village Survey No. Area in Ownership/Occupancy and State Ha. 47/0a,1a & 1b 15.7300 Sindhudurg Mining Cor.Pvt.Ltd. (part) Sindhudurg Mining 48/1 to 7 (part) 28.1000 Cor.Pvt.Ltd& partly owned by Govt. of Maharashtra Sindhudurg Phanas- Sawantwadi Sindhudurg Mining Maharashtra wade 50/1 to 8 32.8800 Cor.Pvt.Ltd& partly owned by Govt. of Maharashtra Sindhudurg Mining 52/1 to 9 (part) 22.7200 Cor.Pvt.Ltd& partly owned by Govt. of Maharashtra

The details of ownership/occupancy along with sale deed registration No. and date have been given in Annexure No. 15(a)&15(b).

Surface rights within the lease area are held by lessee. Hence land use for the plan period is within the surface rights held by lessee. i) Total Lease Area : 99.43 Ha. ii) Village : Phanaswade iii) Taluka : Sawantwadi iv) District : Sindhudurg v) State : Maharashtra vi) Whether the area falls under : No Coastal Regulations Zone (CRZ). If yes, details thereof vii) Existence of public road/railway line, if any nearby and approximate distance Distance from Public Road : The lease area is approximately at a distance of 20 km., from Sawantwaditownship and 33km., from Banda approachable via. Danoli Village junction on Sawantwadi - Kolhapur/Belgaum State Highway No. 121.

Asphalted road from Danoli village Junction passing through village Kesari is a part of the main approach road to the lease area

Distance from Railway Station: The nearest railway station is Sawantwadi Road of Konkan Railway at a road distance of about 25Km. viii) Topo sheet no. with latitude & longitude of all corner boundary points/ pillars Toposheet No. : 48E/13

The lease boundary pillars are survey by using DGPS. The survey was conducted by Sinha Mining Consultancy, Margao, Goa, empanelled agency of

Directorate of Geology and Mines, Government of Maharashtra. The lease boundary pillar co-ordinates are given below: Table No.03

Sr. No. POINT ID LATITUDE LONGITUDE

1 BP 1 150 53‟ 55.4207” 730 57‟ 17.3443”

2 BP 2 150 53‟ 59.4942” 730 57‟ 23.2676”

3 BP 3 150 54‟ 00.6578” 730 57‟ 25.1878”

4 BP 4 150 54‟ 00.2318” 730 57‟ 32.6360”

5 BP 5 150 54‟ 03.3692” 730 57‟ 35.0.17” BP 6 6 150 54‟ 05.2551” 730 57‟ 31.8664” BP 7 7 150 54‟ 07.6062” 730 57‟ 35.0650” BP 8 8 150 54‟ 01.5749” 730 57‟ 38.7389” BP 9 9 150 53‟ 56.4323” 730 57‟ 42.2807” BP 10 10 150 53‟ 52.8663” 730 57‟ 44.3577”

11 BP 11 150 53‟ 48.7790” 730 57‟ 46.7987” BP 12 12 150 53‟ 45.4982” 730 57‟ 48.2155” BP 13 13 150 53‟ 40.3511” 730 57‟ 49.2486” BP 14 14 150 53‟ 35.3208” 730 57‟ 50.1825” BP 15 15 150 53‟ 31.6793” 730 57‟ 50.4113” BP 16 16 150 53‟ 31.3489” 730 57‟ 57.5387” BP 17 17 150 53‟ 29.9850” 730 57‟ 59.0163” BP 18 18 150 53‟ 28.3563” 730 58‟ 00.0404” BP 19 19 150 53‟ 14.9009” 730 57‟ 53.9756” BP 20 20 150 53‟ 09.5267” 730 57‟ 48.4198” BP 21 21 150 53‟ 09.0216” 730 57‟ 46.8000” BP 22 22 150 53‟ 13.9278” 730 57‟ 37.9852” BP 23 23 150 53‟ 21.2064” 730 57‟ 37.1008” BP 24 24 150 53‟ 21.0908” 730 57‟ 35.6107” BP 25 25 150 53‟ 25.1764” 730 57‟ 32.2654” BP 26 26 150 53‟ 28.8932” 730 57‟ 30.1177” BP 27 27 150 53‟ 32.5989” 730 57‟ 27.8121”

BP 28 28 150 53‟ 35.6996” 730 57‟ 25.5616” BP 29 29 150 53‟ 37.9674” 730 57‟ 30.5986” BP 30 30 150 53‟ 41.0882” 730 57‟ 28.9865” BP 31 31 150 53‟ 44.9569” 730 57‟ 27.7533” BP 32 32 150 53‟ 47.6335” 730 57‟ 26.8222” BP 33 33 150 53‟ 50.8070” 730 57‟ 23.9829” BP 34 34 150 53‟ 53.3851” 730 57‟ 20.6021” (Datum WGS 84)

The Geo-referenced Mining Lease Map superimposed on latest high resolution satellite data derived from merging of Cartosat- 2 and LISS-IV is enclosed as Plate No. III. The superimposed output and the digitized maps in shape file is also enclosed in soft form as Annexure No. 16.

The details of Ground Control Point (i.e. permanent ground features) situated outside Mining Lease area is as mentioned below: Table No.04 GCP No. Latitude Longitude Location GCP 01 150 55‟ 02.40‟‟ 730 55‟ 58.87‟‟ Swayambhu Temple GCP 02 150 54‟ 29.15‟‟ 730 56‟ 57.41‟‟ Karlaee Temple GCP 03 150 54‟ 32.50‟‟ 730 56‟ 53.12‟‟ Well GCP 04 150 54‟ 32.11‟‟ 730 57‟ 00.01‟‟ Rest House

The above said GCP location has been linked to boundary pillar No.01 (i.e.BP 01) and has been marked on Surface & Geological Plan. Please refer Plate No. IV& V. The detail‟s pertaining to distance and bearing is as mentioned below: i. BP 01 is at a distance of 3111.711m and having a bearing of 311˚ 42' 07" from GCP 01. ii. BP 01 is at a distance of 1194.070m and having a bearing of 330˚ 31' 13" from GCP 02. iii. BP 01 is at a distance of 1348.093m and having a bearing of 327˚ 59' 07" from GCP 03. iv. BP 01 is at a distance of 1239.738m and having a bearing of 335˚ 43' 00" from GCP 04.

All the boundary pillars (BP) have been marked on geo-referenced cadastral map, enclosed as Plate II.

The location of GCP has been marked on Plate No. IV & V. c) Attached a general location map showing area and access routes. It is preferred that the area be marked on a Survey of India topographical map or a cadastral map or forest map as the case may be. However, if none of these are available, the area may be shown on an administrative map.

Phanaswade Iron Ore lease is shown in the appended Key plan. Please refer Plate No. I.

3.0 DETAILS OF APPROVED MINING PLAN / SCHEME OF MINING (if any)

3.1 Date and reference of earlier approved Mining Plan/Scheme of Mining: Table No.05 Sr. Mining Planning Period Approval Letter No. & Date No. Plan/Scheme

No.MP/MECH-47(MAH)/ GOA/ 1. Mining Plan 1st year to 5th year 2006-07 dated 30-05-2007.

Modification in No.MP/SIND/GOA(MAH)/Fe-227- 2. Approved Mining 1st year to 5th year SZ/162 dated 16/21-01-2013 Plan

3.2 Details of last modifications if any (for the previous approved period) of approved Mining Plan / Scheme of Mining, indicating date of approval, reason for modification. Mining Plan in respect of the 386.9900 Ha area was submitted to Indian Bureau of Mines for approval under Rule 22(4) of MCR 1960. The same was approved by Indian Bureau of Mines vide their letter No.MP/MECH-47(MAH)/GOA/2006-07 dated 30-05-2007. Please refer Annexure No.02.

However, mining operations proposed in approved Mining Plan (including Progressive Mine Closure Plan) could not commence because of non-execution of Mining Lease Deed. The execution of Mining Lease Deed was pending on account of bare minimum forest area involved in the applied lease area/project, which was not made available by forest department.

The bare minimum forest area involved in the project was proposed for the waste dump in the approved Mining Plan (including Progressive Mine Closure Plan). The forest area involved in the project was not made available by forest department on time. Therefore in order of not to delay the project further, it was proposed that all the mining operations including dumping of waste shall be restricted to private area. Thus it was proposed to have waste dump site on private area. On account of shift of waste dump location; the modification in approved mining plan was carried out and same was approved by Indian Bureau of Mines vide their letter No.MP/SIND/GOA(MAH)/Fe-227-SZ/162 dated 21-01- 2013. Please refer Annexure No.03.

3.3 Give review of earlier approved proposal (if any) in respect of exploration, excavation, reclamation etc. The earlier approved proposals in respect of exploration, excavation, reclamation, etc. in approved modified mining plan was not carried due to non- execution of Lease Deed.

3.4 Give status of compliance of violations pointed out by IBM: There is no violation pointed out by IBM

3.5 Indicate and give details of any suspension/closure/prohibitory order issued by any Government agency under any rule or court of law. There is no suspension/closure/prohibitory order/s issued by any Government agency under any rule or court of law.

3.6 In case the Mining Plan/Scheme of Mining is submitted under Rules 9 and 10 of the MCDR, 1988 or under Rule 22(6) of the MCR, 1960 for approval of modification, specify reason and justification for modification under these rules. Reason for Modifications:

Reduction of area for Mining Lease over an area of 99.4300Ha; against the earlier sanctioned area of 386.9900Ha

Justification for Modification: As mentioned above in Para 3.2, that the forest area was unable to get on time for project, the lessee has surrender the portion of forest land, land under dispute and low lying area, accounting to 287.56Ha, falling in village Kesari and executed the lease deed over an area of 99.43Ha in village Phanaswade.

The area proposed for Mining and allied activities in the Modified Mining Plan are a private area acquired by executing duly registered sale deeds with the respective owners.

PART-A

1.0 GEOLOGYANDEXPLORATION: a) Briefly describe the topography, drainage pattern, vegetation, climate, rainfall data of the area applied/ mining lease area.

Topography:

Regionally, Phanaswade falls under the coastal region of Konkan. The relief is high within the prospect area where the highest elevation of the area (towards NWW) is about 420m/ (Near BP 01) and lowest contour value is 170m towards the southern part of the Lease area.

The topographic divide marks the boundary between village Kesari and village Phanaswade.

The Phanaswade block is a part of valley portion bordered by two hill ridges having an almost N-S trend, one on Western side and the other on eastern side.

The lease area has been topographically surveyed & contoured. Recently Geo- referenced Cadastral Plan was prepared as per IBM Circular 2/2010, dated 6/4/2010 and authenticated by State Government based on which Plans and Sections are being prepared.

Drainage Pattern:

The drainage is well developed and is guided by the trend of the hillocks. There are two nallas flowing along the valley portion located in village Kesari(buffer zone) and they flow further down towards north. The western nalla originates from the valley between Sy. No. 21 & 22 in the Southern part of the Kesari- village and flows towards North along the Western border of Sy. No. 12, 11, 10 & 8 of Kesari village.

There is no perennial nallah in the mining lease area located in village Phanaswade. The Mining Lease area is a part of valley portion bordered by two hill ridges having almost N-S trend, one on western side and the other on eastern side. The valley portion drains the monsoon water into the Dabhilriver located beyond the southern end of lease.

Vegetation: The vegetation of the area can be broadly classified into tropical moist deciduous and tropical semi-evergreen type. Species composition is of Artocorpushirsutua, A. gomezianus, calophyllum spp., Sterculiagutta, Kydiacalcina, Lagerstroemia microcarpa, pterospemumdiversifolium, Garciniaindica, Diospyros Montana and Macrangapeltata.

The under growth mostly consists of Murrayakoengii, Leeaindica, Elaeagnusconferta, Ardisiasolanacea and Girardiniazeylanica. Among the climbers Gnetumedule, Jasminummalabaricum, Cocculusmacrocarpus and Moullavaspicataare the common.

There is no agricultural land within the leasehold area. There is no human settlement so also no monuments, temples etc., of Archaeological interest, within the leasehold area. The main agricultural crop of the area is paddy followed by ragi, cashew and coconut. Rice is the suitable food of the people. Apart of it other items of trade on mango, betel nut, pineapple, banana, kokum, etc. have been reported.

Natural Vegetation in the Core and Buffer Zone Area

Table No.06 Sl. No. Botanical Name Common Name 1. Ficushispids Arekgol 2. Ficusmicrocarpa Asan 3. Terminaliaalata Karawanda 4. Calycopteriscloribunda Ukshi 5. Phyllanthusemblica Amla 6. Alseodaphnesemicorpifolia Rani 7. Clerodendrumviscosum Kadri 8. Buchananialanzen Char 9. Diospyrosebenum Karemara 10. Leeaasiatica Dindi 11. Strychnosunx-vomica Karjro 12. Gmelinaarborea Gohmar 13. Anogeissuslafifolia Dhawra 14. Anacordiumoccidentale Cashewnut 15. Alstoniascholaris Satwin 16. Acacia catechu Khair 17. Syzygiumcumini jamun

Climate: Tropical conditions prevail in the area. The area experiences three seasons viz. Summer (March to May), Rainy season (June to October) and Winter (November to February). The temperature varies from a minimum of about 20°C during winter to a maximum of 37°C during summer. Relative humidity has been seen between a minimum of 51% to a maximum of about 96% during the year. Average wind velocity has been observed around 3.5Km/hr with wind direction being in the SW-NE.

Rainfall Data:

The area receives heavy rainfall every year. Annual rainfall varies from 3000- 4000 mm and the average number of rainy days is 110 per year. The bulk of rainfall is received during southwest monsoon (June to October). b) Brief description of Regional Geology with reference to location of lease/ applied area

Regional Geology:

Geologically, Maharashtra occupies an important place amongst the States of India because it has rock formations ranging from the oldest to the youngest. Some of these formations host important iron and manganese ore deposits. They also host the deposits having several important industrial and strategic mineral deposits.

The entire area of the state forms a part of the Peninsular Shield, which is composed of rocks commencing from the most ancient rocks of diverse origin, which have undergone considerable metamorphism. Over these ancient rocks of Precambrian era lie a few bases of proterozoic era and of permocarboniferrous periods, which are covered by extensive sheets of horizontally bedded lava flows comprising the Deccan traps. More than 80% of the state is covered by the Deccan traps, which largely concealed geologically older formations.

The distributions of the important older formations in the state are as follow: i. Precambrian ii. Sakoli group iii. Saunsar group and iv. Iron Ore group

Iron ore group is equivalent in age to Sakoli group and constitute the important iron ore deposits of Chandrapur, Gadchiroli and Sindhudurg Districts.

In SawantwadiTaluka of Sindhudurg District of Konkan adjoining Goa region, rocks of Banda Group which are locally representing Dharwar Super-group consists of formations as mentioned below :

Phyllites and pink banded ferruginous quartzite Micaceous quartzite, mica schist and chlorite schist Amphibolites with thin bands of actinolite schist Orthoquartzites with thin caleareous bands and Chlorite phyllite with thin salty intercalations.

On the regional scale, the geological sequence of the various formations observed and reported in the area is mentioned in Table No.05. Table No.07

B Recent to Sub-recent Laterite A N Girode Formation Phyllites D A Koljhar Formation Orthoquartzite

Quartz Mica Schist and Intercalated G Talkat Formation Clorite& Schist R O Shirval Formation Hornblende Gneisses &Schists U

P Banded Iron Formation & Pink Phyllites Redi Iron Formation Archaean Basement Gneisses and Schists

15 c) Detailed description of geology of the lease area such as shape and size of the mineral/ore deposit, disposition various litho-units indicating structural features if any etc. (Applicable for Mining Plan for grant & renewal and not for Scheme of Mining/Modification in the approved mining plan/scheme of mining).

Local Geology:

The reconnaissance traverses of the field geologists resulted in the development of fact map in which gneiss, schist, BIF, quartzite, manganiferous clay, phyllite and basalt lithology‟s were mapped.

Structure: There is evidence of structural disturbances such as folding and faulting at some places inferred from the presence of exposures showing minor folds and in the mapping of the magnetic signature of the BIF. The repetition of the formations across strike is also indicative of presence of such disturbances.

The core sections of BIF, also exhibit two to three set of joints, of which one set is parallel to the bedding and the others are varying from 400-650 with respect to the bedding plane.

Mineralization: The Banded Iron formations are interbedded with quatzite, calcarousmetasediments and are recorded as a manganiferous or ferruginous clay. The footwall to the BIF is a calcareous metasediment, in places a coarsely crystalline marble. The calcareous metasediments is overlain by a thin phyllite or limonitic clay horizon. This may be a weathering feature or a discontinuous fine clastic sediment horizon.

The quartzite represents the base of the hanging wall sequence which from surface evidence is indicated to comprise quartzite, schist and manganiferous clay.

The rock formations generally exhibited a NNW-SSE to almost NS strike.The formations generally exhibit dips of 400 to 700East. A traverse across strike the western portion of the prospect to the eastern portion exhibits the general rock unit as follows:

Quarzite/ Schist / BIF / manganiferous Clay &Phyllite / Schist / BIF / Manganiferrousclay&Phyllite/ Schist / Quatzite / Basalt.

Chemical analysis of a representative sample of Soft, Medium and Hard BIM(Banded Iron Magnetite) carried out by NABL approved laboratory is annexed as Annexure No.07. d) Name of the prospecting/exploration agency:

Name and address of the Prospecting agency is as mentioned below: i. Name : Geology and Prospecting Dept., of the Sindhudurg Mining Corp. Pvt. Ltd., Address : Dempo House, Campal, panaji, Goa - 403 001. ii. Name : Mineral Exploration Corporation Ltd., (A Govt. of India Enterprises) Address : Dr.BabasahebAmbedkarBhavan, Highland Drive Road, Seminary Hill‟s, Nagpur - 440 006.

17 e) Details of prospecting/exploration already carried out:

After demarcation of the complete boundary limits, detailed topographic survey was carried out which comprises of (a) Establishment of 100m x 100 m grid intersection; (b) Contour mapping of the area on 1:2000 scale and at contour interval of 10m with all surface features. While laying the grid in 100 m x 100 m, the sectional lines are numbered from 00N to 1700N.

After completion of topographic survey work, geological mapping in two stages were carried out. Firstly, a fact map was undertaken rapidly to provide a basic map on 1:10000 scale showing the special distribution of the magnetite banded iron formation within the area. This was followed by detailed geological mapping on the surveyed grid and in targeted area to provide detailed information in respect of lithology, stratigraphy, geological contacts and internal geology of the banded iron formations (BIFs).

Adjunct to the geological mapping, ground magnetometer surveying was carried out in order to prove the BIFs continuity and to provide the basis for drill site selection.

Drill Hole site selection:

Drill hole sites in Phanaswade area well determined by a number of factors, which are: a) Plan to develop a resource estimate with a significant indicated resource component of the total identified resource. b) Plan to test the strike length of the deposit as completely as possible. c) Need to gain an understanding of ore characteristics with depth from surface. d) Understand the continuity of the iron mineralization.

Drill hole locations were first located on magnetic interpretation sections and then locations transferred to fact map and topographic plans to confirm the hole locations with known or inferred lithological contacts. Locations were then checked in the field by Geologist. Initially the boreholes were drilled at 100m x 100 m grid interval and then at 50m x 50m grid in order to develop greater confidence of the deposit depending

18 on the behaviour of the ore body, both vertical and inclined holes were drilled at suitable co-ordinates of the ore band. i) Number of pits and trenches indicating dimensions, spacing etc along and across the strike/foliation with reference to geological plan.

19 No. of trial pits of size 6m depth x 2m length x 2m width were dug. ii) Number of boreholes indicating type (Core/RC/DTH), diameter, spacing, inclination, collar level, depth, etc with standard borehole logs duly marking on geological plan/sections.

Govt. of Maharashtra vide their Order No. PLR/430/2001/827 dated 23rd February 2001 has granted a prospecting licence for Kesari-Panaswade Prospect over an area of 415.4590Ha. The license was executed on 10th May 2001. Upon execution of Prospecting License prospecting activities were carried out in the entire area of 415.4590Ha.

However the bare minimum forest area was involved in the project. Since the forest area involved in the project was not made available by forest department on time for project, the lessee has surrender the portion of forest land, land under dispute and low lying area, falling in village Kesari and executed the lease deed over an area of 99.43Ha in village Phanaswade.

The summary of total quantum of core drilling carried out till date within Lease is mention as under.

Table 08 No. of Boreholes drilled Total meterage Section Lines covered 48 3241 800N to 1700 N

The locations of the boreholes drilled are marked in the appended geological map. Please refer Plate No. V.

Detail showing the location of boreholes, collar level, depth drilled (m), dip and azimuth has been tabulated as below: Table No.09

Collar Depth Sr. Borehole Northing Easting Dip Azimuth Level Drilled No. Number (m) (m) (Degree) (Degree) (MSL) (m)

1 KP02_006 1599.96 1707.85 417.46 50.70 -60 270

2 KP02_007 1598.96 1733.00 400.30 62.00 -60 270

3 KP02_008 999.40 1752.15 375.29 104.00 -60 270

4 KP02_009 998.85 1785.30 359.24 102.50 -60 270

5 KP02_011 1202.26 1749.20 365.00 86.25 -60 270

6 KP02_012 1202.89 1854.98 330.17 75.80 -60 270

7 KP02_014 799.00 1747.01 309.80 82.50 -60 270

8 KP02_015 1500.32 1849.25 351.20 80.10 -60 270

9 KP02_016 1004.30 1753.92 376.22 96.55 -60 270

10 KP04_013 807.93 1773.03 307.33 81.00 -60 270

11 KP04_017 1500.24 1775.53 391.20 70.00 -60 270

12 KP04_018 1399.97 1767.22 393.98 58.50 -60 270

13 KP04_019 1399.79 1836.65 349.69 64.50 -60 270

14 KP04_020 1299.09 1765.15 368.16 80.00 -60 270

15 KP04_021 1296.67 1815.70 345.50 69.60 -60 270

16 KP04_022 1204.86 1791.17 353.62 80.00 -60 270

17 KP04_023 1101.03 1750.18 380.81 62.00 -60 270

18 KP04_024 1102.17 1842.38 342.37 50.05 -60 270

19 KP04_025 999.38 1818.23 345.38 70.50 -60 270

20 KP04_026 1699.60 1698.04 415.93 42.35 -60 270

21 KP04_027 1699.93 1747.41 386.10 40.40 -60 270

22 KP05_028 899.70 1749.38 346.43 67.00 -60 270

23 KP04_029 900.21 1802.07 325.76 85.50 -60 270

24 KP05_030 1600.65 1773.90 379.89 45.00 -60 270

25 KP05_031 1800.00 1720.78 383.33 29.05 -60 270

26 KP05_032 1101.62 1795.49 360.87 96.50 -60 270

Collar Depth Sr. Borehole Northing Easting Dip Azimuth Level Drilled No. Number (m) (m) (Degree) (Degree) (MSL) (m)

27 KP05_033 1499.38 1897.11 337.39 60.00 -60 270

28 KP05_034 1449.62 1748.48 403.20 52.35 -60 270

29 KP05_035 1449.89 1800.79 377.23 63.75 -60 270

30 KP05_036 1449.43 1848.38 349.38 40.50 -60 270

31 KP05_037 1500.17 1811.68 372.59 65.00 -60 270

32 KP05_038 1051.08 1801.59 354.48 83.40 -60 270

33 KP05_039 1051.26 1850.40 331.47 96.00 -60 270

34 KP05_040 1051.52 1748.68 382.46 100.00 -60 270

35 KP05_041 1350.65 1748.80 391.11 55.00 -60 270

36 KP05_042 1348.64 1800.79 371.56 41.85 -60 270

37 KP05_043 1400.01 1810.12 371.06 50.30 -60 270

38 KP05_044 1348.85 1855.94 344.39 41.15 -60 270

39 KP05_045 1296.66 1852.01 337.27 55.90 -60 270

40 KP05_046 1249.62 1754.06 371.01 65.00 -60 270

41 KP05_047 1248.73 1798.78 351.21 61.50 -60 270

42 KP05_048 1248.03 1855.12 323.55 62.00 -60 270

43 KP05_049 1156.48 1743.07 364.47 80.00 -60 270

44 KP06_050 1152.91 1794.70 341.42 56.10 -60 270

45 KP06_051 Ignored Owing to Poor Core Recovery

46 KP06_052 851.31 1803.02 301.84 99.10 -60 270

47 KP06_053 850.84 1754.55 328.67 84.70 -60 270

48 KP06_054 952.11 1750.41 360.10 95.00 -60 270

Total Depth Drilled (m) 3240.95

Borehole columnar sections stating the borehole number, collar level, depth drilled (m), dip, azimuth, location, start & closed date is also appended as Annexure No.08. Please refer Annexure No.08.

Apart from core drilling, 06 nos. of non-coring boreholes were also drilled having total Meterage of 149 m.

To summarize, considering the approachability problems owing to tough terrain conditions, it was decided to explore a small area having definite potentials for mining. Thus the area between 800N to 1700N lines was selected and a total of 48 No. of boreholes has been drilled.

The remaining area from 1100N to 300N, which is having potential for further mining is to be explored for proving the resources as the mining advances. Such exploration shall be carried out during first five year plan period. The detailed future exploration programme is discussed in para no (i). Based on the geological fact mapping, detailed geological mapping, magnetometer survey followed with core drilling carried out, the Eastern part of the lease hold area falling beyond the coordinates 1950E till the eastern lease boundary has no potential of mineral evidence.

iii) Details of samples analysis indicating type of sample (surface/sub surface from pits/trenches/boreholes etc). Complete chemical analysis for entire strata for all radicals may be undertaken for selected samples from NABL accredited laboratory or Government laboratory or equivalent. Entire mineralized area may be analyzed meter wise with 10% of check samples (At least for 10% of total samples may be analyzed in accordance to BIS and reports from NABL accredited /other government laboratory).

Sampling of core obtained from each bore hole was carried out for each 1.0m to 2.0 m. run. These samples were sent to sample preparation unit where they were primarily weighed and the respective weights were obtained using electronic weighing scale. The average quantity of the sample was between 2 ~ 3 kg.

Further, these samples were analysed for main elements i.e. Fe, FeO, SiO2, Al2O3, Mn, P, CaO&MgO,besides various mineralogical tests. The details of such samples collected and analyzed for various types of tests are as under:

Sr.No. Tests No. of Samples Analysed

01 Assay Test 2,047

02 Satmagan Test on incremental samples 1,929

03 Davis Tube Test(DTT) on composite samples 764

04 Satmagan Test on composite samples 615

05 Davis Tube Test(DTT) on metallurgical samples 28

06 Satmagan Test on DTT samples 380

Wet Magnetic Separation(WMS) Test on composite 07 20 samples

08 Satmagan Test on WMS samples 55

09 Bulk Density Test 141

10 Petrography Test 17

11 Bond Work Index Test 07

12 Tumbler/Abrasion Index Test 05

13 Shatter Index Test 02

14 Unconfined Compressive Strength Test 36

On the basis of analytical results, columnar borehole logs were drawn showing the collar level, inclination, depth of drilling, mineral/ore intersection, core recovery &litho logs.On the basis of analytical results, columnar borehole logs were drawn showing the collar level, inclination, depth of drilling, mineral/ore intersection, core recovery &litho logs.

Chemical analysis of a representative bore holes sample of Soft, Medium and Hard BIM(Banded Iron Magnetite), carried out by NABL approved laboratory is annexed as Annexure No.07.

iv) Expenditure incurred in various prospecting operations.

Table No.10 Sr. Type Quantity Dimension/Meterage Cost (Rs) No. (m)

1. Topographic Survey and 387Ha ----- 12,39,025 Magnetometer Survey 2. 19 Nos. Pits 6m D x 2m L x 2m W 80,000 (456 Cu.m) 3. Core Boreholes(within (48 Nos.) + &adjacent to Lease area 3241m+(747m)*+ and for geo technical (11Nos.)*+ 2,97,70,110 (438m)** studies) incl. core boxes (10Nos.)** and handling charges 4. DTH 06 149 44,700 5. Chemical & Metallurgical 5838Nos. of 98,85,183 Test samples 6. Consultancy Charges 1,71,86,642 *Core Bore holes drilled adjacent to present granted Lease Area, which was a part of the granted Prospecting License area.

**Core Bore holes drilled for Geotechnical studies

f) Surface Plan of the lease area may be prepared on a scale of 1 : 1000 or 1 : 2000 with contour interval of maximum of 10 m depending upon the topography and size of the area duly marked by grid lines showing all features indicated under Rule 28(1)(a) of MCDR, 1988.

Surface Plan of the lease area is prepared, on a scale 1:2000 with contour interval of 10 m, marked by grid lines showing all features indicated under Rule 28(1)(a) of MCDR, 1988. The location of the boundary pillars has been shown on the surface plan, based on Geo-referenced Cadastral Plan, prepared as per IBM Circular 2/2010, dated 6/4/2010 and authenticated by State Government. The Surface Plan is enclosed as Plate No. IV.

g) For preparation of geological plan, surface plan prepared on a scale of 1 : 1000 or 1 : 2000 scale specified under para 1.0(f) of Part A of the format may be taken as base plan. The details of exploration already carried out along with supporting data for existence of mineral, locations proposed exploration, various lithounits along with structural features, mineralized/ore zone with grade variation if any may be marked on the

geological plan along with other features indicated under Rule 28(1)(b) of MCDR, 1988.

Geological Plan is prepared by using the Surface plan as base plan. The details of exploration already carried out along with supporting data for existence of mineral, locations proposed exploration, various lithounits along with structural features, mineralized/ore zone has been marked on the geological plan along with other features indicatedas per Rule 28(1)(b) of MCDR 1988. Geological Plan is enclosed as Plate No. V h) Geological sections maybe prepared on natural scale of geological plan at suitable intervals across the lease area from boundary to boundary.

Geological cross sections are drawn on natural scale of geological plan at every 100 meter interval across the lease area from boundary to boundary and based on Geo-referenced Cadastral Plan, prepared as per IBM Circular 2/2010, dated 6/4/2010 and authenticated by State Government. Geological Cross Sections, at 100 intervals on a scale of 1:2000are enclosed as Plate No. VI(i to iii). Longitudinal Section drawn is enclosed as Plate No. VII. i) Broadly indicate the future programme of exploration with due justification (duly marking on Geological plan year-wise location in different colours) taking into consideration the future tentative excavation programme planned in next five years as in the table below:-

Considering the vast extent of the prospect, company decided to have topographic survey of the entire block followed by the geological mapping and magnetometer traverses. The geological fact map of the area depicts the existence of bands of Banded magnetite Quartzite (BMQ), equally supported by the magnetics. The existence of BMQ bands was got confirmed by carrying out exploration as mentioned in above Para.

Considering the approachability problems owing to tough terrain conditions, it was decided to explore a small area having definite potentials for mining. Thus the area between 800N to 1700N lines was selected and a total of 48 No. of boreholes has been drilled. Based on the information received from the above said boreholes, geological cross-sections were prepared and reserves have been calculated.

The remaining area which is having potential for further mining is to be explored for proving the resources as the mining advances. Considering the balance area of exploration, prioritized areas of development and production, detailed exploration programme covering entire remaining mineralized zoneis formulated, for first five year plan period.Initially the boreholes shall be drilled at 100m x 100 m grid interval and then at 50m x 50m grid in order to develop greater confidence of the deposit depending on the behaviour of the ore body, as specified in Minerals (Evidence of Mineral Contents) Rules, 2015 for Iron Ore regular habit.The proposed bore holes are marked on Geological Plan. Please refer Plate No.V. Table No.11

No. of No. of pits, No. of trenches, Boreholes Grid Total Year dimensions dimensions and (Core/RC/ interval meterage and volume volume DTH)

2016-17 Development of Infrastructure

2017-18 08 100 m 480 Nil Nil 2018-19 14 100 m 840 Nil Nil

2019-20 14 50 m 840 Nil Nil

2020-21 14 50 m 840 Nil Nil

Year wise number of boreholes proposed to be drilled, location and depth of each borehole are as mentioned in Table No.09. Table: 12 Proposed Proposed Proposed Sr. Borehole Northing Easting Year Depth Dip Azimuth No. Number (m) (m) (m) (Degrees) (Degrees)

01 PBH 01 700 1550 60 -60 270

02 PBH 02 700 1650 60 -60 270

03 PBH 03 700 1750 60 -60 270

18 04 - PBH 04 700 1850 60 -60 270

05 2017 PBH 05 700 1950 60 -60 270

06 PBH 06 600 1550 60 -60 270

07 PBH 07 600 1650 60 -60 270

Proposed Proposed Proposed Sr. Borehole Northing Easting Year Depth Dip Azimuth No. Number (m) (m) (m) (Degrees) (Degrees)

08 PBH 08 600 1750 60 -60 270

Sub Total 08 480

09 PBH 09 600 1850 60 -60 270

10 PBH 10 600 1950 60 -60 270

11 PBH11 500 1575 60 -60 270

12 PBH 12 500 1650 60 -60 270

13 PBH 13 500 1750 60 -60 270

14 PBH 14 500 1850 60 -60 270

15 PBH 15 400 1550 60 -60 270 19 - 16 PBH16 400 1650 60 -60 270 2018 17 PBH 17 400 1750 60 -60 270

18 PBH 18 400 1850 60 -60 270

19 PBH 19 300 1550 60 -60 270

20 PBH 20 300 1650 60 -60 270

21 PBH 21 300 1750 60 -60 270

22 PBH 22 1100 1900 60 -60 270

Sub Total 14 840

23 PBH 23 1100 1950 60 -60 270

24 PBH 24 1000 1550 60 -60 270

25 PBH 25 1000 1600 60 -60 270

26 PBH 26 1000 1650 60 -60 270

20 27 - PBH 27 1000 1700 60 -60 270

28 2019 PBH 28 1000 1900 60 -60 270

29 PBH 29 1000 1950 60 -60 270

30 PBH 30 950 1600 60 -60 270

31 PBH 31 950 1700 60 -60 270

Proposed Proposed Proposed Sr. Borehole Northing Easting Year Depth Dip Azimuth No. Number (m) (m) (m) (Degrees) (Degrees)

32 PBH 32 950 1900 60 -60 270

33 PBH 33 900 1550 60 -60 270

34 PBH 34 900 1600 60 -60 270

35 PBH 35 900 1650 60 -60 270

36 PBH 36 900 1700 60 -60 270

Sub Total 14 840

37 PBH 37 900 1850 60 -60 270

38 PBH 38 900 1900 60 -60 270

39 PBH 39 900 1950 60 -60 270

40 PBH 40 850 1600 60 -60 270

41 PBH 41 850 1700 60 -60 270

42 PBH 42 850 1900 60 -60 270

21 43 - PBH 43 850 1950 60 -60 270

44 2020 PBH 44 800 1550 60 -60 270

45 PBH 45 800 1600 60 -60 270

PBH 46 800 1650 60 -60 270

PBH 47 800 1700 60 -60 270

PBH 48 800 1850 60 -60 270

PBH 49 800 1900 60 -60 270

PBH 50 800 1950 60 -60 270

Sub Total 14 840

Grand Total 50 3000

The location, numbers & depth of proposed bore holes mentioned in Table12 is subject to change depending upon the site specific requirement of exploration.

28 j) Reserves and Resources as per UNFC with respect to the threshold value notified by IBM may be furnished in a tabular form as given below: (Area explored under different level of exploration may be marked on the geological plan and UNFC code for area considered for different categories of reserves/resources estimation may also be marked on geological cross sections).

To arrive at a reasonably good ore body model, the following parameters are considered: 1. Fact Mapping: On grant of prospecting license, the team of Geologists moved in the area for reconnaissance survey. The reconnaissance traverses of the field geologists resulted in the development of fact map.

2. Detailed Geological Mapping: Geological mapping was concurrent with contour survey. A geologist accompanying the surveyor would take traverse and note the various formations, their attitudes, contacts between different formations etc. Most of these features were precisely surveyed by the accompanying surveyor. Information recorded includes strike, dip, and lithology of subcrop and outcrop, float lithology and distribution, lithological contacts, soil type and variations and other geologically relevant detailing. Such detail geological mapping revealed, extensive outcrop of BMQ in strata bound nature of regular habit having planer exposure width ranging from 150m to 300m. The said outcrops were traced along the strike direction over a length of 1000m i.e section 500N to 1500N. Such BMQ outcrops are found at a highest elevation of 410MSL on section 1100N and continues to outcrop at a lowermost elevation of 180MSL, predominantly in the southern part of Lease area. Please refer Plate No.V. Photographs of BMQ exposures have been annexed. Please refer Annexure No.09.

3. Magnetometer Survey: Adjunct to the geological mapping, ground magnetometer surveying was carried out in order to prove the BIF‟s continuity. Mineral Exploration Corporation Ltd.(MECL), Nagpur were entrusted the job of Magnetometer Survey. With the help of Proton Precision Magnetometer, traverses were carried out on every 500m grid section, for a station interval of 5m across the section to know the intensity of magnetic susceptibility of BMQ (Banded Magnetite Quartzite) bands. Magnetic Survey thus helped to map the BMQ bands in the study area.

The magnetic profiles at every 500m interval, magnetic contour map, map of magnetic intensity, and typical model of magnetic data over the traverse showing the depth persistence of Banded Iron Formations are prepared by Mineral Exploration Corporation Ltd. Detail along with profile and map has been annexed as Annexure No.10(a), 10(b), 10(c)and 10(d) respectively.

As confirmed by the detailed Geological Mapping BMQ outcrop at a highest elevation of 410MSL and continues to get exposed at a lowermost elevation of 170MSL, predominantly in the southern part of the Lease and the same has been confirmed from the modelling of magnetic data, that ore body persist in strike as well as dip direction and to a depth of 250m to 300mfrom surface.

4. Core Drilling: Subsequent to the detailed Geological Mapping and magnetometer survey, confirmatory core bore holes were drilled to confirm the existence of ore body as envisaged by above mentioned investigations. MECL, Nagpur, a Government of India undertaking, was awarded a contract of Wireline / Conventional Triple Tube Core Drilling. The core obtained was subjected to detailed core logging and chemical assay for understanding various litho units. The details pertaining to bore holes have been described in table No.09.

The following exercises were carried out sequentially to develop geological cross- sections to project the ore body and its possible structure. a) Profiles from topo-maps (1:2000) are prepared at a scale of 1:500.

b) The bore holes drilled were plotted.

c) Lithological intervals were shown on the boreholes traces by adopting standardized litho codes.

d) The ore body i.e. Banded Magnetite Quartzite coded as BIM is further demarcated as soft Bim, medium Bim and hard Bim.

e) The angles of bedding plane measured with respect to core axis marked on the borehole traces considering easterly dips as exhibited in the field.

f) Based on the detailed exploration activity like fact mapping, detailed geological mapping, magnetometer survey and information obtained through core drilling, the ore body was conceptualized with high degree of confidence. Structure was interpreted as possible by correlation between drill holes and

it is projected till the lowest depth of the borehole on the corresponding section.

g) The width of the ore body considered for estimation of reserves has been restricted up to extreme boreholes. The cut-off grade was taken as Fe : +10 % &FeO : +1 %. Geological cross-section and bore hole columnar sections are appended with this mining plan. Please refer Plate No.VI(i to iii) and Annexureno.08.

Reserves Estimation : Methods most commonly used to determine the tonnages of reserves are polygonal, triangular & cross-section. Since the ore body of Phanaswade Iron ore mine is of uniformly dipping, striking and is of bedded nature, the cross- sectional method has been adopted to determine tonnage. The geological cross- sections at 1:500 scales are considered as the basis for the reserves estimation.Further the lateral extension of ore body beyond the extreme boreholesand depth below the drilled hole has not been taken for estimation of reserves.The procedure followed in a sequence to arrive at the reserves figures are as described briefly:

1) Cross-sectional area calculation: Every geological cross-section was marked with 5 m. levels. The levels-wise area in square meters of the individual formation was calculated by formula for the best fitting geometric figures such as triangle, parallelogram and trapezium with an conservative approach.

2) Volume calculation: The obtained cross-sectional area figures were multiplied by the sectional influence to get the volume in cubic meters. This sectional influence is considered as the sum of the half of the distance to the adjacent sections on either side of the section in meters.

3) Tonnage: To ascertain the Tonnage factor, Bulk density measurement tests were carried, on number of samples of various categories of BMQ and Waste Rocks. The results of such tests have been tabulated in Table No.13. The samples of the BMQ represent the total Mineral reserves (111) & Mineral resource (222) of 20.62million toneshavingaverage Fe value of 23.39% (ranging from 10%Fe to

45%Fe). The derived tonnage factor based on the test, for above mentioned reserves is 3.0 tonnes/Cum. The calculated volume figures were further multiplied by the tonnage factor as 3.0 tonnes/cum. to arrive the tonnage.

Table:13 No. of Litho Litho Avg. Bulk Hardness Samples Code Description Density tested Bulk Density Test Result on various categories of BMQ

Bim A BMQ SFT 4 2.865000

Bim A BMQ MED 46 3.052391

Bim A BMQ HRD 22 3.181818

Bim C BMQ calcareous MED 10 3.068000

Bim C BMQ calcareous HRD 13 3.250769

Bim Q BMQ quartzitic MED 8 2.965000

Bim Q BMQ quartzitic HRD 1 3.120000

Bim S BMQ silicate HRD 7 3.035714

Lcm Mn clay SFT 3 1.886667

Calcareous Sca MED 1 3.250000 metasediments

Calcareous Sca HRD 10 2.943000 metasediments

Sl Limestone HRD 3 3.046667

Sp Phyllite SFT 1 2.250000

Xc Marble MED 1 2.960000

Xq Quartzite MED 4 2.882500

Xq Quartzite HRD 4 2.807500

Xs Schist HRD 3 2.996667

Geological Reserves/Resource &Grade : A summarised statement of reserves and resource as per UNFC classification is as mentioned below: Proved Reserves: Table:14

Quantity (in UNFC CODE Type of Ore Avg. Grade million tonnes) 111 Proved Banded Iron 08.89 23.39% Fe & 6.36% FeO Reserves Magnetite

In the table:14 the Economic Axis has been placed as E1 as there is detailed exploration, a definite mining plan and the end use grade is known. Finally the land use data as regards forest and non forest is also known.

On the Feasibility axis the deposit has been placed on F1 asfactors like geology, mining, environment, infrastructure, economic viability, processing etc. are known.

On the Geological axis the deposit has been placed on G1 as there is detailed exploration.

Section wise and level wise Proved Reserves calculation has been annexed with this plan. Please refer AnnexureNo.11(a).

Mineral Resource: Table:15

UNFC CODE Type of Ore Quantity (Million Tonnes) Cut-off Grade

222 Mineral Banded Iron 11.73 10% Fe & 1.0% FeO Resource Magnetite

In the above resource table the Economic axis has been placed E2 on account of general and detailed geological study, estimates of end use grade and general idea of land use status.

On the Feasibility axis the deposit is placed at F2, mainly because of the general knowledge about geology, mining, environment, infrastructure, economic viability, processing etc.

On the Geological axis the deposit is placed as G2. This is based on the Geological studies, geological mapping, magnetometer survey, indirect methods preliminary field inspections, pitting/trenching for deciphering extent of mineralisation at surface as well as geological inference and extrapolation. The identified mineral resource is worthy of further exploration for converting the same to reserves.

Section wise and level wise Mineral Resource calculation has been annexed with this plan. Please refer Annexure No.11(b).

Reconnaissance Resource: Table: 16 Quantity UNFC CODE Type of Ore (Million Cut-off Grade tones) 334 Banded Iron Reconnaissance 32.0 10% Fe & 1.0% FeO Magnetite Resource

In the reconnaissance resource table the Economic axis has been placed E3 on account of reconnaissance geological study, rough estimates of end use grade and general idea of land use status.

On the Feasibility axis the deposit is placed at F3, mainly because of the geological study encompasses reconnaissance to prospecting.

On the Geological axis the deposit is placed as G4. This is based on the Geological studies, geological mapping magnetometer survey indirect methods preliminary field inspections as well as geological inference and extrapolation. The identified reconnaissance resource is worthy of further exploration for converting the same to reserves. The estimates of quantities are made based on the analogy with known deposit of similar geological character in the same area.

Parameters of Categorisation: The ore resource which constitues of Reserves and Resource has been categorised as under:

Proved Mineral Reserve(111): Is that part of reserve which has been estimated based on core drilling.

Mineral Resource(222): Is that part of reserve which has been estimated based on on the Geological studies, geological mapping, magnetometer survey, indirect methods preliminary field inspections, pitting/trenching for deciphering extent of mineralisation at surface, petrographic study as well as geological inference and extrapolation. Reconnaissance Resource(334): Is that part of resource which has been computed on geological studies such as fact maps, geological maps prepared based on field traverses, magnetics as well as geological inferences.

Feasibility Report has been annexed as Annexure No.12.

34 k) Furnished detailed calculation of reserves/resources section wise.(When the mine is fully mechanized and deposit is of complex nature with variation of size , shape of mineralized zones, grade due to intrusion within ore zone etc, an attempt may be made to estimate reserves/resources by slice plan method). In case of deposits where underground mining is proposed, reserve/resources may be estimated by level plan method, as applicable, as per the proposed mining parameters.

The reserves/resource estimated by cross sectional method is given below:

Proved Reserves:

Summary of Section-wise Proved Reserves estimated under 111 category from Section 800N to 1700N is as under: Table No.18

CATEGORYWISE RESERVES IN TONNES SECTION Ts SFT Bim MED Bim HRD Bim Total

800N 16,200 103,800 147,900 313,200 581,100

900N 75,600 165,750 556,500 700,800 1,498,650

1000N 94,800 398,700 736,800 714,300 1,944,600

1100N 46,800 116,400 401,700 22,500 587,400

1200N 52,800 176,400 208,200 353,400 790,800

1300N 147,000 309,600 357,900 156,300 970,800

1400N 60,600 299,400 477,300 101,700 939,000

1500N 48,000 289,800 430,200 58,200 826,200

1600N 61,800 206,100 87,600 66,600 422,100

1700N 57,000 9,000 127,800 136,200 330,000

TOTAL 660,600 2,074,950 3,531,900 2,623,200 8,890,650

Abbreviations:

Ts = Upper Soft Bim Bim = Banded Iron Magnetite SFT/MED/HRD = Indicates hardness of ore i.e. Soft/Medium/Hard

Section and Level wise detail calculation of Reserves (111) has been annexed as Annexure No.11 (a). Please refer Annexure No.11 (a).

Resource:

Summary of Section-wise Resource estimation under 222 category from Section 800N to 1700N is as under: Table No.19

CATEGORYWISE RESERVES IN TONNES SECTION Ts SFT Bim MED Bim HRD Bim Total

800N 82,200 192,600 510,900 820,800 1,606,500

900N 25,200 25,500 681,900 499,800 1,232,400

1000N 66,000 519,900 335,400 851,100 1,772,400

1100N 97,200 181,800 494,700 1,398,900 2,172,600

1200N 65,400 388,800 619,800 832,800 1,906,800

1300N 71,400 276,000 423,900 237,300 1,008,600

1400N 56,400 59,400 166,500 222,300 504,600

1500N 37,800 147,600 379,200 165,600 730,200

1600N 46,800 281,100 91,200 1,200 420,300

1700N 35,400 84,000 164,400 90,000 373,800

TOTAL 583,800 2,156,700 3,867,900 5,119,800 11,728,200

Abbreviations:

Ts = Upper Soft Bim

Bim = Banded Iron Magnetite

SFT/MED/HRD = Indicates hardness of ore i.e. Soft/Medium/Hard

Section and Level wise detail calculation of Resource(222) has been annexed as Annexure No.11(b). Please refer Annexure No.11(b).

Reconnaissance Resource:

Summary of Section-wise Reconnaissance Resource estimation under 334 category from Section 400N to 1000N is as under:

Table No.20 Sr.N Thickness Influence Section Width(m) Volume (m3) TF Tonnage o. (m) (m)

1 400 100 150 100 1,500,000 3.0 4,500,000

2 500 100 150 100 1,500,000 3.0 4,500,000

3 600 100 150 100 1,500,000 3.0 4,500,000

4 700 100 150 100 1,500,000 3.0 4,500,000

5 800 100 200 100 2,000,000 3.0 6,000,000

6 900 60 200 100 1,200,000 3.0 3,600,000

7 1000 60 250 100 1,500,000 3.0 4,500,000

TOTAL 3.0 10,700,000 32,100,000

Remark:The modeling of the magnetic data has revealed the existence of ore body over a strike length of 1.5Km and extenstion to a dept of 260m~300m from the surface, in Phanaswade area of 99.43Ha.

The thickness of the ore body has been computed, from geological cross-sections, constructed based on core drilling data as well as the outcrop width, based on detailed geological mapping. l) Mineral Reserves/Resources: Mineral Resources: (Mineral resources may be estimated purely based on level of exploration, with reference to the threshold value of minerals declare by IBM) Table No.21

Resources in Level of Exploration Grade million tons

G1 – Detailed Exploration 08.89 23.39% Fe & 6.36% FeO

G2 – General Exploration 11.73 10% Fe & 1.0% FeO

G3 - Prospecting - -

G4 – Reconnaissance 32.00 10% Fe & 1.0% FeO

Total 52.62

Resources and Reserves within the lease may be arrived after applying results feasibility/pre-feasibility study and economic evaluation of deposit based on various factors such as: a) Mining method, Recovery factor, mining losses, processing loss etc. Mining method : Opencast Recovery factor : 100% Mining Losses: There will be no additional mining losses. b) Cut off grade : 10% Fe & 1.0% FeO

Ultimate pit depth proposed for the Mining Plan period 2016-17 to 2020-21 is 280MSL c) Mineral/ore blocked due to benches, barriers, pillars, road, railway, river, nala, reservoir, electric line and other statutory barriers etc, under forest, sanctuaries etc. where necessary permissions are not available. Reserves will be blocked in 7.5 m statutory barrier.

Summary of Mineral Reserve and Resources as on 01.04.2016

Table No.22 UNFC Quantity Grade Code (million tons) A Total Mineral Reserve Proved Mineral Reserve 111 8.89 23.39% Fe & 6.36% FeO Probable Mineral Reserve 121 & 122 - - B Total Remaining Resources Feasibility Mineral Resource 211 - - Prefeasibility Mineral resource 221 & 222 11.73 10% Fe & 1.0% FeO Measured Mineral resource 331 - Indicated Mineral Resource 332 - - Inferred mineral Resource 333 - - Reconnaissance Mineral Resource 334 32.00 10% Fe & 1.0% FeO Total Reserves + Resources 52.62

2.0 MINING

A. OPEN CAST MINING:

a) Briefly describe the existing as well as proposed method for excavation with all design parameters indicating on plans/sections.

In Phanaswade iron ore lease mineralization is at very shallow depth. The method of mining to be adopted will be open pit with shovel dumper combination supported by deep-hole drilling and blasting in a particular section or area and to backfill the same after the Ore gets exhaust or after reaching the techno-economical limit. This method of mining shall reduce considerably the land required for dumping of waste rock; consequently impact on environment will also be reduced considerably.

In order to carry out the mining, proper mine planning has been done based on geotechnical information and ore body modeling. The basic objective of the Mining Plan was to:

a) To supply to the plant at the constant feed rate/quality with an appropriate blend of soft and hard ore to ensure efficient SAG mining, once the mine is fully developed.

b) To maintain constant stripping ratio throughout the life of the mine when mine is fully developed.

c) To maintain safe working conditions and to comply with existing rules and regulations related with mining.

d) To minimize environmental degradation and to comply with existing environment protection laws and regulation.

e) To reclaim the mining area by back filling and rehabilitate mine workings after reclamation.

Proposed Method of Mining:

Mining operations in Phanaswade Iron ore Mine will be carried by mechanised opencast method, using HEMM & deep hole blasting. The box cut is excavated near the top outcrop along the strike. Mining system will involve working benches at 10 m. vertical interval and 30 m. wide in order to contemplate to be compatible with the mining equipments, blast hole drills etc. The daily advance of the shovel is planned along the strike direction and the general advance is

39 towards the dip direction of the deposit. Pit is designed based on geological parameters, safety & type of equipment to be used. Please refer Plate No.IX(i to iii) & VIII(I to iv).

The bench design parameters considering the effective working thickness of ore body will be: a) Bench ht. - 10 m. b) Minimum working width of a working bench - 30 mt. c) Final width of the bench - 12 m. d) Pit slope - 400 Max. (both in hangwall& footwall) e) Slope height - 100 m. max. Haulage road design parameters : a) Width - 25 m. b) Gradient - 1 in 16. Pit Slope angle has been designed considering the hardness of the rock mass as well as the slope of the hill. Based on the compressive strength, the rock formations in Phanaswade Lease are classified as follows:

Soft Ore : 190MPa – 200MPa Medium Hard Ore 201MPa – 220MPa Hard Ore 221MPa – 280MPa However the detailed Geo-Technical studies for proper slope stability is carried out by National Institute of Rock Mechanics KGF. Report has been enclosed as Annexure No.13. Please refer Annexure No.13.

The development activity initially precedes the production activity every year. However, during the later part of the year, the activities will be simultaneous.

For both development & production activities, benches will be formed from uppermost level downwards to the lower level. The benches will be formed keeping in view the safety standards as provided in Metalliferous Mines Regulation 106 2(B) of MMR 1961.

Drilling and blasting will be resorted in order to loosen the hard strata. Also high capacity ripper dozers will be deployed in Medium hard strata for generating loose material. Quality wise extraction of iron ore will be done and transported to respective stockpiles. Samples will be drawn as per the sampling procedure to monitor quality requirement.

40 Monitoring Programme of Ground Movement:

i. The main function of Ground monitoring in the Mine is to permit continued safe mining under conditions of instability. ii. Based on experience in Goan Iron ore Mine, the monitoring will be done in selected grid pattern along the strike and dip in rectangular pattern or at every third bench whichever is closer. Or monitoring would be carried out based on the recommendation of detailed Geo-Technical studies for proper slope stability. The area under work shall be monitored weekly to define the areas of instability that may develop. Once the cracks are noticed then these cracks are monitored daily for movement across them. iii. The weekly measurements of various monitoring stations shall be undertaken by conventional survey instruments. iv. The condition of the benches in the working areas or slope of active dump shall be kept in a close watch by frequent observations of the movements along the cracks by senior and experienced staff. In case of any conditions of possible sudden failures particularly during the heavy rains the work shall be stopped immediate and men and machineries shall be shifted to safe working places. v. With the Onset of Monsoon, monitoring of any hairline tension cracks at the back of excavated slope shall be done. The daily rate of vertical as well as horizontal movement shall be closely monitored.

41 i) Indicate year-wise tentative excavation in cubic meters indicating development, ROM, pit wise as in table below:

I. In-situ Tentative Excavation: Table No.23

ROM (Cu m)

exca

(Cu Mineral

m) Ore Reject YEAR Reject (Cu m) (Cu m) Mineral PIT NO. (Cu m)

vation (Cu m) TOP SOIL OB/SB/IB ROM/Waste ROM/Waste TOTAL vol by Ratio 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2016-17 NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL

2017-18 554363 NIL 204363 350000 NIL NIL 0.58 2018-19 954545 NIL 454545 500000 NIL NIL 0.91 2019-20 937514 NIL 236181 701333 NIL NIL 0.34 Single pit 2020-21 1047423 NIL 213090 834333 NIL NIL 0.26 Total 3909416 NIL 1108179 2385666 NIL NIL 0.46

Yearwise Development for the first five years :

The present mining zone will be confined in Phanaswade block between Section 800 N to 1700 N, as per plan enclosed and the same will be continued in subsequent years as demarcated in development and production plan for first five years.

The daily advance of the shovel is planned along the strike direction and the general advance is towards the dip direction of the deposit. For both development & production activities, benches will be formed from uppermost level downwards to the lower level.

In the proposed mining zone, there is no overburden. The surface covered is being identified as uppermost soft BIM which will be processed for getting magnetite iron ore concentrate. However there will be intercalated clay. Thus the number of benches to be formed in the ore zone and in overburden could not be indicated.

Detailed proposed annual development and production plans for the five years commencing from the year of the execution of mining lease have been prepared in 1:2000 scale and included in this report.Please refer Plate No.VIII(i to iv)

42 Development for year 2016-17: During first year work will be confined for development of infrastructures. There is no proposal of handling of waste during first year.

Development for year 2017-18: During the second year development is proposed to be carried out from almost all benches between 420 MSL to 360 MSL in section 1700N to 1500N and co- ordinates1670E to 1840E. The expected quantity of waste generation shall be 5,62,000 tonnes. Please refer Plate No.VIII(i).

Development for year 2018-19: During the third year, development is proposed to be carried out from 360 MSL to 340 MSL in section 1700N between co-ordinates 1755E to 1800E, 360MSL to 340MSL in section 1600N to 1500N between co-ordinates 1780E to 1865E and 410 MSL to 340MSL in section 1400N to 1100N between co-ordinates 1700E to 1860E. The expected quantity of waste generation shall be 12,50,000 tonnes. Please refer Plate No.VIII(ii). Development for year 2019-20: During fourth year, development is proposed to be carried out from 340MSL to 320MSL in section 1500N to 1100N between co-ordinates 1770E to 1900E and 380MSL to 320MSL in section 1000N between co-ordinates 1700E to 1860E. The expected quantity of waste generation shall be 6,49,500 tonnes.Please refer Plate No.VIII(iii).

Development for year 2020-21: During the fifth year, development is proposed to be carried out from 330MSL to 300MSL in section 1400N to 1300N between co-ordinates 1845E to 1900E, 320MSL to 300MSL in section 1200N to 1000N between co-ordinates 1775E to 1900E & 350MSL to 280MSL in section 900N to section 800N between co- ordinates 1725E to 1865E. The expected quantity of waste generation shall be 5,86,000 tonnes. Please refer Plate No.VIII(iv).

43 Development quantities proposed for each five year plan is indicated in the following table: Table No.:24 Excavations Development Section / in benches Year Easting Qty. Northing From To (in tonnes) MSL. MSL. 2016-17 No Proposal for handling waste. 1700N 1670E to 1800E 3,30,400 420 360 2017-18 1600N 1690E to1820E 1,79,100 420 360 1500N 1735E to 1840E 52,500 410 360 Sub - Total 5,62,000 1700N 1755E to 1800E 42,900 360 340 1600N 1775E to 1840E 2,01,600 360 340 1500N 1790E to 1865E 63,000 360 340 2018-19 1400N 1750E to 1860E 1,22,700 410 340 1300N 1740E to 1835E 83,100 380 340 1200N 1730E to 1830E 1,67,700 380 340 1100N 1710E to 1825E 5,69,000 400 340 Sub -Total 12,50,000 1500N 1810E to 1875E 1,08,000 340 320 1400N 1845E to 1900E 1,61,400 340 320 1300N 1785E to 1865E 27,600 340 320 2019-20 1200N 1795E to 1850E 84,000 340 320 1100N 1770E to 1870E 94,000 340 320 1000N 1700E to 1860E 1,74,500 380 320 Sub - Total 6,49,500 1400N 1845E to 1900E 57,000 330 300 1300N 1855E to 1900E 61,500 330 300 1200N 1845E to 1900E 16,500 320 300 2020-21 1100N 1845E to 1900E 2,62,500 340 300 1000N 1775E to 1890E 1,05,000 320 300 900N 1725E to 1865E 83,500 350 280 Sub - Total 5,86,000 Total 30,47,500

For the purpose of development and production maximum pit slopes and bench slopes are adopted as 400 and 800 respectively both on hangwall and footwall sides. Height of individual bench is maintained at 10m., width of the working bench will be 30m and the final width of the bench will be 12 m. Haulage road gradient will be maintained 1 in 16 whereas proposed width will be 25.0 m. As a whole stripping ratio for the entire working varies between 1:0.23 to 1:0.83(tonnage wise).

44 Year wise ROM production for the first five years : The detailed proposed annual development and production plan for the 5 years commencing from the year of execution of mining lease deed have been prepared. Besides, yearly limits of mining have also been marked along with bench disposition in representative geological x-section. Please refer Plate No.VIII(I to iv) & Plate No.IX(i to iii). With the help of above mentioned plans and sections, yearly quantum of ROM production from the pit has been calculated.

ROM production for the year 2016-17: During first year only development of infrastructure is proposed. There is no proposal of handling of ROM during first year.

ROM production for the year 2017-18: During second year, ROM production is proposed to be carried out from 420 MSL to 360 MSL in section 1700N to 1500N and co-ordinates1670E to 1840E. Total length will be about 300 m. in strike direction. The expected quantity of ROM production shall be 1.05 million tonnes. Please refer Plate No.VIII(i).

ROM production for the year 2018-19: During the third year, ROM production is proposed to be carried out from 360 MSL to 340 MSL in section 1700N between co-ordinates 1755E to 1800E, 360MSL to 340MSL in section 1600N to 1500N between co-ordinates 1775E to 1865E and 410 MSL to 340MSL in section 1400N to 1100N between co-ordinates 1710E to 1860E. Total length will be about 700 m. in strike direction. The expected quantity of ROM production shall be 1.5 million tonnes. Please refer Plate No.VIII(ii).

ROM production for the year 2019-20: During fourth year, ROM production is proposed to be carried out from 340MSL to 320MSL in section 1500N to 1100N between co-ordinates 1770E to 1900E and 380MSL to 320MSL in section 1000N between co-ordinates 1700E to 1860E. Total length will be about 600m in strike direction. The expected quantity of ROM production shall be 2.1 million tonnes. Please refer Plate No.VIII(iii).

45 ROM production for the year 2020-21: During the fifth year, ROM is proposed to be carried out from 330MSL to 300MSL in section 1400N to 1300N between co-ordinates 1845E to 1900E, 320MSL to 300MSL in section 1200N to 1000N between co-ordinates 1775E to 1900E, 350MSL to 280MSL in section 900N between co-ordinates 1725E to 1865E & 310MSL to 280MSL in Section 800N between co-ordinates 1750E to 1850E. Total length will be about 700m in strike direction. The expected quantity of ROM production shall be 2.5 million tonnes. Please refer Plate No.VIII(iv).

ROM Production quantities proposed for each five year plan is indicated in the following table: Table No.:25 Excavations Production Section / in benches Year Easting Qty. (in Northing From To tonnes) MSL MSL 2016-17 No Proposal for handling ROM

1700N 1670E to 1800E 2,25,000 420 360 2017-18 1600N 1690E to1820E 3,80,000 420 360 1500N 1735E to 1840E 4,45,000 410 360 Sub - Total 10,50,000 1700N 1755E to 1800E 45,000 360 340 1600N 1775E to 1840E 1,27,800 360 340 1500N 1790E to 1865E 2,45,700 360 340 2018-19 1400N 1750E to 1860E 3,77,700 410 340 1300N 1740E to 1835E 2,60,700 380 340 1200N 1730E to 1830E 1,71,600 380 340 1100N 1710E to 1825E 2,71,500 400 340 Sub -Total 15,00,000 1500N 1810E to 1875E 1,12,500 340 320 1400N 1845E to 1900E 99,000 340 320 1300N 1785E to 1865E 3,34,500 340 320 2019-20 1200N 1795E to 1850E 2,77,000 340 320 1100N 1770E to 1870E 2,11,000 340 320 1000N 1700E to 1860E 10,70,000 380 320 Sub - Total 21,04,000 1400N 1845E to 1900E 2,68,500 330 300 1300N 1855E to 1900E 2,03,000 330 300 1200N 1845E to1900E 1,90,000 320 300 2020-21 1100N 1845E to 1900E 1,77,000 340 300 1000N 1775E to 1890E 3,74,000 320 300 900N 1725E to 1865E 9,95,000 350 280 800N 1750E to 1850E 2,95,500 310 280 Sub - Total 25,03,000 Total 71,57,000

46 Year-wise ore to waste ratio and maximum amount of pit slope has been furnished in the below mentioned table:

Table No. : 26 Production Max. Pit Waste Qty Strip Year Section Co-ordinates Qty. Slope angle (in tonnes) Ratio (in tonnes) F/W H/W 1700N 1670E to 1800E 3,30,400 2,25,000 400 400 400 1600N 1690E to1820E 1,79,100 3,80,000 - 2017-18 400 1500N 1735E to 1840E 52,500 4,45,000 - Sub - 5,62,000 10,50,000 1:0.54 Total 400 400 1700N 1755E to 1800E 42,900 45,000 400 400 1600N 1775E to 1840E 2,01,600 1,27,800 400 1500N 1790E to 1865E 63,000 2,45,700 - 400 2018-19 1400N 1750E to 1860E 1,22,700 3,77,700 - 400 1300N 1740E to 1835E 83,100 2,60,700 - 400 1200N 1730E to 1830E 1,67,700 1,71,600 - 400 1100N 1710E to 1825E 5,69,000 2,71,500 - Sub - 12,50,000 15,00,000 1:0.83 Total 400 400 1500N 1810E to 1875E 1,08,000 1,12,500 400 1400N 1845E to 1900E 1,61,400 99,000 270 400 2019-20 1300N 1785E to 1865E 27,600 3,34,500 - 1200N 1795E to 1850E 84,000 2,77,000 250 250 1100N 1770E to 1870E 94,000 2,11,000 400 210 1000N 1700E to 1860E 1,74,500 10,70,000 310 310 Sub - 6,49,500 21,04,000 1:0.31 Total 1400N 1845E to 1900E 57,000 2,68,500 400 400 1300N 1855E to 1900E 61,500 2,03,000 280 230 1200N 1845E to1900E 16,500 1,90,000 200 250 2020-21 1100N 1845E to 1900E 2,62,500 1,77,000 300 400 1000N 1775E to 1890E 1,05,000 3,74,000 340 - 900N 1725E to 1865E 83,500 9,95,000 37o - 800N 1750E to 1850E 0 2,95,500 33o - Sub - 5,86,000 25,03,000 1:0.23 Total Total 30,47,500 71,57,000 1:0.43

47 Proposed rate of production when the mine is fully developed : It is proposed to produce about 0.75 to 1.0 million tonnes of processed ore where anticipated extraction of ROM will be to the tune of 2.5 to 3.0 million tonnes.

II. Dump re-handling (for the purpose of recovery of mineral): No dump handling is required as the there are no dumps generated.

j) Enclose individual year-wise development plans and sections showing pit layouts, dumps, stack of mineral reject, if any, etc. in case of 'A' category mines. Composite development plans showing pit layouts, dumps, stacks of mineral reject, if any, etc. and year wise sections in case of 'B' category mines.

Individual year-wise production & development plans showing pit layouts, and waste dump is enclosed as Plate No. VIII( i to iv)and geological section showing proposed excavation as Plate No. IX( i to iii).

k) Describe briefly giving the salient features of the proposed method of working indicating Category of Mine.

The category of the mine is A category. Mining operations in Phanaswade Iron ore Mine will be carried by mechanised opencast method, using HEMM & deep hole blasting. The box cut is excavated near the top outcrop along the strike. Mining system will involve working benches at 10 m. vertical interval and 30 m. wide in order to contemplate to be compatible with the mining equipments, blast hole drillsetc.The daily advance of the shovel is planned along the strike direction and the general advance is towards the dip direction of the deposit. Pit is designed based on geological parameters, safety & type of equipment to be used. The waste shall be transported to the designated surface dumping locations. Ore for export market to be transported to the Redi loading point jetty which is about 70 kmsfrom the mine. While ore sold locally will be transported to buyer‟s destination as required under contract.

48 The excavation and winning of iron ore comprises the following activities: a. Drilling & blasting operations in hard formations. b. Eco-friendly machineries like excavators, wheel loaders, ripper-dozers, motor Graders, etc. to be used for the mining activities. c. Developing benches of 10 m height with minimum working width of 30 m. d. Development of drainage channels at the toe end of the dumps & mine benches to divert the water to the bottom most sump and avoiding the risk of bench erosions. e. Creation of sump below the bottom most bench. f. Loading the ripped / excavated material by hydraulic excavators into dumpers/tippers. g. Transport by 35 T dumpers to waste dump yard or to the jetty point by 10 T tippers for export or to the local buyers.

Individual bench slope to be maintained at 700-800 on an average and road gradient at 1 in 16, except at few places, where it is steeper, it will not be less than 1 in 10 at short distance. It is also ensured that, there is clear view of the road ahead for longer distance and sharp curves obstructing sight for less than 30 meters distance are totally avoided. The mine faces will be kept sufficiently long so as to expose different grades of ore and create an access for easy blending at mine face to ensure uniform grade of ROM for feed into the beneficiation plants. Pit floors will be wide enough for required maneuverability of heavy duty mining machinery deployed for the purpose.

Before onset of monsoon, drains are cut along toe of the mine faces to divert the surface run off and prevent the erosion of benches. Garland drain will be provided at the mine top to regulate monsoon water and direct the same to join natural drains within the vicinity. It helps to avert eventual collapses and damages to the mine faces. The method of mining so practiced over the period of years at other mines in this region is found to be most appropriate and rarely premature failures have occurred, till date.

Keeping in view the volume of excavation & nature of strata, it is proposed to deploy high capacity hydraulic excavators for excavation of waste and ROM.

49 Also heavy duty dumpers of large carrying capacities will be used for transportation of ore/overburden to stockpiles/dumps plots.

Further, it is expected that a considerable volume of rock to be excavated will be quite hard and difficult to excavate directly with the hydraulic excavator. In order to overcome this difficulty high capacity Ripper/Dozer and 100~150mm dia. DTH drill machines will be deployed for generating loose material.

The proposed list of a major machinery to be deployed at Phanaswade Mine (when mine is fully developed) is given in Table No.27

Table No.27

No.of Equipment Capacity H.P. Power (KW) Equipment

Excavators 3.5cum. 428 319 3

Excavators(for Misc. Job) 0.8cum. 137 01

Dumpers 35 t 485 362 15 Wheel loaders for plant 3.1cu.m. 220 164 4 feeding & mine work

Dumpers for plant feed 35 t 485 362 6

Ripper-Dozer - 570 425 2

Dozers - 165-180 123-134 2

Motor Grader - 185-215 138-161 1 Drill M/c - - 2 (100~150mmdia) DTH Water Tanker 30 Cu.mt - 3

Apart from the major machinery as mentioned above ancillary equipment such as service vehicle, ambulance, Generator Set, Water Pumps, Crane etc., will also be utilised.

Adequacy of Machineries: The calculation for adequacy of machinery has been done taking into consideration the maximum handling of ROM as well as Waste per annum, once the mine is fully developed.

50 Annual Operation Criteria for Mines: Table No.28

Description Time Days in a calendar Year 365 Less No. of Days during Monsoon 0 Les Sunday 52 Less Holidays 13 Net operation days available 300 No. of shift/day 2 Gross Hr./shift 8 Gross Hr./Day 16 Gross Schedule Hrs./year 4800 Less Predictive Maintenance & Major Repairs Hrs. 25% Less Preventive Maintenance Hrs. & Less breakdown Repairs Hrs. Percentage Availability 75% Gross Available Hrs. 3600 Less tea time Hrs.(6.25% of Gross available Hrs.) 225 Loss of working Hrs. due to climatic conditions 375 Net Operation Hrs. 3000

The maximum handling of ROM as well as Waste per annum when the mine is fully developed is 3.9million tonnes. Machinery deployed to handle these quantities are as below:

Ripper/Dozer: It is expected that 40% of total handling volume/quantity shall be medium hard and can be loosened by Ripper/Dozer. Ripper/Dozer (CAT D10 R), Capacity : 500tonnes/hr. Total Quantity to be loosened by Ripper/Dozer : 12,36,000 tonnes Ripping/Dozing required per Hr. : 410 tonnes (approx.)

Hence one Ripper/Dozer of above mentioned capacity shall be sufficient for loosening the required quantity of medium hard strata. Apart from this one Ripper/Dozer will be kept standby.

Excavator:

Total excavation per annum : 30, 90,000 tonnes Excavation per hour : 1050 tonnes Hydraulic Excavator, capacity : 550~600 tonnes/Hr.

Thus two such Excavators will handle the required quantity. Apart from this one excavator will be kept standby.

51 Dumper:

Table No.29

Equipment Particulars

Excavator Hydraulic Excavator Bucket capacity 3.5~4.0 Cu.m Loading Cycle Time per Pass 31 Sec. Output tonnes/hr. 550~600 tonnes/Hr. Dumper Capacity 35 tonnes Struck Capacity 16.2 Cum No. of Passes 05 Lead Distance 2.5Km. Cycle time of Dumper(including Spotting & loading time) 15 minutes No. of Dumpers required/Excavator 06 No.

Thus total No. of Dumpers required for two excavators will be 12. Apart from that 03 Dumpers will be utilised as a standby.

Drill Machine(DTH): It is expected that 60% of total quantity to be handled will be quite hard and difficult to loosen by Ripper dozer. Table No.30 Description Quantity Rock Penetration Rate/Hr./Drill M/c 12.0m Gross Available Hrs. per year 4800 Effective utilization Hrs. (50%) 2400 Total volume of rock to be blasted 6,18,000m3 Spacing 5.0m Burden 4.5m Depth of the Hole 10m Total volume of blasted rock per hole 225m3 Required Drilling per Hr. 11.5m

Thus absolute No. of Drill machine required shall be 01. Apart from this one drill machine shall be kept stand by.

52 l) Describe briefly the layout of mine workings, pit road layout, the layout of faces and sites for disposal of overburden/waste along with ground preparation prior to disposal of waste, rejects etc. A reference to the plans and sections may be given. UPL or ultimate size of the pit is to be shown for identification of the suitable dumping site.

It is proposed to work the mine by forming systematic benches in ore and overburden maintaining a maximum optimum pit slope 400. Pit Slope angle has been designed considering the hardness of the rock mass as well as the slope of the hill. The detailed Geo-Technical study for proper slope stability is carried out by National Institute of Rock Mechanics KGF. Report has been enclosed as Annexure No.13. Please refer Annexure No.13.

The height of the benches will be 10 meters both in waste rock and ore and final width will be maintained 10 to 12 meters. However the width of the working benches shall be 30 meters. Based on the machinery size and capacity, a road width of 10-12 meters will be maintained with a gradient of 1:16 to approach to mine workings and the haulage road. The main approach road to the mine pit will remain same, however due to advancement of mine benches, the internal mine for approach road will be changed accordingly. Hence year-wise approached road up to the working face will be also maintained in a gradient of 1: 16 and width of 10 to 12 meter. Mine working will be optimized considering both safety and mineral conservation aspects.

Year-wise tentative proposed Production and development for the plan period

is given below: Table No.31

Quantity Bench (Million Tonnes) Top Bottom Proposed Height Bench Bench Location For Year Sub & Level Level Mining Grade/ Width Production Development (m) (m) Workings Mineral (m) Reject 2016-17 No Proposal of Handling ROM, Only development of infrastructure is proposed 10m & 1500N-1700N 2017-18 1.050 -- 0.562 425 360 12-25m 1670E -1840E 10m & 1100N-1700N 2018-19 1.500 -- 1.250 410 340 12-25m 1710E -1865E 10m & 1000N-1500N 2019-20 2.104 -- 0.649 380 320 12-25m 1700E-1900E 10m & 800N-1400N 2020-21 2.503 -- 0.586 350 280 12-25m 1725E-1900E Total 7.157 -- 3.047

53 Year-wise proposed layout of mine workings, pit road layout, the layout of faces and sites for disposal of overburden/waste is indicated/marked on Production and Development Plans and Production and Development sections. Please refer Plate No. VIII( i to iv) and Plate No. IX( i to iii).

The waste would be disposed of within the lease area. Initially the rejection generated during the development of mines shall be dumped on the external dump. Thereafter upon the ore gets exhausted i.e. once the ultimate pit limit is reached of the particular section/pit; it will be utilised for backfilling.

It is proposed to dump the entire quantity of rejection generated during the course of development of mine for first five year planned period (i.e. Year 2016-17 t0 2020-21) in external dump from section 1300N to 1550N & co- ordinate 1950E to 2250E. The quantity of rejection expected to be dumped is about 3.04 million tonnes. The year wise proposed Dumping block has been marked on the Production & Development Plans. Please refer Plate No. VIII( i to iv) m) Conceptual Mine Planning up to the end of the lease period taking into consideration the present available reserves and resources describing the excavation, recovery of ROM, Disposal of waste, backfilling of voids, reclamation and rehabilitation showing on a plan with few relevant sections.

Considering the present export demand for iron ore during the next decade, it is assumed that the demand from Phanaswade mines for export shall remain more or less steady and there will not be much deviation. Also based on the present knowledge of mineable ore reserves & resource, the various mining activities during the conceptual mining plan period for entire life of the mine have been planned and given below. Please refer Plate No X and Plate No XI.

1 Exploration:

Exploration has been taken up in the Phanaswade main block i.e. area between section 800N to Section 1700N. The balance area of Mining Lease to be explored shall be undertaken during first five year plan period. Yearwisedetail‟s of exploration programme is as mentioned below:

1.1 Exploration during year 2016-17: During first year only development of infrastructure is proposed. There is no proposal of exploration during year 2016-17.

1.2 Exploration during Year2017-18: During year 2017-18, it is proposed to carry out exploration between 600N to 700N & co-ordinate 1550E to 1950E. Exploration will be carried out in grid pattern (100mx100m). The proposed locations have been given in Table No.12 and marked on the Conceptual Plan. Please refer Plate No.X

1.3 Exploration during year 2018-19: During year 2018-19, it is proposed to carry out exploration between section 400N to 600N and co-ordinate 1550E to 1950E. Exploration will be carried out in grid pattern (100mx100m). The proposed locations have been given in Table No.12 and marked on the Conceptual Plan. Please refer Plate No.X

1.4 Exploration during year 2019-20: During year 2019-20, it is proposed to carry out exploration between Section 300N to 400N & co-ordinate 1550E to 1850E in grid pattern (100mx100m) and area between section 1000N to 1100N and co-ordinate 1550E to 1950E in grid pattern (50mx50m). The proposed locations have been given in Table No.12 and marked on the Conceptual Plan. Please refer Plate No.X.

1.5 Exploration during year 2020-21: Exploration during year 2020-21 will be carried out from section 800N to 1000N and co-ordinate 1550E to 1950E. Exploration will be carried out in grid pattern (50mx50m). The proposed locations have beengiven in Table No.12 and marked on the Conceptual Plan. Please refer Plate No.X.

2 Mining: Based on the present knowledge of mineable reserves, production and development programme has been made for entire life of the mine. During first five year plan period extraction of ROM shall vary from 1.05 million tonnes to 2.5 million tonnes per annum. However during the subsequent five

55 year plan period the production programme shall be to the tune of 2.5 to 3.0 million tonnes. The total estimated reserves/resource (proved reserve + mineral resource + reconnaissance) is about 52.62 million tonnes. The estimated life of the mine is about 20~25 years. However, anticipated life of the mine is expected to increase further once proposed exploration programme is undertaken

Height of the proposed benches will be 10.0m maximum, width of the working bench will be 30m. Final width of the bench will be 12m. Proposed slope of the benches will be 70~80o and max. pit slope angle for both footwall and hangwall will be 40o. Haulage road gradient will be maintained 1 in 16 whereas the width of proposed haulage road will be 25.0 m.

2.1 Proposed mining during first five year planned period (Year 2016-17 to 2020-21) : During the first five year panned period, it is proposed to work from Section 1700N to 800N between co-ordinates 1670E to 1930E. Proposed bench height, width & slope, road gradient and width and pit slope angle for footwall and hangwall side will be as mentioned in above Para No.2. The size of the ultimate pit during the planned period will be of length: 1000m, Avg. Width: 150m and depth: 90m. The proposed Mining block has been marked on the Conceptual Plan. Please refer Plate No.X.

2.2 Proposed mining during second five year planned period : During the second five year planned period, it is proposed to carry out production and development from section 1250N to 600N between co- ordinates 1600E to 1920E. Proposed bench height, bench width bench slope, road gradient, road width, pit slope angle for footwall and hangwall side will be kept as mentioned in above Para No.2. The size of the ultimate pit during the planned period will be of length: 750m, Avg. Width: 275m and depth: 60m (includes proposed excavation carried out during first five year plan period) .The proposed Mining block has been marked on the Conceptual Plan. Please refer Plate No.X.

2.3 Proposed mining during third five year planned period : During the third five year planned period, it is proposed to carry out production and development from section 1100N to 400N between co-

56 ordinates 1540E to 1950E. Proposed bench height, bench width bench slope, road gradient, road width, pit slope angle for footwall and hangwallside will be kept as mentioned in aboveParaNo.2. The size of the ultimate pit during the planned period will be of length:900m, Avg. Width: 340m and depth: 80m [includes excavation carried out partly (i.e area proposed for backfilling is excluded) during first five year plan period]. The proposed Mining block has been marked on the Conceptual Plan. Please refer Plate No.X.

2.4 Proposed mining during fourth five year planned period: During the fourth five year planned period, it is proposed to carry out production and development from section 500N to 100N and between co- ordinates 1540E to 1950E. Proposed bench height, bench width bench slope, road gradient, road width, pit slope angle for footwall and hangwall side will be kept as mentioned in above Para No.2. The size of the ultimate pit during the planned period will be of length: 600m, Avg. Width: 250m and depth: 50m. The proposed Mining block has been marked on the Conceptual Plan. Please refer Plate No.X

Cumulative extent of area and net area considered under proposed excavation/mining, during each 5 year block upto the life of the mine is tabulated in table No.13. Table No.32

Sr. Net Cumulative Description No Area(Ha) Area(Ha)

Proposed area under excavation for first five year 1 17.0639 17.0639 plan period Proposed area under excavation for second five 2 10.5900 27.6539 year plan period Proposed area under excavation for third five year 3 14.9462 42.6001 plan period Proposed area under excavation for fourth five 4 06.8764 49.4765 year plan period

3 Backfilling/Dumping: The waste would be disposed of within the lease area. Initially the rejection generated during the development of mines shall be dumped on the external dump from Section 1550N to 1300N between co-ordinates 1950E to 2250E. Thereafter upon the ore gets exhausted i.e. once the ultimate pit limit is reached of the particular section/pit; it will be utilised for backfilling.

57 However, based on the present knowledge of mineable reserves, detailed proposal of back filling/dumping is furnished for each five year mining plan.

3.1 Backfilling/Dumping during first five year planned period (Year 2016-17 to 2020-21): It is proposed to dump the entire quantity of rejection generated during the course of development of mine for first five year planned period in external dump from section 1550N to 1300N between co-ordinates 1970E to 2280E. The quantity of rejection expected to be dumped is about 3.04 milliontonnes. The proposed Dumping/Backfilling block has been marked on the Conceptual Plan. Please refer Plate No.X.

The proposed year wise Dump configuration has also been shown on the Production and Development Plan. Please refer Plate No.VIII( i to iv).

3.2 Backfilling/Dumping during second five year planned period: The rejection generated during second five years planned period will be utilised for back-filling from section 1750N to 1300N between co-ordinate 1670E to 1930E. The expected quantity of reject to be utilised for backfilling shall be about 2.5 million tonnes. The proposed Dumping/Backfilling block has been marked on the Conceptual Plan. Please refer Plate No.X.

3.3 Backfilling/Dumping during third five year planned period : The rejection generated during third five years planned period will be utilised for backfilling from section 1300N to 600N between co-ordinate 1600E to 1920E. The expected quantity of reject to be utilised for back filling shall be about 3.2 million tonnes. The proposed Backfilling block has been marked on the Conceptual Plan. Please refer Plate No.X.

3.4 Backfilling/Dumping during fourth five year planned period : The rejection generated during fourth five years planned period will be utilised for backfilling from section 1100N to 400N between co-ordinate 1540E to 1950E. The expected quantity of reject to be utilised for back filling shall be about 2.6 million tonnes. The proposed Backfilling block has been marked on the Conceptual Plan. Please refer Plate No.X.

58 Cumulative extent of area and net area considered under proposed Waste Dump & Backfilling, during each 5 year block upto the life of the mine is tabulated as below: Table No.33 Sr. Description Under Waste Dump Under Backfilling No Net Cumulativ Net Cumulative

Area(Ha) e Area(Ha) Area(Ha) Area(Ha) Proposed area for first five 1 7.6253 7.6253 - - year plan period Proposed area for second 2 - 7.6253* 7.9447 7.9447 five year plan period Proposed area for third five 3 - - 19.7093 27.6540 year plan period Proposed area for fourth five 4 - - 10.3525 38.0065 year plan period

*Note:The proposed area under waste dump shall be reclaimed and afforested during second five year plan period.

4 Afforestation/Plantation : Plantation is proposed to be carried out on inactive sides of the dumps, along main haul road and on backfilled areas. It is also proposed to carry out plantation to fill the gap (i.e. where plantation already carried out but not survived). On an average about 2,000~3,000 saplings per year of fast growing and local variation of saplings such as cashew, casurina, gulmohar, rain tree, neem, aawla etc. are proposed for plantation. However the below given programme for plantation is tentative. As the mining advances, the proposed location for carrying out plantation is likely to change particularly from third five year plan period onwards.

4.1 Proposed plantation for the first five year planned period: It is proposed to carry out plantation during the period along the periphery of southern boundary of lease near Dabhilriver, along the periphery of Tailing Dam bunds, Infrastructure site, Beneficiation Plant site. It is proposed to plant about 11,300 saplings of the various varieties as mentioned above. About 11.2872Ha.of area shall be covered under plantation. The proposed Afforestation block has been marked on the Conceptual Plan. Please refer Plate No.X.

4.2 Proposed plantation for the second five year planned period : It is proposed to carry out plantation during the period from section 1600N to section 1300N and co-ordinate 2250E to 1950E (on dead dump) and section 1750N to 1300N and co-ordinate 1650E to 1930E (i.e. on

59 inactive side of back-filled area). It is also proposed to carry out gap plantation. It is proposed to plant about 15,000 saplings of the varieties as mentioned above. About 15.0Ha.of area shall be covered under plantation. The proposed Afforestation block has been marked on the Conceptual Plan. Please refer Plate No.X.

4.3 Proposed plantation for the third five year planned period : It is proposed to carry out plantation during the third five year planned period from section 1300N to 600N and between co-ordinates 1600E to 1920E (backfilled area). It is also proposed to carry out the gap plantation. It is proposed to plant about 19,000 saplings (including the gap plantation) of the varieties as mentioned above. About 19.0Ha.of area shall be covered under plantation. The proposed afforestation block has been marked on the Conceptual Plan. Please refer Plate No.X.

4.4 Proposed plantation for the fourth five year planned period : It is proposed to carry out plantation during the fourth five year planned period from section 1100N to 400N, between co-ordinates 1540E to 1950E. It is also proposed to carry out the gap plantation. It is proposed to plant about 10,000 saplings (including the gap plantation) of the varieties as mentioned above. About 10.0Ha.of area shall be covered under plantation. The proposed afforestation block has been marked on the Conceptual Plan. Please refer Plate No.X.

Proposed Post Mining Land Use: During mining the clearance of vegetation shall be kept bare minimum and as when required. Progressive backfilling and afforestation to minimise land disturbances.

Post mining reclamation plan is visualised as reclamation of waste rock and afforestation in the mined out area, waste dump area, Tailing Pond etc.

The details of post mining reclamation concept are given below:

 Return of the land to conditions capable of supporting prior land use, equivalent uses or other acceptable uses.

 Use of waste rock for backfill for reclamation to the extent feasible contouring of slopes to minimise erosion and runoff.

 Planting of native species of vegetation and of other species that are environmentally acceptable, to prevent erosion and to encourage self sustaining development of a productive ecosystem on the reclaimed land.

 3 years of care and attention would be provided post-mining for the saplings to grow.

Dismantling and disposing of building structure, beneficiation plant, support facilities and other infrastructure like electric transmission line, electrical equipment, cables, transformer etc.

Reclamation and afforestation will be carried out of tailing pond. The area of 11.47Ha which remain as pit will be suitably converted into water reservoir.

After completion of reclamation and rehabilitation plan, the area shall be handed over to competent authority for the benefit of community.

Post Mining Land Use Pattern: Table No.34 As at the end of Sr.No. Type of Land Use conceptual period (life of the mine) A B C 1 Area under excavation(converted into water reservoir) 11.4700 2 Storage of Top soil Nil 3 Overburden Dump Nil 4 Reclaimed &Rehabilated Overburden Dump 7.6253 5 Mineral Storage(Reclaimed &Rehabilated) 0.9127 Infrastructure (Workshop, Admn. Building etc.) (Reclaimed 6 0.3687 &Rehabilated) 7 Roads 2.8068 8 Railways Nil 9 Backfilled & Rehabilitated mined out area 38.0065 10 Green Belt area 5.0000 11 Tailing Pond(Reclaimed &Rehabilated) 20.2780 12 Effluent Treatment Plant Nil 13 Mineral Seperation Plant(Reclaimed &Rehabilated) 2.1470 14 Township Area Nil 15 Others(Water Reservoir) 8.1986 16 Area which will remains untouched 2.6164 Total 99.4300

61 Blasting: For drilling, company will have 2 Nos., of DTH Drill machine (150mm dia.) The depth of each proposed hole will be 11.0m., (including Sub-grade drilling) with spacing 5.0m & burden of 4.5m.

During drilling, it will be ensured that drilling machines are provided with dust extractor's for carrying out drilling operation. Proper code of practice will be framed and all efforts will be made, in order to comply the instructions mentioned in code of practice while carrying out drilling and blasting operation.

Following consideration will be made to make the blasting operation more effective: 1. A plan view indicating the original face(s) and desired direction of total rock movement along with major geological features shall be prepared. 2. The charge weight or the number of holes per delay shall be determined to avoid vibration problems. 3. Drill holes with the initiation sequence shall be indicated on the plan view. 4. For most efficient breaking the powder factor shall be divided as uniformly throughout the rock as possible. 5. Characteristic impedance (product of density and wave propagation velocity) of the explosive and the rock should be as close to each other as possible. 6. Drill mast should be kept level and firmly seated and down pressure on the bit should be properly ensure perfectly vertical blast hole.

Three to four rows of holes with 10 to 15 holes in a row will be blasted at a time. Drilling and blasting will be carried out where ripping and dozing is not possible. Blasting operation will be carried out considering safety and safe distance.

Types of explosives to be used : Blasting shall be done using slurry explosives in combination with ANFO using non electric initiation techniques.

For drilling & blasting main parameters considered are as follow: The diameter of blast holes will be 150mm. About 45 to 60 Nos. of holes in three to four rows will be blasted at a time. Spacing of the holes will be 5.0m. and burden 4.5 m. Depth of each hole will be maximum 11.0 m (including Sub-Grade Drilling).

62 Blasting parameters for Med. Hard and Hard strata. 1. Ht. of Bench - 10 m. 2. Slope of Bench - 700 3. Dia. of drill hole - 150mm 4. Inclination of hole - 900 5. Volume density t/mt3 - 3.0 6. Sub-grade drilling - 10% = 1.0 m. 7. Burden - 4.5 m. 8. Spacing - 5.0 m 9. Total Qty. Of explosive/hole - 105.Kg. 10. Total length of hole - 11.0 m. 11. Length of explosive column - 7.00 m. 12. Stemming length/hole - 4.00 m. 13. Volume of rock broken/hole - 277.5 m3 14. Powder factor -6 tonnes/kg of explosive 15. Cordex detonating fuse - 14.00 m. 16. Cord relay detonators - One for each hole connected in series.Each cord relay giving a delay effect of 50millisecond. 17. Shock tube (Nonel) - One for each hole connected in series. 18. NTD (Nonel) -used to connect between the Rows.

Proposed safety measures for carrying out Blasting :

1. A minimum radius of danger zone of about 500m will be marked to guard against the flying of projectiles. Before initiation of the explosives persons will be posted in the strategic points to warn persons/animals not to approach towards the danger zone. Safeguard flags will be posted there. 2. Total blasting operation and supervision will be carried out by a team of qualified and experience person. 3. The blasting operation will be carried out during the idle hours particularly at noon when density of the persons outside is very less. 4. A suitable spot will be selected for firing shots such that short firer should be able to communicate with all the guards deployed for ensuring that no person remains within the danger zone. 5. Before carrying out blasting following step will be ensured: (a) Careful planning of pattern and sequence of blast holes.

63 (b) Correct charging and stemming of holes. (c) Proper sequence of blasting using short delay detonators where necessary. (d) Muffling of shots where required. 6. When the officer in charge for the blasting operations will satisfy regarding all safety measures taken accurately, then a clearance signal will be given to the blaster to blast the holes after taking proper shelter. 7. Blaster himself will take the proper shelter and then he will blast the holes. 8. After blasting, persons will wait for a stipulated time, after which the blasting block will be examined thoroughly for any misfires. 9. If any misfire is located then first it will be dealt with and then all-clear signal will be given.

Proposed precautions to minimise noise and vibrations :

To minimise the vibration and noise following precautionary measures are proposed : 1. Explosive with reduced weight strength and density will be used. 2. Multideck charge in a hole with optimised delay interval will be used. 3. Before final blasting last row of holes will be pre split.

To minimise the throw of broken rock following precautionary measure are proposed. 1. Free face will be created properly. 2. Proper burden and height of stemming column will be kept. 3. As far as possible water will be avoided in the blast hole. 4. Proper delay detonator will be used. 5. Wherever necessary muffling of the blasting will be done.

Storage of Explosive : Company will construct the magazine for safe and secure storage of explosives duly permitted and approved by Controller of explosives.

Selection of Magazine site : Following conditions will be imperative while selecting the magazine site for safe and secure storage of explosives: 1. Magazine will be located in the remote isolated places preferably on a slopping ground where there is good drainage. 2. It will be situated away from the overhead power transmission line. 3. It will be connected with well maintained approach road throughout the year.

64 4. Proposed magazine will be well ventilated, strong and fire resistant construction. 5. Surrounding area will be kept free from shrubs, dry grass and other combustible material.

Consumption of explosives : It is assumed that slurry explosive in combination with ANFO will be used in the blast holes. It is also assumed that 1 kg., of explosive will give 6 tons of the blasting material. Annual handling when the mine is fully developed = 5.0 million tonnes. It is expected that 50% of the quantity required to be handled will be hard and needs blasting. Therefore 25,000,00 tons/06 = 416 tons (approx.) Further, it is assumed that 80% of Ammonium Nitrate will be used with 20% of slurry explosives. That estimates ANFO = 332 tons annually & Slurry explosive = 84 tons annually

B. UNDERGROUND MINING: Not applicable.

65 3.0 MINEDRAINAGE a) Minimum and maximum depth of water table based on observations from nearby wells and water bodies.

Drilling in this area has been carried out upto 230mts MSL and till date no ground water has been encountered. In view of the above mentioned information, it is expected that water table is far below the planned lowest level of excavation and hence there will not be any chance of encountering the ground water while mining. There are no nearby wells in this area. b) Indicate maximum and minimum depth of workings:

During first five year Mining Plan period the workings is planned from 425 mts MSL to 280mts MSL. The maximum depth of working along a particular section is 100 meters. c) Quantity and quality of water likely to be encountered, the pumping arrangement and places where the mine water is finally proposed to be discharged.

Based on the Boreholes drilled in the area (lowest depth drilled is 230MSL), no ground water has been encountered upto a depth of 230 mts MSL. The proposed workings are upto 280MSL i.e above 230mts MSL. Hence there will not be any chance of encountering the ground water while mining. Thus no pumping will be required.

d) Described regional and local drainage pattern. Also indicate annual rainfall, catchment area and likely quantity of rain water to flow through the lease area, arrangement for arresting solid wash off etc.

There will be two main sources of water inflow in the mining area, which requires water management. The main source is the monsoon rains and the second is sub surface water. The climate of the area is tropical, moist and humid due to its proximity to the Arabian Sea. The Southwest monsoon generally begins in late May and continues up to October bringing a normal average rainfall of 4000 mm.

66 The relief is high within the Lease area, where the highest elevation is about 425m toward NNW and lowest contour value is 170m towards the SSW portion.

The drainage is well developed and is guided by the trend of the hillocks as mentioned above. Phanaswade block is a part of valley portion bordered by two hill ridges having an almost N-S trend, one on western side and the other on eastern side. The nalla occupying this valley meets Dabheel River at the Southern end of the lease.

Maximum rain water in this area will flow along the drainage as mentioned above without getting contaminated. Only a small part of total rainfall will get accumulated in open pit.

During monsoon suitable drain cuts will be made for the smooth flow of rainwater to the general drainage.

The second source of water in the mining area is seepage of sub surface water. Based on the present information of mineral the lowest level planned for mining is 280 MSL, whereas the HFL of Dabheel River flowing at the Southern end of the lease is 165 MSL.

4.0 STACKING OF MINERAL REJECT/ SUB GRADE MATERIAL AND DISPOSAL OF WASTE. a) Indicate briefly the nature and quantity of top soil, overburden / waste and mineral reject to be disposed off.

Top soil:

No top soils are available in Phanaswade lease area. The top loose surface covered is being identified as uppermost soft BIM which will be mined as ROM and processed for getting iron ore concentrate. Therefore there is no proposal for storage and preservation of top soil.

Overburden/Waste:

In the proposed mining zone, there is no overburden. The surface covered is being identified as uppermost soft BIM which will be processed for getting iron ore concentrate. However there will be intercalated clay. During active mining operations in Phanaswade mine mainly following type waste materials will be generated: 1. Quartzite 2. Calcareous Metasediments 3. Limestone 4. Schists 5. Phyllite 6. Manganiferous clay 7. Ferruginous clay and 8. Altered Igneous Intrusive Year wise quantum of waste to be generated for first five year plan period:

Table No.35 Year 2016-17 2017-18 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 TOTAL

Quantum (metric Nil 5,62,000 12,50,000 6,49,500 5,86,000 30,47,500 tonnes)

As per the core analysis results carried out by NABL approved laboratory, the waste material does not contain any toxic and hazardous element. The result of representative sample of waste has been annexed as Annexure No.07.

68 Mineral Reject:

The lessee intends to mine and process the material having iron content 10%~ 40% Fe. Thus there will not be any Mineral reject stack.

Year-wise generation of Top soil, Waste and Sub Grade/Mineral Reject is given below: NIL

Table No.36

Year Top Soil (cu m) Mineral Rejects (cu m) Re-use / Storage Backfilling Storage Blending Beneficiation Spreading I ------II ------III ------IV ------V ------b) The proposed dumping ground within the lease area be proved for presence or absence of mineral and be outside the UPL unless simultaneous backfilling is proposed or purely temporary dumping for a short period is proposed in mineralized area with technical constraints & justification. Following points has been taken into consideration while selecting the sites for dumping: 1. The area is devoid of any possible mineralized zone and is well beyond the ultimate mining limits of the deposit. 2. Away from any agriculture, grazing and forest land. 3. The ground is firm and provides a stable foundation. 4. Away from any water courses, either natural or as a result of torrential downpour. 5. The size of the area, selected for the dump will be sufficient for the mobile equipment to operate. Based on the geological fact mapping, detailed geological mapping, magnetometer survey followed with core drilling carried out, the Eastern part of the lease hold area falling beyond the coordinates 1950E till the eastern lease boundary has no potential of mineral evidence.

69 c) Attach a note indicating the manner of disposal of waste, configuration and sequence of year-wise build up of dumps along with the proposals for protective measures.

Dump configuration/Design : The waste generated during mining would be disposed of initially on external dump within the Lease area. Thereafter upon the ore gets exhausted i.e. once the ultimate pit limit is reached of the particular section/pit; it will be utilised for backfilling.

Critical parameters considered while configuring / designing the dump are as mentioned below: a) High precipitation rate which initiates surface run-off and erosion from the dumps. b) High material erodability. c) Overall water management during monsoon. d) Adjacent land used which may consist of settlements surrounding the mine site. e) Rainfall intensity which is the key component for the design of run-off control and drainage system particularly during monsoon.

Keeping in view the above mentioned parameters, Dump has been designed which is as mentioned below: 1. The dumps will be constructed in terraced manner with each trace having a height of 20 meter (max) and a width of 25 meters. 2. The width of terraces shall be covered with hard material with a thickness of approximately 1.0 meter. 3. The drain shall be constructed on the berms on the hard portion leaving a distance of 5 m., from the toe of each terrace having dimensions of 2.0 m., width and 0.5 m. Depth. 4. The bund having a width of 3.0 m. and height of 1.5 m. shall be constructed by leaving a distance of 4 m. from the edge of each terrace. 5. The slope of dump face will be determined by the natural angle of repose of the material being dumped. 6. The sites on the eastern side of lease i.e. between section 1550N to 1300N and co-ordinates 1950E to 2250E have been earmarked for storing the generated waste for first five yearly planned periods. The expected quantity of waste to be dumped is about 3.04 million tonnes.

Total extent of area and net area considered under proposed Waste Dump & Backfilling, during each 5 year block upto the life of the mine is tabulated as below: Table No.37 Sr. Description Under Waste Dump Under Backfilling No Net Cumulative Net Cumulative

Area(Ha) Area(Ha) Area(Ha) Area(Ha) 1 Proposed area for first 7.6253 7.6253 - - five year plan period Proposed area for 2 second five year plan - 7.6253* 7.9447 7.9447 period

Proposed area for third - - 19.7093 27.6540 3 five year plan period

4 Proposed area for fourth - - 10.3525 38.0065 five year plan period

*Note:The proposed area under waste dump shall be reclaimed and afforested during second five year plan period.

Configuration of year wise built up of dump for first five year mining plan period is given as under. Table No.38 Dump Configuration Quantity to be Sr. Year Length Width Height Remark No dumped(m3) (m) (m) (m) 1 2016-17 There is no proposal for handling of waste.

2 2017-18 2,04,363 160 160 20 IstStage Dumping

160 80 20 IstStage Dumping 3 2018-19 4,54,545 120 190 20 IIndStage Dumping

4 2019-20 2,36,181 200 160 20 IIIrdStage Dumping 5 2020-21 2,13,090 160 110 20 IVthStage Dumping

The location of rejection dump has been shown in the Year wise Production and Development Plan and Conceptual Plan. Please refer Plate Nos.VIII(i to iv)&X. Keeping in view the stability and safety of proposed waste dump, the detail geotechnical studies regarding dump geometry, shall be carried out during first year of mining plan and a report of same shall be submitted to IBM.

71 Proposed Protective Measures for Waste Dump: Stabilization of waste dump: Keeping in view the annual rainfall in the area, dump will be designed considering 3 main factors i.e.  Controlling the water on the dump  Getting the water off the dump and  Getting the water into a suitable drainage disposal system.

To mitigate the stability of waste dump, proper drainage channels will be made on the dump top and the water will be channelized through these drains.

Keeping in view the requirement to direct all discharge to a pre-determined and prepared drainage system, a series of cut barrels will be laid and fixed properly by supporting them with boulder. All the water from the drains at dump top will be channelized through this series of cut barrels which not only remarkably reduced erosion problems, but also ensure flow of relatively clean water which could be easily treated further after passing through a series of filter beds in settling pits and filter beds. Right angle bends in drains will be completely avoided.

Abrupt changes in drain gradient will be avoided unless there is compensation in drain geometry construction of dump will be done as mentioned in method of surface dumping in above para. Apart from this regular monitoring of rainfall intensity, Dump stability (both geotechnical stability and surface stability) and drainage will be carried out.

Measures for prevention of siltation, erosion and dust generation: Proposed measures for prevention of siltation, erosion and dust generation is as given below: 1. Systematic construction/design of dump. 2. Construction of parapet/boulder wall all along the toe of the dump. 3. Construction of contour trenches of 1 mt. depth and 1 m. width to settle the silt. 4. Systematic drainage system for diverting the surface run-off during monsoon as mentioned in above para. 5. Pitching of dump at critical areas in order to avoid erosion.

72 6. Re-vegetation with suitable species at all completed surface of the waste dump to eliminate dust generation. To start the vegetation first grasses, shrubs and bush variety of species will be planted. Later on tree species will be planted. 7. Regular maintenance/desilting of all settling pits. 8. Maintenance of drainage to avoid blockage.

5.0 USE OF MINERAL AND MINERAL REJECT: a) Describe briefly the requirement of end-use industry specifically in terms of physical and chemical composition.

The mineral ore extracted from the mine cannot be utilised without value addition. The extracted ore shall be fed to the tailor designed and made Beneficiation plants; and the concentrate so obtained shall be exported or supplied to domestic steel mills.

A specification required by the end-use industry is as mentioned below:

Chemical specifications of iron ore concentrate: Fe% : 64.00 Min. . FeO% : 14.00 Min.

Al2O3% : 01.20 Max.

SiO2% : 03.50 Max. S % : 0.010 Max. P % : 0.018 Max.

TiO2% : 0.05 Max. Mn % : 0.80 Max LOI% : 1.90 Physical specifications: -150mic. : 45.0% Max. Moisture : 10% Max. b) Give brief requirement of intermediate industries involved in upgradation of mineral before its end-use.

No intermediate industries involved in upgradation of mineral before its end-use. c) Give detail requirements for other industries, captive consumption, export, associated industrial use etc.

Information furnished in Para (a) above.

74 d) Indicate precise physical and chemical specification stipulated by buyers.

Information furnished in Para (a) above. e) Give details of processes adopted to upgrade the ROM to suit the user requirements.

Dempo‟s have carried out extensive research on these types of Banded Iron Formations at their in-house R&D center and have developed a process to produce a concentrate with extremely good chemical and physical properties. A pilot plant based on this in-house technology was in operation for the last ten years and more than a million tonnes of concentrate had been produced and exported successfully.

Based on the various metallurgical tests the possibility of feasibility and amenability of producing Low PhosMagnetite Iron Ore Concentrate from the deposits was established.

Metallurgical Studies:

The magnetite concentration tests on the composite borehole samples of the area were conducted by Davis Tube. The tests on the top soil/upper soft Bim of the area in between 800N to 1700 N were also conducted at different size fractions on drum separator. Similar concentration tests were conducted on the samples collected from the trial pits of the area. Magnetite concentrate tests by Davis Tube were also repeated separately on soft, medium and hard samples of the area.

Statistical analysis of the DTT results indicates:

DTT Feed:

Average Fe grade decreases with increasing ore hardness. This suggests some Fe enrichment by oxidation processes in the upper parts of the orebody.

Average FeO grade increases with hardness; supporting the notion that oxidation decreases with depth.

DTT Concentrate:

Average weight recovery of mag Fe is higher in hard ore and lower in soft ore.

75 Average Fe grade was highest in soft ore concentrates accompanied by the lowest average SiO2 assay. Fe grades fall and SiO2 increases with increasing hardness. This indicates that finer grinding will be required to achieve effective liberation in the harder ores.

DTT Tailings:

Fe in tailings decreases with hardness indicating that proportion of non- magnetic oxides is low.

In addition to the Davis Tube test, composite samples and incremental drill hole samples were tested by using Satmagan instrument. It is observed that oxidation ratio in case of ROM is varying fron 0.34 to 0.75.

Satmagan instrument uses the magnetic susceptibility properties of magnetite to determine the percentage magnetite in an ore. This is useful since magnetite percentage calculated from FeO assay can be incorrect in cases where ferrous iron(Fe++) is present in minerals other than magnetite. Additionally, some indication of martitisation may be determined by calculation from the satmagan and assay results.

Satmagan analysis on DTT composites were compared statistically with the equivalent DTT data. Analysis of results indicates:

Soft Ore:

Calculated magnetite (from FeO assay of DTT concentrates) was more than reported by Satmagan. These results show a good agreement that is within experimental error and on average little γ-hematite (magnetic hematite that forms in lateritic profiles) is present in the near surface or oxidised zone of the ore body.

Medium Ore and Hard Ore:

Calculated magnetite(from FeO assay of DTT concentrates) is higher than that reported by Satmagan. The difference is greater in hard ore sample averages than medium ore. In this instance it is inferred that FeO assay of DTT concentrates is reporting Fe2+ in iron silicates and iron carbonates along with Fe2+ contained in magnetite. In soft ore, because of oxidation, Fe2+ in silicates is oxidised to Fe3+ and thus does not report to the FeO assay. The lower FeO assay in medium ore is attributed to partial oxidation of silicates and magnetite.

76 To establish the energy input and particle size liberation, crushing and grindability tests were carried on the borehole samples. The crushing, grinding efficiency was evaluated for soft, medium and hard ore at different Fe values of concentrate.

From the metallurgical tests it is estimated that work index of different categories of ores varies in between 10.5 to 14K WH per tonne.

77 6.0 PROCESSING OF ROM AND MINERAL REJECT: a) If processing / beneficiation of the ROM or Mineral Reject is planned to be conducted, briefly describe nature of processing / beneficiation. This may indicate size and grade of feed material and concentrate (finished marketable product), recovery etc.

As already emphasized earlier, material to be excavated from the proposed mines is expected to have a very low Fe content and cannot be used directly for iron making.

Dempos have carried out extensive research on these types of Banded Iron Formations at their in-house R&D centre and have developed a process to produce a concentrate with extremely good chemical and physical properties. A pilot plant based on this in-house technology was in operation for the last ten years and more than a million tonnes of concentrate had been produced and exported successfully.

Based on the various metallurgical tests, the possibility of feasibility and amenability of producing Low Phos Magnetite Iron Ore Concentrate from the deposits was established.

Design Criteria (assumptions):

ROM Feed to Plant annually : 2.5~3.0million tonnes

Liberation at Size : < 1mm

Concentration Ratio : 1:3.3

Product:

Proposed Processing Plant is designed to produce 0.75 to 1.0 million tonnes of Low Phos Magnetite Iron Ore Concentrate having following chemical and physical specifications.

78 Chemical Specifications:

Fe% : 64.00 Min. .

FeO% : 14.00 Min.

Al2O3% : 01.20 Max.

SiO2% : 03.50 Max.

S % : 0.010 Max.

P % : 0.018 Max.

TiO2% : 0.05 Max.

Mn % : 0.80 Max

LOI% : 1.90

Physical Specifications: -1mm 100%

General Layout:

The layout of the processing plant is proposed considering the raw material handling, logistics and the rational arrangement of the main production units, the energy network and auxiliary shops. In addition, general layout plan must also allow for rational expansion in future.

The ore comprises of admixture of iron carrying minerals in the form of oxides like magnetite, hematite, limonite, gothite and silica in the form of quartzite.

The mineralogical examination of the ore indicate intergrowth of iron aluminium silicates along with the crystals of iron oxide minerals and gangue minerals like apetite(mineral of Phosphorous) which is below 0.1%. The ferromagnetic particles in nature have high magnetic susceptibility and are separated on low intensity magnetic separators. The weakly magnetite particle, nonmag iron particles such as hematite and to some extent limonite and gothite are recovered by using medium & high intensity magnetic separators. The diamagnetic particles/ gangue minerals like apetite associated with iron aluminium silicates are repealed, thereby producing concentrates having Fe in the range of 64~67% with low silica,

79 alumina and phosphorous. The brief process of mineral beneficiation is as under:

Process Flow:

Coarser Crushing:

Screening:

The ore below the size of 90mm is delivered to the double deck wet screen where the material is segregated into three products i.e. +25mm, +6mm and -6mm (+90mm is re-circulated to crusher)

Finer Crushing:

Magnetic Separation:

The -6mm product obtained is treated on the single wet drum permanent magnetic separator (rougher stage).The pre-concentrate product shall be fed to the screen for the separation of +0.5mm and -0.5mm fraction.

80 The Non-Magnetite material liberated at the rougher and the cleaner stage shall be conveyed to medium intensity wet magnetic separator in circuit with the scavenger to recover Non-Magnetite Iron ore Concentrate. The overflow from the scavenger is sent to the tailing thickener to recover the water, which is recycled to the process water sump. The tailing thickener underflow is discharged to the tailing pond by a pumping system. b) Give a material balance chart with a flow sheet or schematic diagram of the processing procedure indicating feed, product, recovery and its grade at each stage of processing.

A flow sheet of the processing procedure indicating feed, product, recovery and its grade at each stage of processing has been annexed as Annexure No.14. Please refer Annexure No.14. c) Explain the disposal method for tailings or reject from the processing plant.

The final conc. recovered at cleaner stage is passed through the dewatering classifiers and will be transported to stockpile area. The classifiers overflow will be sent to the tailing thickener to recover the water, which is recycled to the process water sump

The Non-Magnetite material liberated at the rougher and the cleaner stage shall be conveyed to medium intensity wet magnetic separator in circuit with the scavenger to recover Non-Magnetite Iron ore Concentrate. The overflow from the scavenger is sent to the tailing thickener to recover the water, which is recycled to the process water sump. The tailing thickener underflow is discharged to the tailing pond by a pumping system. d) Quantity and quality of tailings / rejects proposed to be disposed, size and capacity of tailing pond, toxic effect of such tailings, if any, with process adopted to neutralized any such effect before their disposal and dealing of excess water from the tailing dam.

When the Mine is fully developed, it is estimated that around 1.75 million tonnes of tailing will be generated annually having specification of Fe 13 to 15%. Tailings are first partially dewatered in a thickener. The overflows being returned to the plant as recycle water. The remaining tailing slurry

81 will be pumped to the tailing dam. Decant water from the tailing storage shall be pumped back to the plant to the make-up water tank.

The tailing dam shall be constructed on sites within valleys adjacent to the plant. The sites on the eastern side of Panaswade lease have been earmarked for storing thegenerated tailings. Please refer Plate No.X. Further it is also proposed to have tailing dam outside the lease area (adjoining to eastern side of lease boundary). Please refer Annexure I of feasibility report.

To carry out geo-technical studies for site selection and engineering design for tailing dam construction, company has entrusted the work to external expert agency. The study is under progress.

Tailing dams will be constructed storage wise with a new “lift” being added as new storage is required. e) Specific quantity and type of chemicals if any to be used in the processing plant.

There is no proposal of using any chemical in the processing plant. f) Specific quantity and type of chemicals to be stored on site / plant.

There is no proposal of storing any chemicals on site/plant. g) Indicate quantity (cum per day) of water required for mining and processing and sources of supply of water, disposal of water and extent of recycling. Water balance chart may be given.

Water Requirement for the plant:(When the mine is fully developed).

Table No.39

Sr. Per Hr. Particulars Annually No. 1000t 1 Feed to plant (ROM) 25,000,00 t

Water requirement @2.4 2 60,000,00 m3 2400m3 mt3/ton of ROM Water recovery through the 3 42,000,00 m3 1680m3 Thickner @ 70% Water in circulation in 4 42,000,00 m3 1680m3 Process circuit 720m3 5 Make up water requirement 18,000,00 m3

82 The water requirement for the processing plant shall be around 9000cum per day.

In addition to meet the processing requirements, water is require for dust suppression on the roads and at mine faces, for human consumption and sanitary requirement which has been calculated approximately 180 cum per day.

Water supply requirements for ore processing, dust suppression, drinking water and sanitary requirements are estimated. The area experiences heavy rainfall for 04 months i.e. from June to September. Rain water will be harvested by constructing suitable water dams to ensure year round supply of water. The eastern side of Panaswade lease shall be developed for construction of water reservoirs.

Additionally it is also proposed to have water reservoir outside the lease area (adjoining to eastern side of lease boundary). Please refer Annexure I of feasibility report. Water and power consultancy services (India) Ltd., a Govt. of India undertaking, specialising in water resources has been commissioned to undertake a hydrological mapping of the area and has come up with feasible sites for putting up these dams.

83 7.0 OTHER:

Describe briefly the following: a) SITE SERVICES :

Work shop facilities :

All repairing jobs including capital repairs and maintenance and servicing of all the mining machineries, both heavy and light will be carried out in the departmental main workshop. This workshop will be provided with all essential equipments and tools to carry out all sorts of repair jobs.

The main workshop will comprise of:

1) Dumper shop

2) Auxiliary shop

3) Component shop

4) Machine shop

5) Light vehicle shop

6) Electrical repair shop

7) Structural repair shop

8) Engine repair shop

Power Supply:

The required power supply will be purchased from the Maharashtra State Electricity Board. Power will be made available at 33 KVA over a double circuit overhead line feeder and terminating at the work substation at the plant site.

Water Supply: Water supply requirements for ore processing, dust suppression, drinking water and sanitary requirements are estimated. The area experiences heavyrainfall for 04months i.e. from June to September. Rain water will be harvested by constructing suitable water dams to ensure year round supply of water. The eastern side of Phanaswade area i.e. from section 200N to 500N and co-ordinate 1950E to 2300E shall be developed for construction of

84 water reservoirs. Water and power consultancy services (India) Ltd., a Govt. of India undertaking, specialising in water resources has been commissioned to undertake a hydrological mapping of the area and come up with feasible sites for putting up these dams.

Stores : A well maintained and managed Stores dept. where sufficient stocks of essential and fast moving spare parts and other items such as lubricants and service items will be stocked to meet day to day requirement.

Fuel Storage : A permanent diesel depot with pumping arrangement will be maintained to meet the requirement of all heavy and light vehicles. For heavy earth moving machineries at the mine, a mobile diesel tanker fitted with hand pump facility will be provided for emergency.

Canteen : One full fledged canteen will be operated within the mine premises to meet all the catering requirements of employees. Meals, snacks, tea, coffee, etc. will be available on all the days at subsidised rate. Apart from the main canteen, rest shelters and drinking water facilities will be provided at various working sites of the mine, workshop, plant & offices.

First Aid Centre : A first-aid centre will be maintained within the mine premises to meet the basic medical needs of employees. A qualified medical officer assisted by aCompounder & nurse will attend the medical needs of the employees & their familymembers.The first-aid centre will be provided with all essential life saving drugs and day-to-day first aid medicines.

Administrative Building : The main mine offices will be made for general administration. Apart from the administrative building, offices for survey, geology, etc. will be maintained.

Communication System : A self contained private automatic telephone exchange with a back-up battery powers will be installed to serve the plant, workshop, storage area and administrative office.

85 Ancilliary : The processing plant will be provided with a main office building which also house the laboratory. The laboratory will have a facility for sample analysis (chemical & physical) & metallurgical tests. In addition to this, necessary guest house, club, weigh bridge, security office etc. will be provided. b) Employment potential:

Phanaswade Mine shall be headed by a Sr. Managers. He shall be supported by four Managers, one each for Mining, Plants, Prospecting, Mine Planning & Quality Control and Personnel respectively. Manager (Mining) shall be responsible for all the mines operations. He shall be supported by Asst. Mines Manager and maintenance staff.

Manager (Plant) shall be responsible for all process plant operation. He shall be supported by Asst. Manager (Plant) and maintenance staff.

Manager (Mine planning, Environment, prospecting & Q.C.) shall be responsible for annual and long term mine planning, environment issues, process plan & quality monitoring and control. He shall be supported by Asst. Manager (Planning) and other Mining Engineer and Geologist.

Manager (Personnel) will be responsible for manpower planning, recruitment, training, development and welfare. He shall be supported by supporting staff of respective section. Apart from above appropriate personnel shall be appointed for cost & work accounts, transport & utilities and material respectively. Estimated manpower : (for Phanaswade Mine & Plant) Sr.No. Department Executive Non-executive Total 1. Mining 21 129 150 2. Mine planning 10 21 31 3. Environment 01 07 08 4. Plants 28 62 90 5. HRD 02 02 04 6. Materials 04 09 13 7. Directtransport/ 01 02 03 utilising services

Manpower will be increased phase wise. The above mentioned estimated manpower is given for fully developed mine.

The man power deployment will be partly company‟s and partly contract labours.

86 8.0 PROGRESSIVE MINE CLOSURE PLAN UNDER RULE 23 OF MCDR’ 1988:

8.1 Environment Base line information: Attach a note on the status of baseline information with regard to the following.

8.1.1 Existing land use pattern indicating the area already degraded due to mining, roads, processing plant, workshop, township etc in a tabular form.

The objective of the study is to generate base line data with respect to different component of environment, based on that carry out environmental impact assessment due to proposed mining activity. It is an ideal anticipatory mechanism, which established quantitative values for parameters indicating the quality of the environment before, during and after the proposed developmental activity, thus allowing measures that ensure environmental compatibility

Existing Land Use Pattern: The Mining Lease area is a virgin area. No quarrying pits or dumping has been carried out. Processing plant, Workshops, township etc. shall be constructed during first year of mining plan period.

Present Land Use Pattern of Lease area: Table No.40

Category Area (ha) Private Area

Area under excavation 0.0000 Storage of top soil 0.0000 Overburden/ dump with rehabilitation/Plantation 0.0000 Mineral Storage 0.0000 Infrastructure/workshop/ administrative building 0.0000

Roads (Village Road & Dirt Track) 1.3591 Railways 0.0000 Active Backfilling 0.0000 Green belt / Afforestation on back filling 0.0000 Tailing pond 0.0000

Effluent treatment plant 0.0000 Mineral separation plant 0.0000 Town ships / Villages 0.0000 Others (Undisturbed Area) 98.0709

Total 99.4300

87 8.1.2 Water Regime: The terrain of the study area is highly undulating with vegetative and or forest cover. Water collected on the hill slopes and valley areas either gets collected in low lying areas and thus ultimately absorbed in the top laterite subsurface or flow according the slope to form seasonal streams/nallahs. Major drainage pattern of the area is controlled by Terekholriver and its tributaries. However, the mining lease area is mainly influenced by Dabheel River a tributory of Terekholriver.

Drainage Map of the Study Area

Average annual rainfall of the area is ranges from 3500 to 4000mm, in which 60 per cent is lost as surface runoff, 25 percent of the balance amount is partly lost through evaporation and transpiration and remaining enter into the subsoil. The 50 percent of gravitational water enters into soil is lost through slow downward movement of groundwater towards the sea and partly held up in undetremental sub-surface reservoir as capillary moisture in different sub-surface horizons. Therefore, only remaining 50 per cent of gravitational water enters into soil is becoming utilizable groundwater resources.

88 A water resource has been calculated on the basis of above data collected from irrigation department of Maharashtra state. The dynamic groundwater resource available for the core and buffer zones are 8880 Hectare meter (ham) and 62088 ham, respectively, while for the whole region it is 70968 ham. It may be noted that though there is heavy rainfall, but 60% of the total precipitation becomes surface runoff in the area. Only few percent of this water is stored in the form of streams, lakes, etc. and mainly significant quantity is being lost.

Water resources in the Watersheds:

Table No.41 Zone Area (ha) Precipitation Surface Evapotrans- Subsurface Utilizable hectare Runoff piration Loss (ham) Groundwater meter (ham) (ham) Loss (ham) (ham)

Core 16915.10 59203 35522 5921 8880 8880 Zone Buffer 118263.55 413922 248354 41392 62088 62088 Zone Total 135178.65 473125 283876 47313 70968 70986 Ref. Irrigation department of Maharashtra

Due to the highly undulating nature of the terrain the ground water level vary from place to place. During summer season water level goes down 5 – 16 m below ground surface, whereas during monsoon and winter season groundwater level found to be 2 – 11m and 2 – 14m below the ground level.

Ground water level for Phansawade Area (2003-04) Table No.42 Statio Place Depth of Groundwater from Surface (m) Code Summer Season Monsoon Winter Season Season

GW1 Kesari 16.0 10.2 14.0 GW2 Phansawade 9.10 6.0 7.5 GW3 Danoli 5.0 1.5 2.3

GW4 Udeli 6.0 2.3 3.5 GW5 Dabheel 6.5 2.8 4.2 GW6 Sateli 6.2 2.1 3.6 GW7 Ovaliye 6.5 2.6 4.2 GW8 Parpoli 6.3 2.4 4.3

89 8.1.3 Water Quality: Sampling and Method:

To assess the present status of water quality in the study site, ten sampling points have been selected which comprises of 7 drinking water and 3 surface water samples. Location of sampling points for drinking water and surface water is shown in below fig. All the water samples have been collected and analyzed as per standard method prescribed in APHA and AWWA (1986) for water and wastewater. Water samples have been collected one season from all the selected sites covering.

Water Sampling Locations of the Study Area

90 Water Quality monitoring Stations for the Study Area

Table No.43

Sl. No. Location Location Remarks Code Drinking Water 1 W1 Well Water, Kesari Village Used for Drinking 2 W2 Small Pond in front of temple, Domestic Purpose Phansawade village 3 W3 Well Danoli Village Drinking Purpose 4 W4 Bore well water, Udeli village Drinking Purpose 5 W5 Well Water, Dabheel Village Drinking Purpose

6 W6 Well Water Sateli Village Drinking Purpose

7 W7 Well Water Ovaliye Village Drinking Purpose

Surface Water 8 W8 Drainage Water Udeli village Passing through the Buffer zone 9 W9 Upstream of Terekhol River Passing through the Buffer zone 10 W10 Downstream of Terekhol River Passing through the Buffer zone

91 Result and Analysis:

Drinking Water Quality of the Area (winter)

Table No.44

Sl.No. Parameters Station Code IS : 10500

W1 W2 W3 W4 1. pH 6.5 6.9 6.4 7.0 6.5-8.5 2. Colour Colourles Colourles Colourles Colourles 3. Temperature (oC) 22.0s 21.8s 21.3s 21.0s -- 4. Total Suspended Solids 56.3 59.1 60.8 65.0 -- 5. Total Dissolved Solids 38.2 40.6 49.2 50.7 500 6. Total Volatile Solids BDL BDL BDL BDL -- 7. Dissolved Oxygen 6.0 6.5 6.3 6.8 -- 8. BOD ( 5 days at 20oC) 0.5 0.7 0.4 0.5 -- 9. COD 12.3 12.6 8.4 7.5 -- 10. Oil and Grease BDL BDL BDL BDL -- 11. Chloride (as Cl-) 7.6 5.3 4.6 6.3 250 12. Phenolic Compound BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.001

13. Cyanide(C6H5OH) (as CN-) BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.05 14. Sulphides (as S--) BDL BDL BDL BDL --

15. Sulphate (as SO4--) 1.5 1.3 1.2 1.4 150 16. Total Nitrogen (as N) BDL BDL BDL BDL -- 17. Fluorides (as F-) BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.6-1.2 18. Pesticides Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent 19. Insecticides Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent 20. Total Residual Chlorine BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.2 21. Boron (as B) BDL BDL BDL BDL -- 22. Barium (as Ba) BDL BDL BDL BDL -- 23. Arsenic (as As) BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.05 24. Cadmium (as Cd) BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01 25. Lead (as Pb) BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.1 26. Copper (as Cu) 0.001 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.05 27. Chromium (as Cr+6) 0.03 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.05 28. Mercury (as Hg) BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.001 29. Nickel (as Ni) BDL BDL BDL BDL -- 30. Selenium (as Se) BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01 31. Silver (as Ag) BDL BDL BDL BDL -- 32. Zinc (as Zn ) 0.02 0.01 0.03 0.01 5 33. Iron (as Fe) 0.15 0.19 0.21 0.24 0.3 34. Calcium (as Ca) 4.9 5.0 5.3 5.5 75 35. Magnesium (as Mg) 1.9 2.3 2.5 2.2 30 36. Coliform Organism (MPN Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent /100 ml)

92 Table No.45

Sl.No. Parameters Station Code IS : 10500 W5 W6 W7 1. pH 6.5 6.7 6.2 6.5-8.5 2. Colour Colourless Colourless Colourless 3. Temperature (oC) 22.2 20.9 20.3 -- 4. Total Suspended Solids 56.7 58.3 60.0 -- 5. Total Dissolved Solids 35.6 38.5 40.2 500 6. Total Volatile Solids BDL BDL BDL -- 7. Dissolved Oxygen 6.3 6.8 6.5 -- 8. BOD ( 5 days at 20oC) 0.4 0.6 0.3 -- 9. COD 6.9 7.0 6.5 -- 10. Oil and Grease BDL BDL BDL -- 11. Chloride (as Cl-) 6.8 7.1 7.3 250 12. Phenolic Compound BDL BDL BDL 0.001

13. Cyanide(C6H5OH) (as CN-) BDL BDL BDL 0.05 14. Sulphides (as S--) BDL BDL BDL --

15. Sulphate (as SO4--) 0.9 1.0 1.3 150 16. Total Nitrogen (as N) BDL BDL BDL -- 17. Fluorides (as F-) BDL BDL BDL 0.6-1.2 18. Pesticides Absent Absent Absent Absent 19. Insecticides Absent Absent Absent Absent 20. Total Residual Chlorine BDL BDL BDL 0.2 21. Boron (as B) BDL BDL BDL -- 22. Barium (as Ba) BDL BDL BDL -- 23. Arsenic (as As) BDL BDL BDL 0.05 24. Cadmium (as Cd) BDL BDL BDL 0.01 25. Lead (as Pb) BDL BDL BDL 0.1 26. Copper (as Cu) 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.05

27. Chromium (as Cr+6) 0.003 0.001 0.001 0.05 28. Mercury (as Hg) BDL BDL BDL 0.001 29. Nickel (as Ni) BDL BDL BDL -- 30. Selenium (as Se) BDL BDL BDL 0.01 31. Silver (as Ag) BDL BDL BDL -- 32. Zinc (as Zn ) 0.26 0.28 0.30 5 33. Iron (as Fe) 0.25 0.27 0.28 0.3 34. Calcium (as Ca) 4.5 4.8 5.0 75 35. Magnesium (as Mg) 1.9 1.6 1.8 30 36. Coliform Organism (MPN Absent Absent Absent Absent Note: All/100 parameters ml) are expressed in mg/l except pH, Temp. andColour IS 10500 – Specification for Drinking water

BDL: Below Detection Limit.

93 Surface Water Quality of the Area (Winter): Table No.46

Sl. No. Parameters Station Code

W8 W9 W10

1. pH 6.1 6.6 6.7

2. Colour Colourles Colourless Colourless s

3. Dissolved Oxygen 4.7 5.2 5.0

4. BOD (5 days at 20oC) 1.2 0.9 0.7

5. Chloride (as Cl-) 8.4 8.8 9.2

6. Na absorption ratio - - -

7. Boron (as B) BDL BDL BDL

8. Sulphate (as SO4--) 1.6 1.3 1.5

9. Nitrates as NO3 1.3 1.5 1.2

10. Free ammonia as N 0.312 0.427 0.413

11. Conductivity (µscm-1) 759 654 668

12. Arsenic (as As) BDL BDL BDL

13. Iron (as Fe) 0.30 0.35 0.34

14. Fluorides (as F-) BDL BDL BDL

15. Lead (as Pb) BDL BDL BDL

16. Copper (as Cu) 0.001 0.002 0.002

17. Zinc (as Zn ) 0.016 0.010 0.013

18. Coliform Organism (MPN 115 33 40 /100 ml) Note :All parameters are expressed in mg/l except pH and Colour. BDL : Below Detection Limit. 8.1.4 Quality of Air:

To know the air quality of the area different air quality monitoring stations have been fixed, and sampling and analysis have been carried out for season. The details of the study including results are discussed below.

Sampling and Analysis:

To generate baseline air quality data eight air sampling locations have been identified, based on prevailing micro-meteorological conditions, guidelines issued by Bureau of Indian Standard No. BIS 5782 (art. 14), and availability

94 of power and other infrastructures. Details of sampling stations along with the source of air pollution are given in table. The parameters monitored were Respirable Particulate Matters (RPM), Suspended Particulate Matters

(SPM), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Oxides (NOX), Carbon Monoxide (CO) and Lead (Pb).

Locations of Air Sampling Table No.47

Station Location Source of Air Pollution Code Core Zone

A1 Kesari Village Mining and transportation (Temporary Mine Office)

A2 Phansawade Village Mining and transportation Buffer Zone A3 Danoli Village Domestic and transportation A4 Udeli Village Domestic and transportation A5 Dabheel Village Domestic and transportation A6 Sateli Village Domestic and transportation A7 Ovaliye Village Domestic and transportation A8 Parpoli Village Domestic and transportation

Air Sampling Locations of the Study Area

95 Results and Analysis: Meteorological data for the study site is as mentioned below.

Air Quality Data of Phansawade Mining Area (Winter Season)

Monitoring Station :Kesari Village Station Code : A1 Table No.48 Sl. No. Months Weeks Monitoring Concentration (µg/m3)

Date SPM RPM SO2 Nox Pb Core Zone 1st Week 04.11.2003 185.36 64.87 15.64 12.54 0.01 07.11.2003 176.08 63.38 18.07 14.98 0.01 2nd Week 10.11.2003 167.51 58.62 19.06 15.87 0.03 1 November 15.11.2003 172.91 60.51 20.21 17.36 0.02 2003 3rd Week 16.11.2003 170.94 59.82 18.40 16.54 0.03 22.11.2003 164.25 59.13 16.20 11.24 0.01 4th week 24.11.2003 175.09 61.28 11.34 9.68 0.02 30.11.2003 172.34 62.04 13.48 10.92 0.03 1st Week 02.12.2003 161.98 56.69 15.41 11.05 0.01 06.12.2003 162.36 58.44 17.22 13.22 0.02 2nd Week 08.12.2003 158.47 55.46 18.66 14.52 0.01 2 December 12.12.2003 163.24 57.13 19.32 16.35 0.03 2003 3rd Week 14.12.2003 159.48 55.81 11.73 9.36 0.02 19.12.2003 164.25 57.48 13.25 11.05 0.03 4th week 22.12.2003 179.70 62.89 20.09 18.36 0.01 26.12.2003 188.25 65.88 19.27 17.36 0.02 5th week 28.12.2003 185.64 64.97 18.01 13.00 0.01 30.12.2003 182.35 65.70 18.36 14.22 0.02 1st Week 04.01.2004 172.05 61.90 16.00 12.69 0.03 09.01.2004 166.56 59.96 19.45 15.36 0.02 3 January 2nd Week 12.01.2004 158.36 55.65 11.01 10.45 0.03 2004 17.01.2004 154.04 55.45 15.28 13.05 0.01 3rd Week 18.01.2004 147.25 51.53 14.36 12.45 0.02 23.01.2004 142.54 49.89 16.47 13.08 0.01 4th week 26.01.2004 145.14 50.80 17.05 15.04 0.02 31.01.2004 148.36 51.92 16.35 12.32 0.01 1st Week 02.02.2004 155.18 55.86 13.90 10.50 0.01

07.02.2004 157.43 55.10 15.64 12.67 0.03 4 February nd 2004 2 Week 08.02.2004 160.85 56.29 16.08 14.82 0.01 13.02.2004 165.39 59.54 17.24 15.09 0.02 3rd Week 16.02.2004 167.34 58.56 18.54 16.35 0.03 20.02.2004 170.81 58.07 19.28 17.52 0.02 4th week 23.02.2004 185.08 64.77 20.25 17.90 0.01 29.02.2004 189.61 66.36 22.45 18.02 0.02

Maximum 189.61 66.36 22.45 18.36 0.03 Minimum 142.54 49.89 11.01 9.36 0.01 Average 166.95 58.88 16.86 13.97 0.02 Std. Deviation 12.52 4.47 2.74 2.62 0.01 98th Percentile 183.32 66.04 21.00 18.14 0.03 Note : RPM : Particle size<10 micron, SPM : Particle size >10 to 100 micron, CO : BDL

96 Air Quality Data of Kesari&Phansawade Mining Area (Winter Season)

Monitoring Station :Phansawade Village Station Code : A2 Table No.49

Sl. No. Months Weeks Monitoring Concentration (µg/m3)

Date SPM RPM SO2 Nox Pb Core Zone

1st Week 04.11.2003 178.35 62.42 14.00 10.3 0.01

07.11.2003 185.22 64.82 14.65 10.06 0.02

1 November 2nd Week 10.11.2003 187.25 67.41 13.06 11.6 0.01 2003 15.11.2003 190.68 66.73 13.77 11.04 0.02

3rd Week 16.11.2003 176.48 61.76 15.67 12.36 0.03 22.11.2003 179.36 60.98 16.07 13.19 0.02

4th week 24.11.2003 181.25 63.43 12.07 9.38 0.01 30.11.2003 178.30 62.40 13.25 10.69 0.01 1st Week 02.12.2003 170.09 59.53 15.87 11.58 0.03

06.12.2003 168.65 59.03 15.24 12.47 0.02

2 December 2nd Week 08.12.2003 164.25 57.48 16.07 13.41 0.01 2003 12.12.2003 166.34 58.21 16.35 13.95 0.01 3rd Week 14.12.2003 170.25 61.29 11.25 8.65 0.03 19.12.2003 172.40 60.34 10.24 8.09 0.02 4th week 22.12.2003 168.08 58.82 13.55 11.55 0.01 26.12.2003 173.48 60.71 13.09 12.02 0.03

5th week 28.12.2003 177.48 62.11 15.04 12.36 0.02 30.12.2003 180.36 61.32 15.71 12.54 0.02

1st Week 04.01.2004 185.21 64.82 14.09 11.47 0.01

09.01.2004 176.56 61.79 14.58 10.83 0.01 3 January 2004 2nd Week 12.01.2004 179.47 62.75 12.00 8.92 0.01 17.01.2004 182.09 63.70 11.29 9.35 0.01

3rd Week 18.01.2004 186.35 65.22 13.82 10.45 0.03 23.01.2004 193.25 65.60 13.09 11.71 0.02

4th week 26.01.2004 189.30 64.26 12.85 9.04 0.02 31.01.2004 195.14 68.20 12.39 9.64 0.03

1st Week 02.02.2004 174.23 60.98 13.56 11.50 0.01 07.02.2004 175.14 59.54 13.65 11.98 0.03 4 February 2004 2nd Week 08.02.2004 178.90 62.61 14.02 12.02 0.01

13.02.2004 179.36 60.98 14.56 12.39 0.02

3rd Week 16.02.2004 183.27 64.14 15.39 13.24 0.01

20.02.2004 188.32 64.02 15.37 15.90 0.03

4th week 23.02.2004 191.04 66.86 16.09 16.54 0.02

29.02.2004 190.30 64.70 16.35 16.85 0.03

Maximum 195.14 68.2 16.35 16.85 0.03 Minimum 164.25 57.48 10.24 8.09 0.01 Average 179.89 62.62 14.06 11.68 0.02 Std. Deviation 8.09 2.71 1.60 2.09 0.01 98th Percentile 193.89 67.68 16.35 16.65 0.03 Note : RPM : Particle size<10 micron SPM : Particle size >10 to 100 micron CO : BDL

97 Air Quality Data of Kesari&Phansawade Mining Area (Winter Season)

Monitoring Station : Danoli Village, Station Code : A3Table No.50 Sl. No. Months Weeks Monitoring Concentration (µg/m3)

Date SPM RPM SO2 Nox Pb Buffer Zone

1st Week 04.11.2003 179.24 62.73 10.57 9.16 0.01

07.11.2003 184.73 62.80 10.90 9.21 0.02

1 November 2nd Week 10.11.2003 190.24 66.58 11.07 10.00 0.02 2003 15.11.2003 187.35 67.46 11.58 10.35 0.01

3rd Week 16.11.2003 183.73 64.30 12.80 11.74 0.03 22.11.2003 179.36 62.77 12.07 10.05 0.01

4th week 24.11.2003 168.44 57.26 15.69 13.98 0.03 30.11.2003 170.23 61.28 15.27 12.54 0.02 1st Week 02.12.2003 174.90 61.21 14.03 13.08 0.02

06.12.2003 178.05 60.53 14.22 11.58 0.01

2 December 2nd Week 08.12.2003 188.60 67.89 12.65 10.25 0.03 2003 12.12.2003 185.47 64.91 13.09 11.05 0.01

3rd Week 14.12.2003 181.64 63.57 9.04 8.01 0.02 19.12.2003 177.20 63.79 9.58 8.35 0.02

4th week 22.12.2003 182.36 63.82 10.06 8.98 0.01 26.12.2003 180.22 63.00 10.72 8.68 0.03 5th week 28.12.2003 178.35 62.42 13.90 12.61 0.02 30.12.2003 175.69 61.50 11.48 10.58 0.03 1st Week 04.01.2004 170.45 61.36 12.87 9.04 0.01

09.01.2004 168.00 58.80 12.39 9.36 0.01 3 January 2004 2nd Week 12.01.2004 163.75 57.31 11.00 14.21 0.02 17.01.2004 161.25 58.85 11.08 13.68 0.03 3rd Week 18.01.2004 165.85 59.70 12.87 10.23 0.02 23.01.2004 162.36 56.82 13.68 10.47 0.03 4th week 26.01.2004 160.50 56.17 15.47 11.05 0.01 31.01.2004 155.21 55.87 15.02 11.36 0.02

1st Week 02.02.2004 150.23 49.57 14.98 10.50 0.02

07.02.2004 162.09 56.73 15.64 10.85 0.03 4 February 2004 2nd Week 08.02.2004 168.35 57.23 16.00 11.25 0.01

13.02.2004 175.55 61.44 16.92 11.67 0.03

3rd Week 16.02.2004 178.62 64.30 17.08 12.08 0.01

20.02.2004 180.54 59.57 17.94 12.97 0.01

4th week 23.02.2004 182.67 63.93 18.03 13.00 0.03

29.02.2004 186.69 65.34 19.35 14.68 0.03

Maximum 190.24 67.89 19.35 14.68 0.03 Minimum 150.23 49.57 9.04 8.01 0.01 Average 174.64 61.20 13.50 11.08 0.02 Std. Deviation 10.14 3.87 2.63 1.76 0.01 98th Percentile 189.16 67.61 18.48 14.37 0.03 Note : RPM : Particle size<10 micron SPM : Particle size >10 to 100 micron CO : BDL

98 Air Quality Data of Kesari&Phansawade Mining Area (Winter Season)

Monitoring Station :Udeli Village; Station Code : A4 Table No.51 Sl. No. Months Weeks Monitoring Concentration (µg/m3)

Date SPM RPM SO2 Nox Pb Buffer Zone

1st Week 04.11.2003 155.67 56.04 12.06 10.27 0.02

07.11.2003 162.4 56.84 11.87 9.64 0.01

1 November 2nd Week 10.11.2003 157.00 56.52 10.09 9.08 0.03 2003 15.11.2003 160.45 54.55 10.95 9.25 0.02 3rd Week 16.11.2003 172.36 60.32 11.28 10.00 0.04 22.11.2003 178.2 62.37 12.74 10.24 0.02 4th week 24.11.2003 186.00 65.10 13.02 11.56 0.01 30.11.2003 179.00 62.65 13.95 12.3 0.03 1st Week 02.12.2003 184.58 66.45 15.48 11.54 0.05

06.12.2003 193.3 67.65 16.36 13.65 0.03

2 December 2nd Week 08.12.2003 181.5 65.34 12.04 10.75 0.01 2003 12.12.2003 178.95 62.60 11.74 90.58 0.04

3rd Week 14.12.2003 187.65 63.80 13.2 12.07 0.02 19.12.2003 182.00 63.70 13.09 12.87 0.01

4th week 22.12.2003 185.72 63.14 14.05 12.28 0.03 26.12.2003 190.6 68.61 14.32 11.39 0.04 5th week 28.12.2003 196.00 66.64 16.44 12.07 0.05 30.12.2003 198.00 71.12 15.62 12.33 0.02 1st Week 04.01.2004 182.09 65.55 13.25 10.08 0.01

09.01.2004 178.30 62.40 11.36 10.25 0.03 3 January 2004 2nd Week 12.01.2004 195.05 68.26 10.85 9.62 0.01 17.01.2004 192.00 65.28 11.20 10.00 0.02 3rd Week 18.01.2004 170.58 59.70 13.40 11.30 0.04 23.01.2004 176.25 63.45 14.30 10.25 0.01 4th week 26.01.2004 158.00 55.30 12.40 9.55 0.02 31.01.2004 162.15 58.37 10.25 8.05 0.03 1st Week 02.02.2004 175.23 61.33 14.20 12.40 0.03 07.02.2004 173.69 59.05 14.65 12.95 0.02 4 February 2004 2nd Week 08.02.2004 179.50 62.82 14.98 13.00 0.03

13.02.2004 180.54 59.57 15.22 14.32 0.01

3rd Week 16.02.2004 185.74 65.01 16.50 15.35 0.05

20.02.2004 187.65 63.80 16.95 16.04 0.02

4th week 23.02.2004 190.08 62.72 17.06 17.28 0.02

29.02.2004 189.71 64.50 17.90 17.69 0.03

Maximum 198.00 71.12 17.9 90.58 0.05 Minimum 155.67 54.55 10.09 8.05 0.01 Average 179.74 62.66 13.61 14.12 0.03 Std. Deviation 11.99 4.00 2.13 13.70 0.01 98th Percentile 197.25 69.46 17.35 42.47 0.05 Note : RPM : Particle size<10 micron SPM : Particle size >10 to 100 micron CO : BDL

99 8.1.5 Ambient Noise Level:

Central Pollution Control Board has stipulated some specific standard for ambient noise level in industrial, commercial, residential and silence zones for both day and night time. These are given in below table.

Ambient Noise Standards: Table No.52

Sl. No. Location Noise Level [Leq in dB(A)]

Day Time Night Time

1. Industrial Area 75 70

2. Commercial Area 65 55

3. Residential Area 55 45

4. Silence Zone 50 40

In addition to this, there are another set of exposure limits laid down by office of Occupational Safety and Health Administration in USA and IS:3483. These are given in below table.

Exposure Limit for Different Noise Levels Table No.53

Maximum Sound Level dB(A) Duration(hrs./day) OSHA IS : 3483 8 90 85

6 92 -

4 95 88

2 100 91

1 105 94

1/2 110 98

1/4 115 100

(OSHA – Occupational Safety and Health Administration, USA)

100 Noise level Monitoring Sites:

To assess the level of noise, measurements have been carried at 6 locations as shown in figure. Name of the measurement locations are listed in table No.54

Noise Monitoring Locations of the Study Area

Result and Analysis:

The result of noise level measurement is presented in below table. Detailed analysis of the data has revealed that in all the study sites noise level, both during day time as well as night time, is lower than the threshold limit value of 55 dB(A) and 45, dB(A), respectively, during all the three seasons.

101 Ambient Noise Monitoring Data: Table No.54

Average Leq in dB(A)

Stn. Noise Level Monitoring Summer Monsoon Winter Code Station

Day Night Day Night Day Night

Core Zone / Industrial Area

N1 Kesari Village 50.20 44.50 48.40 42.10 50.60 40.20

N2 Phansawade Village 49.50 41.30 45.20 38.50 52.30 42.50

Buffer Zone / Residential Area

N3 Danoli Village 45.50 40.10 42.60 38.00 44.20 37.30

N4 Udeli Village 46.30 44.00 47.20 40.00 42.30 40.50

N5 Dabheel Village 48.60 41.20 49.30 40.70 46.30 42.00

N6 Ovaliye Village 49.50 40.50 50.00 39.50 51.00 41.20

T. L. V. of Noise in dB(A) 55.0 45.0 55.0 45.0 55.0 45.0

8.1.6 Flora:

The vegetation of the area can be broadly classified into tropical moist deciduous, tropical semi-evergreen and wet evergreen forests. The type intermingles between tropical evergreen and moist deciduous forest mostly above 500m. Species composition is of Artocorpushirsutua, A. gomezianus, calophyllum spp., Sterculia gutta, Kydiacalcina, Lagerstroemia microcarpa, pterospemumdiversifolium, Garciniaindica, Diospyros Montana and Macrangapeltata. The list of the species is enclosed.

The under growth mostly consists of Murrayakoengii, Leeaindica, Elaeagnus conferta, Ardisiasolanacea and Girardiniazeylanica. Among the climbers Gnetum- edule, Jasminummala baricum, Cocculusma crocarpus and Moullavaspicata are the common.

102 Commercial Crops:

Cashew nut, Betel nut, banana and coconut are the main commercial crop in the area.

Plantation:

The plantation in the study area is mainly consist of casuarinas, cocoa and bamboo.

Natural Vegetation in the Area

Table No.55 Sl. No. Botanical Name Common Name

1. Ficushispids Arekgol

2. Ficusmicrocarpa Asan

3. Terminaliaalata Karawanda

4. Calycopteriscloribunda Ukshi

5. Phyllanthusemblica Amla

6. Alseodaphnesemicorpifolia Rani

7. Clerodendrumviscosum Kadri

8. Buchananialanzen Char

9. Diospyrosebenum Karemara

10. Leeaasiatica Dindi

11. Strychnosunx-vomica Karjro

12. Gmelinaarborea Gohmar

13. Anogeissuslafifolia Dhawra

14. Anacordiumoccidentale Cashewnut

15. Alstoniascholaris Satwin

16. Acacia catechu Khair

17. Syzygiumcumini jamun

Agricultural Crops:

The main agricultural crop of the area is paddy followed by ragi, cashew and coconut. Rice is the suitable food of the people. Apart of it other items of trade on mango, betel nut, pineapple, banana, kokum etc. have been reported.

103 8.1.7 Climatic Conditions:- The climate of the area is Tropical, which is moist & humid due to its proximity to Arabian Sea. The region experiences three seasons namely winter from November to February, summer from March to May and monsoon from June to October. The southwest monsoon generally begins in late May and continues up to mid October bringing a normal average rainfall of 4000 mm. During this season, humidity is very high and low clouds reduce visibility. The wind velocity in high during monsoon but is otherwise temperature are moderate. Average wind velocity has been observed around 3.5 Km/hr with the predominant wind direction being in the SW-NE. The average winter temperature at minimum is about 200C while in summer maximum temperature goes upto 30~370C. Relative humidity has been seen between a minimum of 51% to a maximum of about 96% during the year.

8.1.8 Human Settlements:- There is no habitation in the lease area. No villages are situated within the lease area. So, there is no displacement involved. The villages falling with-in buffer zone of 10kms from center of lease are given in Key plan Plate No.I.

8.1.9 Public buildings, places of worship and Monuments:

There are no public buildings, places of worship and monuments within and around lease within a distance of 500 mtrs.

8.1.10 Indicate any sanctuary is located in the vicinity of leasehold There is no sanctuary located in the vicinity of leasehold.

8.2 Impact Assessment:

Attach an Environmental Impact Assessment Statement describing the impact of mining and beneficiation on environment on the following:

Any mining activity irrespective of its scale of operation makes an impact on the surrounding environment. This impact can be assessed by regular monitoring of environmental parameters & minimized by adopting the appropriate mitigation measures to reduce and control pollution under air, water, noise and soil following the mandatory statutes. The Environmental Impact Statement presented herewith below will describe the impact to the environment that could be envisaged, along with mitigation measures undertaken improve and maintain good environmental conditions.

104 i) Land area indicating the area likely to be degraded due to quarrying, dumping, roads, workshop, processing plant, tailing pond/dam, township etc.

The total mining lease area is 99.43 Ha. The excavated land will be partly backfilled and rehabilitated.

Apart from the core zone, the mining operations are not anticipated to cause any adverse impact on topography outside the core zone. Irreparable damage to land can be caused by proposed excavation, if appropriate control measures as suggested in the management plan are not adopted.

The land use pattern is presently culturable waste land and waste land which will undergo change due to mining activities. The land use pattern after 5 years is given below in Table.

Table No.56

Area of Land Use(Ha) As at the end of Sr.No. Type of Land Use As at planned period Present of 5 years A B C D 1 Area under excavation Nil 16.7102 2 Storage of Top soil Nil Nil 3 Overburden Dump Nil 7.6253 4 Reclaimed &Rehabilated Overburden Dump Nil Nil 5 Mineral Storage Nil 0.9127 6 Infrastructure (Workshop, Admn.Building etc.) Nil 0.3687 7 Roads 1.3591 2.8068 8 Railways Nil Nil 9 Backfilled & Rehabilitated mined out area Nil Nil 10 Green Belt Plantation Nil 5.0000 11 Tailing Pond Nil 20.2780 12 Effluent Treatment Plant Nil Nil 13 Mineral Seperation Plant Nil 2.1470 14 Township Area Nil Nil 15 Settling Pit & Trench Nil 0.9779 15 Others(Water Reservoir) Nil 8.1986 16 Area which will remains untouched 98.0709 34.4048 Total 99.4300 99.4300

Measures against land degradation: The opencast mining operations involve change in landscape and topography. Also large amount of overburden has to be excavated during iron ore mining operations. Proper handling of overburden and their

105 dumping strategy are necessary for ensuring prevention of pollution and for better land management

Any mining activity may alter the land use pattern in the lease area. In order to minimize the adverse affects, the following measures are proposed.

• Multi-pit system for mining shall be adopted (mining shall be carried out in blocks of 300 to 400m each in strike length). • Excavated pits shall be backfilled and rehabilitated in tandem by carrying out systematic afforestation. • The leftover excavated pit shall be aesthetically designed and converted into a water reservoir. • The re-vegetation of the dump shall be done initially by using geo- textile and grass seedling. • Thereafter, plantation of local species especially fruit-bearing plants and other important plants which are ecologically suitable for the area is proposed. • Tailing pond shall be suitably rehabilitated by carrying out afforestation at the time of final mine closure.

Post Mining Land Use Pattern: Table No.57

As at the end of Sr.No. Type of Land Use conceptual period (life of the mine)

A B C 1 Area under excavation(converted into water reservoir) 11.4700 2 Storage of Top soil Nil 3 Overburden Dump Nil 4 Reclaimed &Rehabilated Overburden Dump 7.6253 5 Mineral Storage(Reclaimed &Rehabilated) 0.9127 Infrastructure (Workshop, Admn. Building etc.) 6 0.3687 (Reclaimed &Rehabilated) 7 Roads 2.8068 8 Railways Nil 9 Backfilled & Rehabilitated mined out area 38.0065 10 Green Belt area 5.0000 11 Tailing Pond(Reclaimed &Rehabilated) 20.2780 12 Effluent Treatment Plant Nil 13 Mineral Seperation Plant(Reclaimed &Rehabilated) 2.1470 14 Township Area Nil 15 Others(Water Reservoir) 8.1986 16 Area which will remains untouched 2.6164

Total 99.4300

106 ii) Air Quality:-

In mining operations, loading, transportation and unloading operations may cause deterioration in air quality. Phanaswade mine deploys heavy earth moving machinery for excavation and transportation of iron ore. Again as loading and sizing operations are mechanised the dust generated is significant as compared to manual process.

Air Pollution Modeling:

Air pollution modelling has been carried out for the Phanaswade Iron Ore mines utilizing the meteorological parameters, various mining activities and their respective emission rate, pre mining air quality and validated model for Indian conditions i.e. Fugitive Dust Model (FDM). The aim of the modeling is to quantify the emission of air pollutants due to Phanaswade mining activities and to predict the extend of pollutant dispersion to the surrounding area, and thereby design of a greenbelt plan by analyzing different models for effective implementation and control of air pollution.

Detail methodology adopted for the study has presented in given figure.

107 Generation / Collection of

Data

Baseline Air Quality Meteorological Data Mining Details

Estimation of Activity wise Hourly Windrose Stability Identification of Mining SPM SO2 NO Emission Rate X Data Class Activities Diagram

Modelling for SPM Concentration by FDM Model

Isopleths of SPM Concentration Due to Prediction for SPM Concentration Due to Mining Only Mining Only

Prediction Total SPM Concentration in the Area

Methodology Adopted for Air Pollution Modelling

108

Various Activities of Iron Ore Mine

Activity Parameters Unit Uni

t DrillingDrilli s g/s n g Moisture Content OB g/s n Silt Content Loading/Un g Wind Speed loading Frequency of Activity Ore Loading g/s

g/s/m Haul Road/Transport Road

Activity wise Emission Formula 2 Exposed OB/Ore/Stock yard g/s/m

g/s Overall Mine Activity wise Emission

Various Activities of Iron Ore Mine

109 Predicted Air Quality :

The 24 hours average ground level concentration (SPM) of SPM exclusively for mining activities have been presented. It has been predicted that SPM concentration at work zone would be around 220-580 g/m3 (excluding background SPM concentration) and dispersion of pollutants would be towards the South-West direction as the predominant wind direction in the area is same. Therefore, due to predominant wind speed, SPM concentration in the South side of the lease boundary will be higher than the North side. However, SPM concentration will gradually reduces within 1 km due to nature of terrain and surface features.

Increase in SPM concentration due to Phansawade Iron Ore mine beyond the lease boundary of the mine would be less than 40 g/m3 in the north side of the mine. The total SPM concentration (including background concentration) beyond north side lease boundary would be around 220-320 g/m3,which is well below the national permissible limit of 500 g/m3 for industrial area. Therefore, it may be stated that impact on air quality of the surrounding air environment due to Phanaswade mine may not be significant.

It is a known fact that mining activities carried out in an open cast mine leads to emission of dust and vehicular exhaust. The impacts due to the mining activities is seen as air pollution emerging from various sources of emissions viz., dust emitted during vehicular movement on the haulage road, loading and unloading of material, beneficiation of ore through mechanical screeners, vehicular exhaust, etc. and the common air pollutants are dust, SO2, NOx and CO. To reduce the impacts of air pollution due to mining, various mitigation measures intended to control the extent of pollution has already been put in place.

Mitigation measures to control Air pollution:

During Mining, the main air polluting sources will be: 1. Vehicular traffic 2. Drilling and blasting 3. Burning of diesel by heavy earth moving machinery and generators. 4. Crushing and Screening of ore. 5. Material handling and hauling of ore and waste.

Proposed corrective measures for prevention of Air Pollution : 1. Frequent sprinkling of water on haul roads, dump road, dump yards, ore stockpiles, near beneficiation plants and other places of generation of dust to bring down the air pollution within permissible limits.

110 2. Development of thick green barriers along road side, dump yard, stock piles, near beneficiation plant etc. to reduce the effect of air pollution in surrounding areas. 3. Covering of all ore transfer point to minimize the dust generation. 4. As far as possible top surface of the blasting area will be made wet before carrying out blasting in order to minimize dust generation. 5. Blasting will be carried out in favourable weather condition. 6. Dust suppression equipment will be utilized while drilling the blast hole. 7. Dust masks will be provided to workers wherever necessary. 8. Asphalting of road will be carried out to reduce dust generation. 9. Carrying out experiments on dust suppressants and wetting agents and implementing the same if feasible. 10. Dust pollution caused by spillage of product during transportation will be reduced by using eco-friendly designed covered dump body truck. 11. Constant monitoring through fixed high volume dust samplers, personal random sampling shall be done to take corrective action. 12. Periodic health checks of workforce. 13. Regular & periodic maintenance of deployed machineries, to reduce smoke emission. 14. Emission from exhaust of HEMM will be checked periodically to ascertain the engine efficiency. The monitoring locations are shown in Key Plan, Plate No. I, Environment Plan, Plate No. XII.

iii) Water Quality:

Parameters, which constitute the water environment, are BOD, dissolved oxygen, total solids, turbidity, faecal coliforms, total phosphate, pH, temperature and ammonia nitrogen. With the effluent generation from the mining operations, the water flowing through the wasteland (barren land) will carry suspended solids and dissolved metals and nutrients, which may affects the quality of the ground as well as surface water.

Damage in the water body, depends on its assimilative capacity. To find out assimilative capacity of receiving water body, water samples were collected from different location as described in Para No.8.1.3 The study indicates that assimilative capacity of the water bodies still exists, but effective measures should be taken to check water pollution. To find out the effect on ground water an

111 extensive hydro-geological study has been conducted as discussed in Para No.8.1.3, and from the study it can be safely conducted that there is no noticeable effect on surrounding ground water resource due to mining.

Parameters which influence the water quality due to mining activities are suspended solids and dissolved solids generated due to Wash off from the dumps, Silt erosion, Run-off from workings & roads which mainly depend on topography of the area, rainfall in the area & whether mining operations are carried out during monsoon. As mining activity is involved in degradation of land, generation of runoff in mines during monsoon is observed. Various mitigation measures / protective measures shall be undertaken in this mine to control water pollution.

Proposed protection measures to control water pollution: The protective measures proposed for protection of water pollution is as mentioned below: 1. Construction of parapet wall of appropriate dimension all along the toe of dump. 2. Contour trench of appropriate width and depth all along the dump. 3. Construction of series of settling pit and filter beds to arrest the silt. 4. Systematic drainage system fro diverting the surface run-off during monsoon. 5. Pitching of dump are critical areas. 6. Plantation of local verities of species, so that there will be fast and healthy growth of vegetation. 7. Periodic maintenance of settling pond 8. Use of thickener in beneficiation plant to re-circulate the water thereby minimizing both the water consumption for beneficiation as well as water discharge to tailing pond. 9. Measurement of pulp density of tailings at process plants for optimum utilization of water resources. 10. Creation of separate pond near thickener to collect tailing slurry to avoid water and land contamination. 11. Treatment of discharge water by using lime or magnasol. 12. Regular monitoring and analyzing the quality of water. The monitoring locations are shown in Key Plan, Plate No. I, Environment Plan, Plate No. XII.

112 iv) Noise Levels:

The major noise generating sources during the mining phase are due to operation/movement of equipment like, wagon drill, ripper &dozer,dozer, dumper, service vans, crushing, truck and blasting etc. The operation of these equipment will generate noise ranging between 75 – 104 dB (A).

Impact due to noise levels related to human environment:

The noise from mining and associated activities has effect on the surroundings. Continuous exposure to high level of noise can impair human hearing power. The mining activities generate noise mainly on account of:

- Operating mining machinery - Use of explosives - Movement of vehicles The future noise levels due to the proposed project activity may cause adverse impact if proper management measures are not adopted.

It is a known fact that exposure to high noise levels for long periods can cause temporary hearing problems to the workers present in such an environment. Various norms are laid down in order to maintain the noise levels within safety limits. Various steps are taken up by the management to control the noise pollution at source.

Mitigation measures to control noise pollution:

1. In order to keep noise pollution under control, new state of the art heavy earth moving machinery is used which comply with Euro emission norms tier II and III.

2. Only those transportation tippers are used which are in good condition and is well maintained. Mining operations are carried out during day-time only.

3. Noise levels are monitored in the core and buffer zone regularly during day and night time when the mines are being v) Vibration levels (due to blasting):

Impact of vibrations on the surrounding environment damage to materials/ structures: Blasting operations will generate noise and cause ground vibrations. However, the noise duration will last for few moments, hence, will not pose problem. The ground vibrations are anticipated to cause negative impact if the charge per

113 delay is not rationalised. In accordance with DGMS regulations, safety zone as per norms from blasting area has to be maintained. Though, habitation is present much beyond the statutory safety zone, adequate measures shall be followed during blasting.

The PPV results will have to be compared with the limiting values prescribed by DGMS, Dhanbad (Circular No. 7 dated 29 -08-1997) which are given in below Table.

PERMISSIBLE PEAK PARTICLE VELOCITY (PPV) AT THE FOUNDATION LEVEL OF STRUCTURES IN MINING AREAS IN MM/SEC

Table No.58

Type of structure Dominant excitation frequency Hz

<8 Hz 8-25 Hz >25 Hz

A. Buildings/structures not belonging to owner

Domestic houses /structures (Kuccha brick and cement) 5 10 15

Industrial buildings (RCC and framed structures) 10 20 25

Objects of historical importance and sensitive structures. 2 5 10

B. Building belonging to owner with limited span of life

Domestic houses/structures (Kuccha brick and cement) 10 15 25

Industrial buildings (RCC and framed structures) 15 25 50

If the ground vibrations remain within the above mentioned limits, there shall not be damage to any structures.

Protective measures for ground vibrations caused by blasting: The method of mining operation will be of fully mechanised nature. Controlled blasting technique will be adopted in this project in order to reduce blast vibrations. After commencement of mining operations a blast vibration study will be under taken to fix up the charge per delay to limit the ground vibration levels within the prescribed limit.

Proposed Measures: 1. The peak particle velocity (PPV) of ground vibration will be kept below permissible limits by controlled blasting techniques. 2. Appropriate powder factor will be adopted.

114 3. Proper loading technique will be used. 4. Drilling and charging pattern will be based on the vibration study to be carried out. 5. Short delay detonators will preferably be used in blasting rounds rather than detonating fuse as trunk line. 6. To contain fly rocks, stemming column will not be less than burden of the hole and the blasting area will be muffed whenever necessary. 7. Each blast will be carefully planned, checked, executed and observed. 8. Blasting data will be recorded. During blasting a responsible officer will be supervising the whole operation. 9. Blasting will be carried out at mid-day and never at night vi) Acid mine drainage:

Not applicable since there is no generation of any toxic material. vii) Surface subsidence:

No disaster due to landslide or surface subsidence in the lease area is anticipitated. The mine working shall be done with proper bench geometry and observing safety precaution for mine development and mining is carried-out strictly as per Mines Act, 1952 and all other rules and regulations. viii) Socio-Economics:

Mining operations and associated activities will have some socio-economic impacts of direct and indirect consequences. The mining and allied activities will cause increased job opportunity at local as well as regional levels, raising the economical status of the people and consequently leading to overall development of the area.

The project activities with provisions of various amenities and infrastructural facilities will improve the general socio-economic scenario of the region. Availability of iron ore in the area will have a beneficial impact on the ancillary industries leading to business employment opportunities and improved economic status of the region.

The community health status and the sanitation facilities will improve, with the improvement in medical facilities.

115 Socio-Economic benefits arising out of proposed mining: The proposed Project will act as a catalyst for development of the region. The benefits expected to accrue to the region are:

1. Direct employment of the personnel in the mines and the processing plants. 2. Indirect Employment through contracts for transport, mine development work, ancillary industries etc. 3. Development of other industries and trade as a fallout of general economic prosperity of the populace will also contribute to additional creation of jobs and wealth. 4. Improvement in water resource and its availability in the region. 5. The country will earn valuable foreign exchange. In addition; the State government will get Royalty and Cess as well as additional VAT due to increased economic activity. 6. Use of a very low Fe deposit in the form of Banded Iron Formations which have no commercial value whatsoever today in its present form and transforming it into a high grade concentrate through a proprietary process developed by our in-house R&D Centre. The Project Proponent is committed to undertake various programs for the development of the region. It is proposed to have a separate budget for CSR activities in different spheres such as:

a. Adoption of village for socio-economic upliftment. b. Literacy: Better Educational Facilities, Provision of scholarships etc. c. Social Awareness: Use of alternate sources to replace fuel wood, discouragement of liquor, habit of savings, personal hygiene, planting of trees & social afforestation, distribution of fruit bearing plants to nearby villages etc. d. Health Care Facilities: Regular health check-ups, Provision of Ambulance, Medical Assistance etc. e. Recreation: Provision of Play Ground, Organizing Sports and Cultural Events etc. f. Infrastructure Development: Development of Village Roads, Development of Water Resources / Supply of Drinking Water etc.

The Project Proponent is committed to abide statute regarding the interest & benefit of the persons or families holding occupation or legal rights or traditional rights in area affected by mining related operations.

116 In view of this, various Corporate Social Responsibility initiatives have been undertaken in the area such as:

– Distribution of Educational Material – Supply of Computers – Renovation of Schools & Temples – Technical Training Scheme – Construction of Water Reservoir – Medical Camps – Cataract Operations – Eye Check-up & Spectacles Distribution – Clinic & Dispensary Facilities – Medical Assistance – Supply of Laboratory Equipments – Financial Assistance

ix) Historical Monuments etc.:

The project area does not have any historical monuments. Therefore proposed mining activity does not have any impact on historical monument and human settlement.

8.3 Progressive Reclamation Plan:

To mitigate the impacts and ameliorate the condition, described year-wise steps proposed for phased restoration, reclamation of lands already/to be degraded in respect of following items separately in 5 years period.

8.3.1 Mined Out Land:

Describe the proposals to be implemented for reclamation and rehabilitation of mined out land including the manner in which the actual site of the pit will be restored for future use. The proposals may be supported with yearly plans and sections depicting yearly progress in the activities for land restoration/ reclamation/ rehabilitation, afforestation etc, called “Reclamation Plan”.

The mined out area is proposed for reclamation and rehabilitation. The development and production program as well as other activity such as dumping

117 has been planned in such a way that it gives an opportunity to progressively reclaim the mined out area.

Based on the present knowledge of mineable reserves, backfilling is proposed from the second five year plan period onwards. Area to be backfilled is already discussed in Para Conceptual Plan of Mining Plan.

Proposed Methodology for backfilling : Mining Pits after excavation upto the techno-economic limit will be backfilled by waste generated while mine in other area/section. The spoil bank height will be kept at maximum of 20 m. and allowed to take natural angle of repose. The spoil banks will be properly benched for height not exceeding 20 m. Near the inner toe of the benches, drainage channels of sufficient depth will be cut to divert the water into the settling pits to prevent gully formation. Pitching of laterite boulders will be carried out along the weak zone of dump slope.

After backfilling of mined out area, plantation of suitable species on the backfilled area will be carried out. As far as possible, the species selectedfor re-vegetation will be of local variety so that there is fast and healthy growth of the plantation. Reclamation Plan is enclosed as Plate No. XIII.

8.3.2 Topsoil Management:

No Top soils are available in Phanaswade lease area. The top loose surface covered is being identified as uppermost soft BIM which will be mined as ROM and processed for getting magnetite iron ore concentrate. Therefore there is no proposal for storage and preservation of top soil.

8.3.3 Tailing Dam Management: It is estimated that once the mine get fully developed, approximately 1.75 million tones per year of tailing slurry will be generated. Therefore, it becomes very essential to have good tailing Management Plan in order to have a safer tailing storage facility and reduction in the overall costs associated with the operation.

Site selection for Tailing Dam: The sites on the eastern side of Phanaswade lease i.e. between section 500N to 1300N and co-ordinates 1950E to 2250E have been earmarked for storing the generated tailings for first five yearly planned periods. The proposed Tailing Dam

118 has been marked on the Conceptual Plan. Please refer Plate No.X. Further geotechnical and site selection (outside the lease area) studies are in progress.

To carry out the geotechnical & site selection studies for tailing dam construction, company has entrusted the work to external expert agency. Tailing dams will be constructed storage wise with a new “lift” being added as new storage is required.

A site for a tailing storage facility has been selected with due consideration of the impact of the facility on the surrounding infrastructure and environment,particularly in the event of an abrupt embankment failure, either during operations or afterabandonment. Among the factors that have been considered in the selection of tailing dam site are: 1) Site underlain by maximum available thickness of unsaturated material (i.e. deep water table). 2) A site underlain with lowest permeability and should not be underlain by shallow unconfined aquifer. 3) The proximity to major streams or creek systems and the potential impact of flooding. 4) The proximity to mine infrastructure, centers of population, operational mine sites or areas of environmental significance. 5) The water tightness of the foundation material. 6) The ground underlying the dam must be structurally sound and able to bear the weight of impoundment.

Protection and Stability of Tailing Dam: Tailing Dam will be constructed on a site as mentioned in above para. Keeping in view the topography and the rainfall in the area, downstream tailing dam on the valley side will be constructed.

The tailing dam will be designed in such a way that embankment should maintain sufficient freeboard to store the maximum predicted event that may occur during the life of the facility. The purpose of freeboard is to provide a safety margin over and above all the estimated inflows of fluids from extreme natural events and operational situation, so that the risk ofovertopping leading to embankment erosion and ultimate failure of a tailing dam is minimized.

Tailing dam will have stable up-stream and downstream slopes. It is proposed that tailing dam will be constructed storage wise with a new “lift” being added as new

119 storage is required. The lift or rising of tailing dam embankment will be well ahead of the rising tailings in the pond.

While designing the tailing dam the impact of storm flooding in terms of external toe erosion as well as internal flooding throughout their operating life will be taken into account.

Apart from conventional environmental monitoring, monitoring of achieved tailing densities and properties, available storage volumes and deposition time remaining and water balance will be carried out on a regular basis. While designing the tailing dam, adequate drainage features to control the location of the phreatic line, within the embankment and the uplift pressures in the foundation soil on the downstream of the same will be considered. The run-off from the surrounding catchment area entering into impoundment will be diverted by providing adequate garland drain at the ultimate periphery of the impoundment in order to avoid excess load of water over the dam.

Stabilization of Tailing Material and prevention of pollution: Following procedure will be carried out for deposition of tailings and prevention of pollution: (a) Water will be removed from the tailings as soon as possible. (b) Waste water will be re-cycled to the maximum practicable extent. (c) Tailing will be deposited sub aerially with rotation of discharge points. (d) The decant pond will be minimal and just sufficient to settle tailing fines and/or to provide a decant facility. (e) The tailing area decant pond will be adequately deep to provide a quiescent settling zone for the particles. (f) Water levels within tailing dam will be lowered as far as practicable by the use of under drainage. (g) Seepage through or beneath external embankment will be minimized as far as practicable. (h) Seepage through designed permeable walls and bunds will be captured downstream by seepage containment structures which have been sized accordingly. (i) Tailing dam will not be used to harvest surface run-off waters from external catchments. (j) Peripheral plantation will be raised as wind belts to minimize the dry tailings being air-borne as well as to make tailing dam stabilize. Once the tailing

120 dam is abandoned, it will be re-vegetated with suitable species to bring it into harmony with the environment. (k) Regular monitoring of discharge water from the tailing ponds will be carried out by collecting the sample and analyzing it for taking corrective and preventive actions.

8.3.4 Acid mine drainage, if any and its mitigative measures:

The soil of Phanaswade lease area is generally lateritic. They vary in colour from red to brownish red owing to the preponderance of hydrated iron oxides. They are fairly well supplied with nitrogen and organic matter and their texture is loamy.

To carry out the detail study on soil of these area, seven representative samples has been collected by CMRI and studies on soil samples revealed that the soil of these area contain moderate amount of organic carbon, and medium in phosphorus and potassium. The PH value of the samples has been found to be varying from 5.8 to6.6.Thus acid mine drainage is not applicable.

8.3.5 Surface subsidence mitigation measures through backfilling of mine voids or by any other means and its monitoring mechanism:

The information on protective measures for reclamation and rehabilitation works year wise:

The information on protective measures for reclamation and rehabilitation works year wise is given below:

121 Proposal forReclamation & Rehabilitation works Envisagedforyear 2017-18 Table No.52 Items Area in Quantity ( Expenditure Rem- Details Ha. m3) ( Rs) ark

Proposed Proposed Proposed

(i) Back Filling ( Within the - - - - lease as per PMCP)

(ii) Afforestation on the back (A) - - - - filled area Reclamation & Rehabilitation (iii) Others ( Please specify) of Mined Out e.g. Afforestation on the - - - - Pit and Area exhausted benches (iv) Pissiculture - - - - (v) Converting into water - - - - reservoir (vi) Picnic spot - - - - (i) Terracing 5.6200Ha - 5,50,000 - (ii) Pitching - - - - 395L x (iii) construction of parapet - 2Wx2H=158 4,75,000 - walls 0m3 (iv) Construction of check - - - - (B) dams Stabilisation & (v)Construction of settling 10L x10W x 04Nos. 1,50,000 - Rehabilitation ponds (drains etc) 5H =2000m3 of dump 1350L x (within lease) Construction of drains 1.5W x 1.0H 1,50,000 = 2025m3 (vi) Desilting of settling - 4,00,000 - ponds, channels (vii) Afforestation on - dumps& Roads (viii) Others, (Please specify) - - - - (C) Rehabilation of Afforestation along periphery barren area of southern boundary of within lease 5.0000Ha 5,000Nos 2,50,000 - lease near Dabhil river (Green belt development)

(ii) Others, (Please specify) - - - -

(D) (i) Ambient Air Quality Environmental 10,00,000 monitoring ( (ii) Water Quality - - - Core zone & (iii) Noise Level survey Buffer zone (iv) Ground Vibration separately) (v) Others ( Please Specify) - - - - Total 29,75,000 Note: Expenditure is calculated as per the prevailing rate as on date.

122

Proposal forReclamation & Rehabilitation works Envisagedforyear 2018-19 Table No.53 Items Area in Quantity ( Expenditure Rem- Details Ha. m3) ( Rs) ark

Proposed Proposed Proposed

(i) Back Filling ( Within the - - - - lease as per PMCP) (ii) Afforestation on the - - - - (A) back filled area Reclamation & (iii) Others ( Please specify) Rehabilitation e.g. Afforestation on the - - - - of Mined Out exhausted benches Pit and Area (iv) Pissiculture - - - - (v) Converting into water - - - - reservoir (vi) Picnic spot - - - - (i) Terracing 5.0000Ha - 5,00,000 - (ii) Pitching - - - - (iii) construction of parapet 395L x 2W x - 4,75,000 - walls 2H =1580m3 (B) (iv) Construction of check - - - - Stabilisation & dams Rehabilitation (v)Construction of settling - - - - of dump ponds( drains etc) (within lease) (vi) Desilting of settling - - 4,00,000 - ponds, channels (vii) Afforestation on - - - - dumps, Roads etc. (viii) Others, (Please specify) - - - - (C) Rehabilation of Afforestation along the barren area Grampanchayatroad, 1.3000Ha 1,300Nos 65,000 - within lease infrastructure & beneficiation site

(ii) Others, (Please specify) - - - - (D) (i) Ambient Air Quality Environmental 10,00,000 (ii) Water Quality - - - monitoring ( Core zone & (iii) Noise Level survey Buffer zone (iv) Ground Vibration separately) (v) Others ( Please Specify) - - - - Total 24,40,000 Note: Expenditure is calculated as per the prevailing rate as on date.

123

Proposal forReclamation & Rehabilitation works Envisagedforyear 2019-20 Table No.54 Items Expenditure Rem- Details Area in Ha. Quantity ( m3) ( Rs) ark

Proposed Proposed Proposed

(i) Back Filling ( Within the - - - - lease as per PMCP)

(A) (ii) Afforestation on the - - - - Reclamation back filled area & (iii) Others ( Please specify) Rehabilitation e.g. Afforestation on the - - - - of Mined Out exhausted benches Pit and Area (iv) Pissiculture - - - - (v) Converting into water - - - - reservoir (vi) Picnic spot - - - - (i) Terracing 5.0000Ha - 5,00,000 - (ii) Pitching - - - - (iii) construction of parapet 395L x 2W x - 4,75,000 - walls 2H =1580m3 (B) (iv) Construction of check - - - - Stabilisation dams & (v)Construction of settling - - - Rehabilitation ponds (drains etc) of dump (vi) Desilting of settling (within lease) - 4,00,000 - ponds, channels (vii) Afforestation on - dumps, Roads etc. (viii) Others, (Please - - - - specify) (C) Rehabilation Afforestation on the of barren area embankment of tailing within lease 2.5000Ha 2,500Nos 1,25,000 - pond, around infrastructure etc.

(ii) Others, (Please specify) - - - -

(D) (i) Ambient Air Quality Environment 10,00,000 al monitoring (ii) Water Quality - - - ( Core zone & (iii) Noise Level survey Buffer zone (iv) Ground Vibration separately) (v) Others ( Please Specify) - - - - Total 25,00,000 Note: Expenditure is calculated as per the prevailing rate as on date.

124

Proposal forReclamation & Rehabilitation works Envisagedforyear 2020-21 Table No.55 Items Quantity ( Expenditure Rem- Details Area in Ha. m3) ( Rs) ark

Proposed Proposed Proposed

(i) Back Filling ( Within the - - - - lease as per PMCP) (A) (ii) Afforestation on the - - - - Reclamation back filled area & (iii) Others ( Please specify) Rehabilitation e.g. Afforestation on the - - - - of Mined Out exhausted benches Pit and Area (iv) Pissiculture - - - - (v) Converting into water - - - - reservoir (vi) Picnic spot - - - - (i) Terracing 5.0000Ha - 5,00,000 - (ii) Pitching - - - - (iii) construction of parapet 395L x 2W x - 4,75,000 - walls 2H =1580m3 (B) (iv) Construction of check - - - - Stabilisation dams & (v)Construction of settling - - - Rehabilitation ponds (drains etc) of dump (vi) Desilting of settling - 4,00,000 - (within lease) ponds, channels (vii) Afforestation on - dumps, Roads etc. (viii) Others, (Please - - - - specify) (C) Rehabilation of barren area (i) Afforestation along within lease embankment of water 2.5000Ha 2,500Nos 1,25,000 - reservoir

(ii) Others, (Please specify) - - - - (D) (i) Ambient Air Quality Environment 10,00,000 al monitoring (ii) Water Quality - - -

( Core zone & (iii) Noise Level survey Buffer zone (iv) Ground Vibration separately) (v) Others ( Please Specify) - - - - Total 25,00,000 Note: Expenditure is calculated as per the prevailing rate as on date.

125 8.4 Disaster Management and Risk Assessment:

Risk Assessment: Risk assessment is a common factor applicable to all stages of a mine life cycle. Such risks are (a) Environmental Risk, (b) Safety and health risk (c) Community and social risk (d) final land use risk (e) legal and financial risk and (f) technical risk.

In order to minimize the above mentioned risk following mitigation/measures will be considered: 1) All operations shall be plan and design in such aaway as to eliminate or materially reduce the mining hazards. 2) Efforts shall be made to achieve the standard of safety by implementing rules and regulation. 3) Improvement shall be done in working condition by making changes in technology. 4) All material and monetary resources shall be provided for the smooth and efficient execution of the safety plans. 5) Safety personnel shall be deployed for accident prevention work. 6) Continuous efforts shall be made to better the living conditions and health of all the employees, both in and outside the mines. 7) Organizing the periodical medical examination for all employees and treatment for injuries. 8) Furnishing work places free from recognized hazards likely to cause injury or illness. 9) Ensuring the maximum use of protective equipment and safety device by all employees in order to minimize accidents. 10) Ensuring the prevention, suppression, treatment, collection and removal of the harmful dust at all times and to provide and consistently use the dust suppression equipment. 11) Ensuring good illumination, with proper washing and sanitary facilitates.

Disaster Management : Apart from above mentioned measured, the action plan to tackle high risk accidents like land slides, inundation, fire tailing dam failure etc. will be planned which is as mentioned below:

126 Risk Assessment Matrix:

The value is assigned to the risk taking consideration of 1 Chance of occurrence of risks 2 Consequence by the risks 3 Duration of risks

In the opencast Mines, risks like land slides, inundation and fire occurrence/ likelihood will be unlikely and if it occurs, the severity will be extremely harmful, leading to disaster.

As a disaster Management, the action plan to tackle the land slides, inundation and fire are given below: The Action plan to prevent land slides:

1. Height and width of benches will be maintained properly as per 106 (2) (b) of MMR 1961.

2. Undercutting will be strictly avoided.

3. Identification of geological disturbances and preparing the mine faces inclined to the geological disturbances, if possible. 4. A well planned drainage system will be maintained.

5. Prevention of ingress of surface water in to the slopes through crack and fissure by filling them by gravel and mud.

6. Reducing the water pressure in the vicinity if any, by selecting surface drainage.

7. Continuous monitoring for the ground movement depending on the movement observed in the mine workings.

8. Selection of dump will be as per the recommendations by the ILO code-1986.

The ground for a dump will be selected on the following criteria:

1 The ground should be firm and provide a stable foundation. 2 The surrounding ground should be firm and stable and sufficient to hold the way and resist the vibrations of the operating of heavy hearth moving machinery. 3 Water course either natural or a result of torrential downpour should not be adjacent to the dump. 4 The slope angle should not exceed the natural angle of repose.

The Manager will issue the standing orders for the prevention of the slides.

127 1 Return operating instructions are prepared and are available for reference and training. 2 Operators are trained as per the procedures. 3 Operating instructions are strictly enforced. 4 The Manager or the nominated competent persons will inspect all tips at least once in a week, after long periods of continuous rain, or after a torrential downpour of rain. 5 The competent person will ensure strict supervision of the operators/operations during excavation/tipping operations.

Action Plan to prevent Surface Inundation: No working shall be made in mine, vertically below: a) Any part of river, canal, etc. b) Within a horizontal distance of 15 meters from the bank of river or boundary of lake except with prior permission from the concerned authorities. c) Every entrance in to the mines shall be so designed, constructed and maintained that its lowest point is not less than 1.5m above highest flood level. For deciding the height of entrance to mine, the following will be considered. i) Time taken to withdraw the persons and machinery ii) Rate of rise of water in the river from the past experience. d) Good surface drainage particularly that of the broken surface working. e) Bench marks to indicate highest flood level shall be so that it can be seen from the distance. f) A careful assessment of danger of inundation from surface water should be made before onset of every rainy season. g) Effectiveness of the precautions and weakening or breach of embankments and obstructions in the normal drainage systems should be checked properly. h) During heavy rains, the Manager or a competent person nominated by manager shall check vulnerable points and effectiveness of the safety measures. i) Specific precautions to be observed in the mine should be permanently displayed at critical points. j) Pumping capacity of the mine should be increased during monsoon.

128 Action Plan to prevent occurrence of Fire: 1. In the surface premises, cutting burners, welding appliances and other fires of any kind should be used only with prior permission of concerned authorities where there is a risk of fire. 2. Fire extinguishers should be kept at engine room generator, workshops, HEMM etc. 3. Viability of Automatic fire extinguishers will be tried on mining equipment. 4. A competent person shall examine all equipments, material and arrangement provided for fire fighting at least once in a month and record of the examination shall be maintained in a register. 5. A competent person shall at least once in 3 months examine every fire extinguisher.

EMERGENCY PLAN: 1. Organisation Plan: Organisation plan includes clearly stating the line of command and the responsibilities of each person involved in case of emergency situation.

2. Equipment Plan : Equipment plan includes clearly stipulating make & type of machinery, capacity of machinery, location of operations and field of operations. Emergency Plan includes the standing orders in case of Emergency.

Purpose of Scope of Emergency Plan: 1 Purpose is to describe procedure for emergency preparedness and response. 2 Scope covers all the emergency conditions. 3 Sensitive area for this purpose is Fire, Flood, Major Slide or any major accident. The mine is worked by opencast method.The mine working shall be done with proper bench geometry and observing safety precaution for mine development and mining is carried-out strictly as per Mines Act, 1952 and all other rules and regulations and as such there is no risk of subsidence and slope failure is anticipated.

The mine worked by using heavy earth moving machineries with internal combustion engine. The storage of fuel and the precaution taken shall be as per the requirement of Controller of Explosives.

129 Also explosives proposed to be used are slurry based and shall be stored and used as per the requirement of the Controller of Explosives and Director of Mines Safety respectively.

Any incident requires attention, shall be reported to Deputy Manager, who will assess the situation and give necessary instructions and also inform the Manager.

The manner in which such eventualities are to be reported shall be maintained in the form of flow-sheet in the Mines Manager office.

8.5 Care and Maintenance during temporary discontinuance:

An emergency plan to deal with the situation of temporary discontinuance or incomplete program due to court order/due to statutory requirements or any other unforeseen circumstances shall be drawn by the technical & managerial personnel to suit the specific situation of this mine. This will be reviewed & modified to suit changing conditions and needs. This would take care of prevention of access to dangerous places, pits and preventing accidental fall into the pit of animals & men. Security is also to be looked into the safety measures placed at various places. The following specific measures are taken:

1) Notices:

When a mine or a part is intended to temporary discontinuance over a period exceeding ninety days, a notice in Form D-1, as per Rule 24(1) of MCDR, 1988 will be send to Controller General, Controller of Mines and the Regional Controller of Mines so as to reach them within one hundred and five days from the date of such temporary discontinuance. Where the discontinuance takes places as a result of the occurrence of natural calamity beyond the control of the owner, agent Mining Engineer or Manager of mine or in compliance with any order or directions issued by anystatutory authority established under any law in force or any tribunal or a court, a telegraphic intimation shall be sent to the Controller General and the Regional Controller within a period of twenty four hours of such discontinuance and notice of discontinuance, under the sub rule (i.e. Rule 24, Sub rule 2 of MCDR 1988) shall be submitted to the Controller General,Controller of Mines and the Regional Controller within a period of fifteen days of such discontinuance in Form D-1.

130 2) Survey: Survey of the temporary discontinued area will be undertaken to update the exact positions of mine working, such that it will be referred at the time of re-opening in Form D-1.

3) Fencing: The working area which is temporarily discontinued will be fenced properly in order to avoid any unauthorized/inadvertent entry of person/cattle to surface openings, excavation etc. except for removing the danger, if any with:

 S1 type fencing (0.40m thick brick wall in lime mortar not less than 1.2 mt. height with barbed wire fence, not less than 0.6m height with wires not more than 0.25m apart) or

 S2 type fence (0.40m thick brick wall in line motor not less than 1.50m height with parapet top) Or

 S3 type fence (with wire ropes, wire ripe stands or barbed wire supported by movable post stands. The gap between the adjacent members being not less than 0.3 m and the bottom most members not less than 0.25 Mt. and top most members not less than 1 mt. from the ground level.  To avoid the entry/access of human beings or cattle and the fencing will be monitored and maintained tentatively upto the year i.e. upto the handing over to the local authorities. 4) Notice Boards: The notice boards will be displayed in local language at the junctions and entry places to avoid inadvertent entry of person.

5) Posters: Posters showing the mine workings are temporarily discontinued and it is dangerous to enter that areas will be displayed at the important locations.

6) Security: During temporary discontinuance, the security guard will be kept round the clock to avoid inadvertent entry of human beings and animals into the discontinuance area.

7) Monitoring of overburden/stock piles., tailing pond and water level : Regular monitoring of overburden/stock pile, water level, working area and tailing will be carried out by the competent person appointed by the Manager in order

131 toaccess these stability, as well as for taking any additional precautionary measures, if required.

8.6 Financial Assurance:

The amount calculated for the purpose of Financial Assurance is based on the CCOM‟s Circular no. 4 dated 2006 as below:

Table indicating the break-up of areas in the Mining Lease for calculation of Financial Assurance.

Area of land use in Ha. Net area Area put The area considered on use at considered Additional for the start of as fully requirement Total calculation Plan reclaimed Sr. during the Area of Type of Land use Period as and No. Plan Period (Ha) Financial on 1-4- rehabilitated (Ha) Assurance 2016 (Ha) (Ha) (Ha) A B C =(A+B) D E =(C-D)

1 Area under mining Nil 16.7102 16.7102 Nil 16.7102

2 Storage of top soil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

3 Overburden Dump Nil 7.6253 7.6253 Nil 7.6253

4 Mineral Storage Nil 0.9127 0.9127 Nil 0.9127 Infrastructure (Workshop, 5 Nil 0.3687 0.3687 Nil 0.3687 administrative building etc. 6 Roads 1.3591 1.4477 2.8068 Nil 2.8068

7 Railways Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

8 Tailing Pond Nil 20.2780 20.2780 Nil 20.2780

9 Effluent treatment plant Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Mineral Separation 10 Nil 2.1470 2.1470 Nil 2.1470 Plant 11 Township area Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Others to specify a. Water Reservoir Nil 8.1986 8.1986 8.1986 12 Nil b. Settling pit & Trench Nil 0.9779 0.9779 0.9779 c. Un-utilized 98.0709 Nil 39.4048 0.0000

Grand Total 99.4300 58.6661 99.4300 00.0000 60.0252

Since this mine is classified under „A‟ category, financial assurance is calculated @ Rs.25,000/Ha with a minimum of Rs.2.0 lakh.

132 ii iilr

Financial assuranc€ for PhanaswadeMinTg lease uorle out to be 60.O252 x 25,OOO*:15, 00,630 (Rupeee Fifteen tatctr SX Hundred and Thirty Only).Ftrrther the finarrcial assurance of 'Rs.21,87,5751- in the form of bank gqal OSgGmf 160761@1 dated 16ur March 2016, having \ralidity upto 3l't ,anteeNo March 2O2lhaaalr€ady been submitted to IBM, Margao.

Copy of the submitted Bank guarantee is eneloscd as AAarnurc t$o, 18.

tl 1,",,.:i 1

c[ I G Wagedre) (Pmmodkumar",.{a. H Rai) I Qualilied Pereon ,iI